Docstoc

2011 – 2012 COLLEGE CATALOG

Document Sample
2011 – 2012 COLLEGE CATALOG Powered By Docstoc
					                                       INQUIRIES
                                        Mailing Addresses:
                    Main Campus:                                     Extension Center:
                    Trocaire College                                 Russell J. Salvatore School of
                    360 Choate Avenue                                Hospitality & Business
                    Buffalo, NY 14220-2094                           6681 Transit Road
                                                                     Williamsville, NY 14221

                                               Website:
                                             www.trocaire.edu


                               Telephone Directory
                             Dial direct to the desired office. Area Code: 716

General Information (Switchboard) …………     826-1200    Academic Programs
Academic Affairs …………………………………             827-2471    Computer Network Administration ……………..        827-2566
Admissions Office ……………………………….            827-2545    Diagnostic Medical Sonography ………………           827-2497
Advisement Office ……………………………….            827-2433    Dietetic Technology ……………………………..              827-2519
Alumni Services ………………………………….             827-4341    Echocardiography ……………………………….                 827-2497
Bookstore …………………………………………                 827-2437    General Studies ………………………………….                 827-2578
Career and Transfer Center ……………………        827-2520    Health Information Technology ………………..         827-2560
Counseling, Student …………………………….           827-2445    Hospitality Management ………………………..             827-4303
Development Office ……………………………..           827-4341    Human Resource Management ………………..             827-4309
Educational Technology Director ………………     827-2557    Massage Therapy ……………………………….                  827-2492
Financial Aid Office ……………………………..         827-2416    Medical Assistant ………………………………..               827-2560
Help Desk ………………………………………...               827-4330    Nursing (A.A.S.) ………………………………….                827-2462
Human Resources ………………………………               827-2559    Nursing (B.S.) ……………………………………                  827-4342
Library, Rachel R. Savarino …………………….      827-2434    Practical Nursing ………………………………...              827-2475
Life Long Learning Office ……………………….       827-2558    Radiologic Technology (A.A.S.) ……………….         827-2443
Opportunity Program (TOP) ……………………         827-2562    Radiologic Technology (B.S.) ………………….          827-2443
Palisano Center for Academic Success ………   827-2521    Surgical Technology …………………………….               827-2454
President ………………………………………….                827-2423
Public Relations Office ………………………….        827-4343
Registrar ………………………………………….                827-2485
Registration Office ………………………………           827-2415
Russell J. Salvatore School of
Hospitality and Business ………………………..       827-4300
Special Events (Fundraising) …………………..     827-4341
Student Accounts / Billing ………………………       827-2400
Student Affairs / Activities ………………………     827-2481
Testing (Accuplacer) …………………………….          827-2545
Tours, Campus …………………………………..              827-2545
Transcripts ………………………………………..              827-2469
Transitional Studies Director …………………..    827-2467
Veteran‟s Coordinator……………………………           827-2553
Workforce Development…………………………            827-2558

                    For Updated Information please consult the Trocaire College Website.
                                                                                                                1



President‟s Welcome

                                        Welcome to the Mercy College of Western New York. Trocaire
                                        College is proud to be a member of the 16 Mercy colleges and
                                        universities in the Conference for Mercy Higher Education (CMHE).
                                        By enrolling at Trocaire College, you are taking an important step in
                                        charting your course for future success. The many challenges
                                        awaiting you at Trocaire College will prepare you for the
                                        opportunities you will encounter in the working world.

                                        Trocaire College offers an ideal, intimate learning environment,
                                        whether you are coming here directly from high school or returning to
                                        the classroom. Our main campus in South Buffalo has been
                                        available since the college was founded in 1958. In recent years we
                                        have branched out with our Extension Center on Transit Road in
                                        Lancaster, housing the Russell J. Salvatore School of Hospitality &
                                        Business.

                                     Our decision to remain a small, private institution enables us to give
                                     quality care and consideration to every student. The dedicated
                                     faculty and small class sizes promote creative teaching/learning
                                     experiences while our concerned staff members seek to
accommodate your academic, personal and financial needs.

Trocaire College has developed quality two-year and shorter certificate programs, which have long been
recognized as providing superior skills in a variety of careers. The College is now offering 2+2 Bachelor of
Science degree programs majoring in both Nursing and Radiologic Technology. These new baccalaureate
programs complement Trocaire‟s existing AAS two-year programs and are a good fit for students coming from
other two-year colleges with a degree in RT or Nursing.

On behalf of the trustees, faculty, staff and students, I wish you continued success as you pursue your
educational and personal goals in the Mercy tradition.




Dr. Paul B. Hurley, Jr.
President
Trocaire College
2



Trocaire at a Glance
History:              A private coeducational college with a strong liberal arts core, established by the Buffalo
                      Regional Community of the Sisters of Mercy in 1958. Accredited by the Commission on Higher
                      Education of the Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools, and chartered by the
                      Board of Regents of the University of the State of New York.

Student Enrollment:   Approximately 1, 423 students

Student / Faculty     10 / 1
Ratio:

Costs:                $6,790.00 per semester (full time, 2011-2012)
                      $ 550.00 per credit hour (part time, 2011-2012)

Location:             Main Campus:      360 Choate Avenue in South Buffalo – behind Mercy Hospital and
                                        adjacent to Cazenovia Park.
                      Extension Center: 6881 Transit Road, Williamsville, NY 14221 (Mailing Address)

Residence:            92% of students are from Erie County
                       8% of students are from surrounding counties

Financial Aid:        Over 96% of Trocaire Students receive some form of financial assistance.

Programs of Study:    Bachelor Degree Programs:
                      Nursing
                      Radiologic Technology

                      Associate Degree Programs:
                      Computer Network Administration*
                      Dietetic Technology*
                      General Studies
                      Health Information Technology
                      Hospitality Management*
                      Human Resource Management*
                      Massage Therapy
                      Medical Assistant
                      Nursing
                      Radiologic Technology
                      Surgical Technology

                      Certificate Programs:
                      Computer Network Administration*
                      Diagnostic Medical Sonography
                      Echocardiography
                      Hospitality Management*
                      Human Resource Management*
                      Massage Therapy
                      Practical Nursing

                      *All courses except one are held at the Extension Center

Life Long Learning:   Offering a variety of professional, credit-free and CEU courses.
                                                                                                                                           3


Table of Contents
President‟s Welcome ..................................................................................................................     1
Trocaire at a Glance       …………………………………………………………………………………..                                                                               2
Academic Calendar          …………………………………………………………………………………..                                                                               4
General Information        …………………………………………………………………………………..                                                                               5
Directions    ………………………………………………………………………………………………                                                                                         8
Admissions      …………………………………………………………………………………………….                                                                                       9
Life Long Learning        …………………………………………………………………………………….                                                                               16
Workforce Development ………………………………………………………………………………                                                                                      17
Tuition    …………………………………………………………………………………………………..                                                                                        18
Financial Aid Information       …………………………………………………………………………….                                                                            21
Student Life …………………………………………………………………………………………….                                                                                         30
Academic Policies and Procedures           ………………………………………………………………….                                                                     33
Degrees and Programs of Study          …………………………………………………………………….                                                                        43
Course Descriptions        …………………………………………………………………………………..                                                                              74
Directories:
       Board of Trustees ……………………………………………………………………………...                                                                                 96
       Administration       ………………………………………………………………………………….                                                                              97
       Faculty      ………………………………………………………………………………………….                                                                                   99
       Clinical Affiliation Agreements         ………………………………………………………………                                                                  101
       Advisory Councils       ……………………………………………………………………………...                                                                          103
Index …………………………………………………………………………………………………….                                                                                            105




NONDISCRIMINATION POLICY
Trocaire College does not discriminate in admission, employment, in the administration of its educational policies, scholarship and loan
programs, and other institutionally administered programs on the basis of race, color, age, national and ethnic origin, religion, creed or
sect, gender, marital status, veteran or military status, sexual orientation, predisposing genetic characteristics, victims of domestic
abuse, or disability. Inquiries concerning affirmative action should be directed to the Title IX Affirmative Action Officer, the Executive
Director of Human Resources and College Support Services, Room 321B. For further information regarding services, activities and
facilities that are accessible to and usable by persons with special needs, contact the Compliance Officer for Americans with Disabilities
Act, Coordinator of Services for Students with Special Needs, Palisano Center for Academic Success.

SEXUAL HARASSMENT STATEMENT
It is the policy of Trocaire College to establish an environment in which the dignity and worth of all members of the institutional
community are respected. In keeping with this principle, the sexual harassment of any member of the campus community is considered
unacceptable conduct and will not be tolerated. Retaliation against anyone who lodges a complaint or participates in an investigation
will not be tolerated.

FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS AND PRIVACY
Under the law, the College assures the student of access rights as specified in the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act.
Students may waive their rights of accessibility to references or records. In accordance with legislation governing privacy, the College
does not make available any information regarding students, without written consent, other than verification of dates of attendance and
directory information.



While the catalog was prepared on the basis of the best information available at the time of publication, all
information including statements of fees, course offerings, admissions and graduation requirements is subject to
change without notice or obligation.
4



2011-2012 Academic Calendar

              AUGUST ‘11                                                         FEBRUARY ‘12
                                        AUGUST
    S    M     T    W    Th    F   S                                       S    M     T   W    Th   F    S
         1     2    3    4     5   6                                                      1    2    3    4
                                        29      Regular Classes Begin
    7    8     9    10   11   12   13                                      5    6     7   8    9    10   11
    14   15    16   17   18   19   20   SEPTEMBER                          12   13   14   15   16   17   18
    21   22    23   24   25   26   27                                      19   20   21   22   23   24   25
                                        5       Labor Day, Holiday
    28   29    30   31                  6       Last Day for Add/Drop      26   27   28   29


          SEPTEMBER ‘11                                                              MARCH ‘12
                                        NOVEMBER
         M     T    W    Th    F   S                                       S    M     T   W    Th   F    S

                                        4       Last Day to Withdraw                           1    2    3
                         1     2   3
                                        22-27   Thanksgiving Break         4    5     6   7    8    9    10

    4    5     6    7    8     9   10                                      11   12   13   14   15   16   17
                                        DECEMBER
    11   12    13   14   15   16   17                                      18   19   20   21   22   23   24

    18   19    20   21   22   23   24   12      Final Week of Classes      25   26   27   28   29   30   31

    25   26    27   28   29   30


             OCTOBER ‘11                                                             APRIL ‘12
                                        JANUARY
    S    M     T    W    Th    F   S                                       S    M     T   W    Th   F    S
                                   1                                       1    2     3   4    5    6    7
                                        17      Regular Classes Begin
    2    3     4    5    6     7   8    24      Last Day for Add/Drop      8    9    10   11   12   13   14
    9    10    11   12   13   14   15                                      15   16   17   18   19   20   21
                                        FEBRUARY
    16   17    18   19   20   21   22                                      22   23   24   25   26   27   28
    23   24    25   26   27   28   29   20-26   Spring Break               29   30
    30   31


         NOVEMBER ‘11                                                                 MAY ‘12
                                        MARCH
    S    M     T    W    Th   F    S                                       S    M     T   W    Th   F    S

               1    2    3    4    5                                                  1   2    3    4    5
                                        23      Last Day to Withdraw
    6    7     8    9    10   11   12                                      6    7     8   9    10   11   12
    13   14   15    16   17   18   19   APRIL                              13   14   15   16   17   18   19
    20   21   22    23   24   25   26
                                                                           20   21   22   23   24   25   26
    27   28   29    30                  2-8     Easter Break, Holiday
                                                                           27   28   29   30   31

          DECEMBER ‘11                                                                JUNE ‘12
                                        MAY
    S    M     T    W    Th    F   S                                       S    M     T   W    Th   F    S
                         1     2   3                                                                1    2
                                        7       Final Week of Classes
    4    5     6    7    8     9   10   15      Commencement               3    4     5   6    7    8    9
    11   12    13   14   15   16   17   21      Summer Session I Begins    10   11   12   13   14   15   16
    18   19    20   21   22   23   24                                      17   18   19   20   21   22   23
    25   26    27   28   29   30   31                                      24   25   26   27   28   29   30


             JANUARY ‘12                JUNE                                          JULY ‘12
    S    M     T    W    Th    F   S                                       S    M     T   W    Th   F    S
                                        21      Summer Session I Ends
    1    2     3    4    5     6   7                                       1    2     3   4    5    6    7
                                        23      Summer Session II Begins
    8    9     10   11   12   13   14                                      8    9    10   11   12   13   14
    15   16    17   18   19   20   21   JULY                               15   16   17   18   19   20   21
    22   23    24   25   26   27   28                                      22   23   24   25   26   27   28
                                        26      Summer Session II Ends
    29   30    31                                                          29   30   31
                                                                                              General Information   5



General Information
History                                                      Accreditation
   Trocaire College, a private coeducational college with      Trocaire is fully accredited by the Commission on
a strong liberal arts core, was established by the Buffalo   Higher Education of the Middle States Association of
Regional Community of the Sisters of Mercy in 1958 and       Colleges and Schools; the Nursing Programs are
is a member of The Association of Mercy Colleges and         accredited by the National League for Nursing
Universities. The College is governed by a Board of          Accrediting Commission; the Radiologic Technology
Trustees. It has a liberal arts core curriculum which        Program is accredited by the Joint Review Committee on
provides the essential backdrop against which all            Education in Radiologic Technology; the Phlebotomy
programs of study take shape. Trocaire is chartered by       course is accredited through the National Accrediting
the Regents of the University of the State of New York       Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences (NAACLS); the
and confers the degrees of Bachelor of Science,              Surgical Technology Program is accredited by the
Associate in Arts, Associate in Applied Science, and         Committee on Accreditation for Allied Health Education
Associate in Science. It is also authorized to confer        Programs     (CAAHEP);      the    Health   Information
Certificates in business, computers, health related areas    Technology Program is accredited by the Committee on
and hospitality.                                             Accreditation for Allied Health Education Programs
   Chartered in 1958, the former Sancta Maria College        (CAAHEP); in cooperation with the American Health
opened with an enrollment of young religious women           Information Management Association, and the Medical
preparing to be educators. The status of the college         Assistant Program is accredited by the Committee on
changed in 1965 when the State Education Department          Accreditation for Allied Health Education Programs
extended the charter to permit the admission of lay          (CAAHEP).
women. The curriculum was enlarged to include career,
as well as transfer programs to meet the needs of the        Philosophy
community which demanded increased opportunities for
postsecondary education.                                       Catholic in tradition, Trocaire College is informed by
   In June 1967, Trocaire College graduated its first lay    the Christian belief in the innate dignity of the human
students. A few months before, the name Sancta Maria         person and a desire to further the growth potential of the
had been changed to Trocaire, the Gaelic word for            student seeking the personal attention of a small college.
Mercy. The change gave to the college a distinctive            We believe our commitment to education may be best
name and one significant for a Community dedicated by        demonstrated by excellence in teaching. We believe it is
its foundress, Catherine McAuley, to the works of mercy.     significant to provide a flexible structure in which
   In 1971, Trocaire became a coeducational institution.     students may explore their capabilities. Thus, they may
The first male students were admitted in the Fall of 1972.   become more fully aware of themselves, of their
   In the late 1990s, Trocaire undertook major               potentialities and limitations as they encounter the
renovations under the Support Hope capital campaign. A       complexities of a rapidly evolving world.
new four story wing was built at 360 Choate Avenue. All
classrooms, the library, and other offices housed at 110     Trocaire College Mission Statement
Red Jacket Parkway were moved to Choate Avenue.                Trocaire College, a private career-oriented Catholic
State of the art computer and science labs were added        College, in the spirit of the Sisters of Mercy, strives to
                                  st
to respond to the needs of the 21 century.                   empower students toward personal enrichment, dignity
   In 2005, the Inspire Hope capital campaign was            and self-worth through education in a variety of
launched. Through the generosity of Russell J.               professions and in the Liberal Arts.
Salvatore, the Russell J. Salvatore School of Hospitality      Recognizing the individual needs of a diverse student
and Business at 6681 Transit Road, Williamsville, NY         body, Trocaire college provides life learning and
14221 opened in 2007. The site expanded with a second        development within a community-based environment.
floor in 2009. Trocaire‟s charter was again amended by       Trocaire College prepares students for service in the
the Regents of the University of the State of New York in    universal community.
2009 to confer the degree of Bachelor of Science.
   Academic offerings at Trocaire have continued to          Consumer Information
expand in response to community needs as determined
through community surveys.                                     The Consumer Information page provides prospective
                                                             students, current students and employees with
                                                             information about Trocaire College in accordance with
                                                             the Higher Education Opportunity Act. Visit the HEOA
6   General Information


website for more information.                                 Computer Facilities: Main Campus
www.trocaire.edu/about/consumer-information
                                                                Trocaire College provides its students with a high
Buffalo                                                       quality computing environment. There are over 100 PCs
                                                              available for student use. The PCs are located in four
  Greater Buffalo, situated at the mouth of the Niagara       computer labs, the Palisano Center for Academic
River and the east shore of Lake Erie, stands as the          Success, and the Library. For instructional effectiveness,
Empire State‟s Gateway to the West and the jumping off        all of the classrooms and labs have state-of-the-art
point for Canadian travel.                                    projection technology that allows the instructor‟s screen
  Metropolitan Buffalo is home to the world famous            to be viewed by the class. All PCs in the labs are
Albright-Knox Art Gallery, the Buffalo and Erie County        networked to the campus-wide network. All student PCs
Historical Society, the Buffalo Museum of Science,            run the Microsoft Windows operating system. Student
Kleinhans Music Hall, the Buffalo Philharmonic                PCs provide excellent high-speed Internet access
Orchestra, Shea‟s Buffalo Center for the Performing Arts      through the college‟s 10MB internet connections. For
and twelve Colleges and Universities.                         those with mobile devices, wireless access is also
  Action abounds and surrounds, the “Queen City of the        available throughout the campus.
Lakes” – “The City of Good Neighbors” – the titles              In addition, all academic PCs have a robust array of
earned and worn proudly by Buffalo.                           current software providing students with the up-to-date
                                                              skills required by today‟s technically demanding
TROCAIRE’S MAIN CAMPUS                                        workplace.
                                                                The Trocaire Academic Computing Help Desk
  Trocaire is located in a residential area of South
                                                              provides student support and manages the academic
Buffalo adjacent to Mercy Hospital and Cazenovia Park.
                                                              computing resources of the college.
It is readily accessible: three bus lines serve the
campus; exits 54 and 55 of the New York State Thruway         Laboratory Facilities: Main Campus
are a few blocks away; the Tifft Street exit from the
Buffalo Skyway brings one to Trocaire‟s back door.               Trocaire College has fully equipped laboratories which
  The South Buffalo locale is well noted for its proximity    support courses in the natural sciences, healthcare, and
to the Buffalo and Erie County Botanical Gardens and          business. The Natural Science department maintains
Conservatory, Our Lady of Victory Basilica, Erie Basin        Biology, Microbiology, Anatomy & Physiology, and all-
Marina, Coca-Cola Field, Ralph C. Wilson Stadium,             purpose labs. Healthcare program labs are equipped
HSBC Arena and the world famous Father Baker‟s                with program-specific equipment and are designed to
institutions.                                                 replicate an actual work environment.
  Trocaire College, located at 360 Choate Avenue, is a           The Registered Nurse and Practical Nurse programs
vibrant addition to the South Buffalo Community.              are each supported by state-of-the-art, multi-dimensional
                                                              laboratories      equipped      with    computer-assisted
Learning Facilities: Main Campus                              instructional programs, interactive software, teaching
                                                              models, facilities and supplies for demonstration,
  The main campus is situated on the campus of Mercy
                                                              practice and testing.
Hospital in an approximately 89,000 sq. ft. building.
                                                                 The Diagnostic Imaging (Radiologic Technology) Suite
  The centerpiece of Trocaire‟s main building is the
                                                              consists of two energized control areas including safety
Rachel R. Savarino Library on the fourth floor of the front
                                                              features, lead lined walls, a dark room, and state-of-the-
wing. The Palisano Center for Academic Success is also
                                                              art operational units.
located in this area. This wing also houses
                                                                 The Massage Therapy program is supported by a
administrative offices, classrooms, language, computer
                                                              laboratory and state-of-the-art, fully equipped clinic
and science laboratories, Margaret L. Wendt Center,
                                                              composed of a large reception area and six individual
Admissions Office and Academic Advisement Office.
                                                              client rooms that are designed to provide the optimum
  The central wing of the college houses the College
                                                              clinical experience for the student, as well as the client.
Bookstore, the Registrar‟s Office, Financial Aid Office,
                                                                 The Surgical Technology laboratory is designed to
Health Office, Student Accounts Office, the Career
                                                              simulate an operating room setting. It is furnished with
Center, the McAuley Meditation Room, Trocaire
                                                              equipment, instrumentation, supplies and furniture.
Opportunity Program Office, classrooms, laboratories
                                                                 The laboratory setting for the Health Information
and a student lounge.
                                                              Technology program is designed to simulate the actual
  The rear wing of the college houses classrooms, a
                                                              work environment of a hospital Medical Records
computer help desk, the Nursing Laboratories, the
                                                              Department. Equipped with computer work stations, the
Radiologic Technology Laboratory, faculty offices, staff
                                                              area is designed to facilitate skill building in functions
offices, student cafeteria, Student Affairs Offices and
                                                              common to management of health information.
Veteran‟s Affairs Office.
                                                                 The Medical Assistant laboratory simulates a
                                                              physician‟s office setting. Equipment, instruments and
                                                                                                General Information   7


supplies used in a medical office setting are available in     requirements. This includes extension of time for testing,
the laboratory.                                                tutoring, note takers, readers and writers for
  Most business courses are served by laboratories             examinations, tape recorders, and special learning
equipped with computer hardware, including web                 equipment.
access. Software programs are regularly updated and              Trocaire has computer software and hardware to
each student has an individual station during class.           assist students with special needs as well as adaptive
                                                               equipment.
Learning Center                                                  Student Affairs will assist students with special parking
                                                               and personal needs.
  The Palisano Center for Academic Success on the                Inquiries regarding application of and compliance with
main campus currently shares space on the fourth floor         Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 should be
front wing with the Rachel R. Savarino Library. The            directed to the Coordinator of Services for Students with
center offers students a variety of support services. The      Special Needs.
goal is to enable students to develop skills for success in
their college experience at Trocaire. Computer software        The Trocaire Libraries
and study guides are available to strengthen the
students‟ study habits, test-taking strategies, and critical      The Libraries at Trocaire support the college mission
thinking techniques. All students are encouraged to            to empower students toward personal enrichment,
utilize the resources and services of the Palisano Center      dignity and self-worth. The librarians strive to bring our
for Academic Success. Students at the Extension Center         faculty, students and staff the tools and information they
may avail themselves of these services.                        need for academic success. Our mission is to ensure
                                                               that our users can effectively access information from
Testing                                                        print, online and media resources. We have regularly
                                                               scheduled instruction sessions about using the library
  The staff of the Palisano Center for Academic Success        and its resources, we co-teach classes with faculty, and
provides private and group testing facilities. Students        offer two credit-bearing library courses as well as
test on the on-line ACCUPLACER Testing System upon             individual research support.
admission to Trocaire. A computer literacy test is also           The Libraries have many resources in print – including
given. Nursing students take the TEAS Test and the             reference books, magazines, journals and books. Unless
Practical Nursing students take the DET Test. Further          on reserve, books and media can be checked out using
testing is available on a continual basis for diagnostics      the college identification card; four weeks (books) or one
and special needs.                                             week (media). The Libraries use the Dewey Decimal
                                                               System for cataloging all material. Use the catalog (now
Group Study and Tutoring
                                                               online rather than on cards) to find what you need, and
  Students are invited to use the Center for professional      ask for help in locating the resource. The Savarino
                                                                                   th
tutoring, peer tutoring, and student study groups.             Library is on the 4 floor of the Choate Avenue campus;
Students in need of academic re-enforcement in a               at the Trocaire College Extension Center in Lancaster,
particular course may request a Peer Tutor.                    the Library is in room 109.
                                                                  The Libraries offer computer use to students, faculty
Students with Special Needs                                    and staff during library hours, with online resources
                                                               available 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. Our online
  Trocaire College offers students with special needs          offerings include databases containing full-text of peer-
reasonable accommodations and services to enable               reviewed      journals,    eBooks,     dictionaries,   and
them to fully participate in the mainstream of the             encyclopedias. There are streaming videos accessible
educational process.                                           through course sites on Moodle. While much of our
  In compliance with Section 504 of the Rehabilitation         media is on course reserve, we do have DVDs that can
Act of 1973 and the Americans with Disabilities Act of         be checked out, such as NCLEX Reviews for LPNs and
1992, the College provides services on an individual           the Great Course lecture series.
basis for students with special needs, including those            Look on the Libraries‟ webpage for database tutorials
with specific learning disabilities.                           and course guides with selected resources (books,
  Students with special needs are required to provide          databases and Internet sites). Need help when the
documentation to indicate need for services.                   Library is closed? Use Ask Us 24/7 to chat with a
  Students are encouraged to contact the Coordinator of        librarian 24 hours a day.
Services for Students with Special Needs in the Palisano          As a member of the Western New York Library
Center for Academic Success at the time of admission.          Resources Council, the Trocaire College Libraries have
The Coordinator will assist students with academic             access to the many resources accessible through the
support and special accommodations, when necessary.            public, medical, industrial and other academic member
Services will be based on individual needs and course          libraries and library systems in the six counties of
                                                               Western New York (Erie, Niagara, Orleans, Genesee,
8   General Information


Chautauqua and Cattaraugus). Borrowing is made                Coming from north of Buffalo:
possible through an interlibrary loan network at little or    Take NYS Thruway I-190 South to Exit 3 (Seneca
no cost to the college community. Use the form here:          Street). Follow the road (which is one way) to the first
http://library.trocaire.edu/loan-request to request an        signal light. At the signal light, turn right onto Bailey
article or book; count on an average turn-around time of      Avenue. Once on Bailey Avenue, proceed to McKinley
7-10 business days.                                           Parkway and turn left. Stay on McKinley parkway up
                                                              through two signal lights and then turn left onto Abbott
Extension Center: Russell J. Salvatore School                 Road. Stay on Abbott Road and turn right onto Choate
of Hospitality and Business                                   Avenue (the first street past South Buffalo Mercy
                                                              Hospital). Trocaire will be on the right.
  The College presently operates an Extension Center at
6681 Transit Road, Williamsville, N.Y. The Extension          Coming from the southtowns:
Center is housed in a new 15,000 sq. ft. building, and        Take NYS Thruway 90 East to the Lackawanna toll
contains state-of-the-art educational facilities, including   booths. After toll booths take first exit which is Ridge
Smart™ enabled classrooms, state-of-the art science           Road. Or, if approaching from Route 219, take Exit 55
lab, a fully-equipped culinary instruction laboratory, a      West Seneca. Proceed through three signals to Potter
well-appointed computer networking lab, student               Road. Turn left and travel approximately 2 miles through
“commons” area and a library / student resource area.         intersection of Abbott Road/Red Jacket Parkway/Warren
Currently, the college offers the following programs          Spahn Way. Follow Abbott Road to the first street on the
(except for one course through the Main Campus) at this       left. Turn left on Choate Avenue. Trocaire College will
location: Computer Network Administration, Dietetic           be on the right.
Technology, Hospitality Management, and Human
Resource Management. An application has been                  Coming from northeast of Buffalo:
submitted to the New York State Education Department          Take NYS Thruway 90 West to Exit 54 (Route 400).
for branch campus status for this location. Students may      Once on Route 400 take the first exit – Seneca Street,
access comparable services at this location with the          West Seneca. Proceed to the signal light. Turn right on
main campus by consulting with the Center Director,           Seneca Street (Route 16 North). Stay on Seneca Street
faculty, or the librarian.                                    for approximately 1½ miles. Turn left on Cazenovia
                                                              Street. Take Cazenovia Street to Abbott Road. Turn left
Hours of Operation                                            on Abbott Road. Turn right on Choate Avenue (one
                                                              street past South Buffalo Mercy Hospital). Trocaire
  During scheduled class sessions, the college opens          College will be on the right.
one half hour prior to the earliest scheduled class and
closes one half hour after completion of the latest           Extension Center – Russell J. Salvatore School
scheduled class.                                              of Hospitality and Business
  Hours between semesters and during the summer vary
and are posted.                                               From Buffalo:
  Hours of open-class laboratories and offices of various     Take NYS Thruway 90 East to Exit 49. Turn left on
support services vary. Evening hours are available.           Transit Road (Route 78 North). Proceed about a half
Anyone wishing to know the hours of operation of an           mile to Freeman Street and turn right at the light with
office or service should contact the campus receptionist.     Friendly‟s Ice Cream. Freeman Street ends with a traffic
                                                              circle. On the circle, take the second right and proceed
Location: Directions to Trocaire College                      down a long drive way past Salvatore‟s Grand Hotel and
                                                              Russell‟s Restaurant to the College.
Main Campus:
Coming from downtown Buffalo:
Take the Skyway and exit at Tifft St. /Fuhrmann
Boulevard. Proceed to the signal light and turn left. Take
Tifft Street to McKinley Parkway – turn right. The second
street on the left is Lorraine Avenue. Turn left on
Lorraine and proceed to Abbott Road. Turn right onto
Abbott Road (South Buffalo Mercy Hospital will be on
your right). Turn right on Choate Avenue which is the
first street past the hospital. Trocaire College will be on
your right.
                                                                                                        Admissions   9




Admissions
  Trocaire College seeks qualified men and women who            3. Admission to Health Related Programs
are able to profit from the educational opportunities              Students applying for programs in the health
available at Trocaire College. Qualified students are           professions are required to participate in two stages of
admitted without regard to race, color, age, national and       academic preparedness. Initial admittance to a health
ethnic origin, religion, creed or sect, gender, marital         science program places a student into a “pre-
status, veteran or military status, sexual orientation,         professional” component. Upon satisfactory completion
predisposing genetic characteristics, victims of domestic       of the academic requirements for the pre-professional
abuse, or disability.                                           component, the student may then move on to the
  No person is denied admission or access solely                professional stage of their studies. The admission
because of any physical, mental, or medical impairment          requirements for each program are explained in greater
which is unrelated to the ability to engage in the activities   detail under each program outline found in this catalog.
involved in the educational requirements or occupation             Students should speak to an Admissions
for which application has been made.                            Counselor or to a Program Director prior to
  Individuals requesting information or to schedule an          registration to insure they understand all of the
appointment to tour the Main Campus or the Extension            academic requirements for advancement in the
Center should contact:                                          program of their choice.

                 Trocaire College                               4. Transcripts
                 Admissions Office                                 Official transcripts of work completed both in high
                 360 Choate Avenue                              school and in all post-secondary institution are required
                 Buffalo, NY 14220-2094                         before an applicant‟s admission is complete.
                 Telephone: (716) 827-2545
                                                                Application Procedure
         Or visit our website: www.trocaire.edu

General Requirements                                            1. Apply On-Line. Go to our home page at
                                                                www.trocaire.edu (It‟s Free!)
1. College Admission                                                                      - or -
   Candidates for admission to the college must be                Submit a completed paper application form along with
graduated from an approved secondary school with a              a $25.00 non-refundable application fee to the Office of
minimum of sixteen credit units or must provide evidence        Admissions. Checks or money orders made payable to
that an equivalent degree has been completed (or will be        Trocaire College.
completed in keeping with New York State Guidelines for         Submit to:      Trocaire College
Equivalency Diploma or based on earned college credit).                         Office of Admission
                                                                                360 Choate Avenue
2. Program Admission                                                            Buffalo, NY 14220-2094
   Demonstration     of    acceptable    college  level
competencies in reading, writing, and mathematics on            2. Send an official secondary school transcript and/or
the      college    administered      placement    test         GED certificate to the Office of Admissions. In addition,
(ACCUPLACER). Entering students who have                        official transcripts of work from any post-secondary
completed 24 credits of college course work prior to            institution should be forwarded, as well as SAT/ACT
transfer with a cumulative average of 2.0 will not be           scores if applicable. You may request a GED transcript
required to take developmental courses even if the              request form from the Admissions Office or visit the New
ACCUPLACER Test indicates an academic weakness.                 York State Education Department website for online
These students will take the ACCUPLACER for tracking            assistance at http://www.emsc.nysed.gov/ged/.
purposes only. Appointments to take the ACCUPLACER
test can be made by contacting the Admissions Office at         3. Applicants are responsible for ensuring that all forms
(716) 827-2545. If you are applying for the Computer            are completed and forwarded to the Office of
Network Administration, Dietetic Technology, Hospitality        Admissions.
Management or Human Resource Management
Program, you can schedule your placement test by
calling (716) 827-4300.
10 Admissions



                                          MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS

Note: Access to any program for which a student lacks minimum requirements may be obtained through
      alternative programs. Please call the Admissions Office at (716) 827-2545 for further information.

                                  HEGIS                                                                          Degree /
           Program                Code             Specific Pre-Admission Requirements                          Certificate

Computer Network Administration    5199     High school diploma with a 75% average or GED diploma with a           A.A.S.
                                              minimum score of 2500
Computer Network Administration    5199     High school diploma with a 75% average or GED diploma with a         Certificate
 - Certificate                                minimum score of 2500
Diagnostic Medical Sonography      5207     ARRT® Credentialed Diagnostic Radiographer Certificate               Certificate
- Certificate                               One year patient related experience
                                            Minimum cumulative average of 3.0 with minimum grades of
                                              “C” in laboratory sciences
Dietetic Technology                5404     High school diploma with a 80% average or GED diploma with a           A.A.S.
                                              minimum score of 2625
                                            High School Chemistry required with a minimum grade of 80 or
                                              higher; high school Biology recommended
                                            High school Algebra or integrated mathematics with a minimum
                                              grade of 80 or higher
                                            2.0 cumulative average with minimum grades of “C” in laboratory
                                              sciences for current and transfer students
Echocardiography – Certificate     5217     ARRT® or two year Allied Health Program graduate                     Certificate
                                            Minimum cumulative average of 3.0 with minimum grades of
                                              “C” in laboratory sciences
                                            College preparatory course in physics and knowledge of basic
                                              cardiac arrhythmias
General Studies                    5649     High school diploma with a 75% average or GED diploma with a            A.S.
                                              minimum score of 2500
Health Information Technology      5213     High school diploma with a 80% average or GED Diploma with a           A.A.S.
                                              minimum score of 2625
                                            Keyboarding experience
                                            Biology
                                            Minimum final semester average of 2.0 with minimum grades of
                                              “C” in laboratory sciences for current and transfer students
Hospitality Management             5010     High school diploma with a 75% average or GED diploma with a           A.A.S.
                                              minimum score of 2500
Hospitality Management –           5010     High school diploma with a 75% average or GED diploma with a         Certificate
Certificate                                   minimum score of 2500
Human Resource Management          5004     High school diploma with a 75% average or GED diploma with a           A.A.S.
                                              minimum score of 2500
Human Resource Management          5004     High school diploma with a 75% average or GED diploma with a         Certificate
- Certificate                                 minimum score of 2500
Massage Therapy                    5299     High school diploma with a 75% average or GED diploma with a           A.A.S.
                                              minimum score of 2500
                                            Biology
                                            Minimum final semester average of 2.0 with minimum grades of
                                              “C” in laboratory sciences for current and transfer students
                                            Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) required prior to clinical
                                              experiences
Massage Therapy – Certificate      5299     High school diploma with a 75% average or GED diploma with a         Certificate
                                              minimum score of 2500
                                            Biology
                                            Minimum final semester average of 2.0 with minimum grades of
                                              “C” in laboratory sciences for current and transfer students
                                            Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) is required prior to clinical
                                              experiences
                                                                                                         Admissions   11



                           HEGIS                                                                           Degree /
               Program     Code             Specific Pre-Admission Requirements                           Certificate

Medical Assistant           5214     High school diploma with a 75% average or GED diploma with a            A.A.S.
                                       minimum score of 2500
                                     Natural Science

Nursing * **               5208.10   High school diploma with a 85% average or GED diploma with a            A.A.S.
                                       minimum score of 2750
                                     One unit in high school or College Algebra with a minimum
                                       grade of 75% or higher
                                     One unit of high school Biology and Chemistry, or College
                                       Biology and Chemistry with minimum grades of 75% or higher
                                     All candidates must take the Accuplacer test and the TEAS test
                                     The TEAS test must be completed prior to entering the
                                       professional component of the program
                                     Minimum cumulative average of 2.75 with grades of “C” in all
                                       course work for current and transfer students. Applicants
                                       who have been unsuccessful in a course (required for the
                                       nursing program) more than once within the past 5 years
                                       will not be considered for the program. (This includes grades
                                       of W, WF, F and FX)
                                     Anatomy & Physiology I must be completed prior to entering the
                                       professional component of the program
                                     Admission to the professional component in Nursing is also
                                       based on an academic point system. Admission to the
                                       professional component is not guaranteed.
                                     Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) is required prior to clinical
                                       experiences
Nursing – B.S.             1203.10   Current R.N. License                                                     B.S.
                                     Minimum grade point average of 2.75 in their prior nursing
                                       program
                                     Minimum grade of “C” in all nursing courses
                                     Program requires 123 academic credits for completion, 63 must
                                       be in nursing and the remainder in liberal arts
                                     Transfer students may transfer up to 33 nursing credits
                                     Current Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) registration is
                                       required prior to taking any classes
                                     Two letters of recommendation from health care practitioners
Practical Nursing          5209.20   High school diploma with a 75% average or GED diploma with a          Certificate
                                       minimum score of 2500
                                     Biology or Chemistry
                                     One unit in high school or Math 096
                                     Minimum cumulative average of 2.5 with minimum grades of “C”
                                       in all course work for current and transfer students
                                     Anatomy & Physiology I with lab must be successfully completed
                                       prior to the Practical Nursing courses.
                                     Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) is required prior to clinical
                                       experiences
Radiologic Technology **    5207     High school diploma with a 85% average or GED diploma with a            A.A.S.
                                       minimum score of 2750
                                     Two units in high school or College Algebra
                                     Biology, Chemistry and Physics
                                     Minimum cumulative average of 2.75 with minimum grades of
                                       “C” in laboratory sciences for current and transfer students
                                     Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) is required prior to clinical
                                       experiences
12   Admissions



                                        HEGIS                                                                            Degree /
             Program                    Code               Specific Pre-Admission Requirements                          Certificate

Radiologic Technology – B.S.              5207      All general admission requirements and policies for non-                 B.S.
                                                      matriculated students into Trocaire College must be fulfilled
                                                    A.A.S. degree in Radiologic Technology or successful
                                                      completion of a hospital based Radiologic Technology
                                                      program and required liberal arts course work, or
                                                      demonstration of equivalent academic and clinical course work
                                                      as determined by the B.S. Radiologic Technology Program
                                                      Director. All other programs of study that result in ARRT®
                                                      Certification will be subject to the approval of the Program
                                                      Director and the subsequent completion of all liberal arts and
                                                      core Radiologic Technology requirements equivalent to
                                                      Trocaire‟s A.A.S. Radiologic Technology program
                                                    Current AART Certification (or proof of temporary New York
                                                      State License and work permit as a Radiologic Technologist)
                                                    Current Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) (or satisfactory
                                                      documentation that the certificate was successfully completed
                                                      prior to first clinical practicum)
                                                    Interview with the B.S. Radiologic Technology Program Director
                                                      is required before formal admission into the program.
Surgical Technology **                    5211      High school diploma with a 85% average or GED diploma with a           A.A.S.
                                                      minimum score of 2750
                                                    Two units in high school or College Algebra
                                                    Biology and Physics
                                                    Minimum cumulative average of 2.5 with minimum grades of “C”
                                                      in laboratory sciences for current and transfer students
                                                    Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) is required prior to clinical
                                                      experiences
                                                    ST100 Medical Terminology for Surgical Technologists is a pre-
                                                      professional requirement that must be completed prior to the
                                                      first semester‟s Surgical Technology course work.
                                                    Onsite interview with Surgical Technology Department
                                                      conducted prior to acceptance into program.

*     Students transferring into the Nursing program after graduating from the Practical Nursing program must show successful
completion of the Practical Nurse Licensure Examination.
** Students applying for programs in the health professions are required to participate in two stages of academic preparedness. Initial
admittance to a health science program places a student into a “pre-professional” component. Admittance into the “professional”
component is not guaranteed. Students must meet established academic standards and are also ranked for admission in nursing
programs based on an overall QPA and grades in Anatomy & Physiology I. Students should speak to an Admissions Counselor or
to a Program Director prior to registration to insure they understand all of the academic requirements for advancement in the
program of their choice.
                                                                                                         Admissions 13



Personal Interview                                             Re-admission
  Although a personal interview is not required, it is          Students who have left the college and wish to return,
strongly recommended to insure student success. To             must file an application for re-admission to the Office of
arrange for an interview, applicants may e-mail their          Admissions.
request at info@trocaire.edu, or call the office directly at
(716) 827-2545. In certain instances when more                 Advanced Standing / Transfer Credit
information about an applicant is needed, the Office of          Applicants for advanced standing from an approved
Admissions may contact an applicant directly and               institution must meet admissions requirements for
request an interview. In these cases, no admissions            beginning students. In addition, they must have an
decision will be made until the interview process has          official transcript of previous college work forwarded to
been conducted.                                                the Office of Admissions.
                                                                 Transfer students will receive credit for college courses
Action on Applications                                         which are equivalent to those offered at Trocaire
  Trocaire maintains a rolling admissions policy, and          College.
thus, applications are processed throughout the calendar         Only courses completed with a grade of “C” or better
year.                                                          are acceptable for transfer. The acceptance of advanced
  Students who wish to pursue an A.A.S. in Nursing             credit is tentative until the student has completed one
must be aware of the following deadlines:                      semester of satisfactory work at Trocaire College.
      Applicants who anticipate beginning their studies         A student must earn a minimum of thirty credits at
         in the Spring or Summer – all materials must be       Trocaire College to be eligible for a degree. A student
                            st                                 must complete at least 50% of his/her course work at
         submitted by the 1 Monday in October.
      Applicants who anticipate beginning their studies       Trocaire College to be eligible for a college certificate.
         in Fall – all materials must be submitted by the        Evaluation of transfer credits is completed through the
           st                                                  Registrar‟s Office in consultation with the Vice President
         1 Monday in March.
  Applications will continue to be reviewed on a space         for Academic Affairs and Program Director.
availability basis.                                              The Registrar is responsible for preparation of
  Students will be notified of the action taken on their       transcript verification forms and their distribution to
applications after completion of all admission                 students.
requirements. All admission requirements must be
satisfactorily completed before an acceptance is               Foreign Student Admission Policy
considered final.                                                 Foreign students seeking admission to Trocaire
  Applications and all supporting credentials become the       College shall follow the regular admission procedures.
property of Trocaire College and will not be returned to       In addition, non-native English speaking students
the applicant.                                                 seeking admission to Trocaire College must verify their
                                                               proficiency in English by taking the Test of English as a
Physical Examination, Immunizations and                        Foreign Language (TOEFL). A minimum TOEFL score of
Laboratory Tests                                               550 (213 on the computer based exam) is required for all
  Following acceptance to a program, a physical                programs. For the Internet-based TOEFL® iBT a
examination, immunizations and specific laboratory tests       minimum total score of 103 with scores of at least 23 in
are required. The Health Report Form must be                   listening, 24 in reading, 28 in writing and 28 in speaking
completed by a physician or a certified health care            is required.
practitioner and returned to the Health Office.                   For more information on testing centers or to schedule
  New York State Health Law 2165 requires proof of             at test, please visit the TOEFL official website at
immunity against measles, rubella, and mumps. This             www.ets.org/toefl.
proof consists of a certificate of immunization signed by         Official transcripts of secondary school and college
a physician or health care provider or a record from a         work should be forwarded to the Office of Admissions.
previously attended school.                                    When not written in English, a certified translation is
                                                               required.
Re-application Procedure
  Students who have at one time applied to the college         Matriculation
and wish to re-apply must file another application for           A matriculated candidate for a degree or certificate is a
admission. If a student re-applies after two years from        student who has filed an application to be admitted to a
the original date of application, new transcripts from high    degree or certificate program, has been officially
school and colleges attended must be resubmitted.              accepted, and has registered for the specific term for
                                                               which he or she has been accepted. Matriculated status
                                                               is terminated by graduation, withdrawal, or dismissal.
                                                               Matriculated students may attend on a full-time or part-
                                                               time basis.
14   Admissions


  A non-matriculated student is one who has enrolled in       The Director of the Career Center is available to assist
one, but not more than two credit courses, and has not        students in the transfer process.
been admitted as a degree or certificate candidate in any
registered program within the college.                            College                     Articulation Type
                                                                                 Transfer Articulation in A.A., A.S., A.A.S.:
Early Admissions                                              Capella            Trocaire graduates with an A.A., A.S., or A.A.S.
                                                              University         may continue baccalaureate studies.
  The college offers college credit courses to above
average high school students who have completed their
junior year and who have been recommended by their                               Dual Degree Program in Nursing (1+2+1):
high school counselors. Applications and transcripts                             Daemen College to provide years 1 and 4, and
                                                                                 Trocaire College to provide years 2 and 3 of a
should be sent to the Office of Admissions.                                      combined B.S. Degree in Nursing.
    Students who qualify for admission will be enrolled in                       Dual Admission Program: Trocaire College
regular college courses on a space availability basis. All    Daemen College     graduates with an A.A.S. in Health Information
course work will involve attendance at classes at the                            Technology, Massage Therapy or Nursing may
                                                                                 continue in appropriate B.S. program and
college unless students are enrolled in a high                                   complete such program in two additional years.
school/college articulated program.                                              Transfer Articulation in Massage Therapy:
                                                                                 Massage Therapy (A.A.S.) to Health Care
High School / College Articulation                                               Studies (B.S.)
                                                                                 Transfer Articulation in Liberal Arts: Liberal
  A number of articulation agreements have been made                             Arts (A.A.) to Humanities (B.A.).
between Trocaire College, BOCES Centers, and local
high schools. These articulation agreements give
students the opportunity to earn advanced credit or                              Transfer     Articulation:  Trocaire   College
                                                              Hilbert College    graduates with an Associate‟s Degree to
advanced placement for certain courses they take while                           baccalaureate      programs     in   Business
in high school. For students, the advantages of these                            Administration, Criminal Justice, English and
articulation agreements are: elimination of course                               Human Service.
duplication, earned college credit while in secondary
school, and a smoother transition to college. For further                        Nursing (A.A.S.), with New York State RN
information contact the Office of Admissions.                 Niagara            License, to Nursing (B.S.). Separate but similar
                                                              University         agreement applying to Trocaire graduates with a
Transfer Articulation and Dual Admission                                         Liberal Arts degree who wish to enroll in the B.S.
                                                                                 Nursing program.
Agreements
  Trocaire College has signed agreements with
numerous four-year colleges and universities within the       State University   Transfer Articulation in A.A. or A.S. Degrees:
                                                              of New York at     Trocaire College students with an A.A. or A.S.
Western New York area and beyond our geographic               Buffalo            degree will fulfill general education requirements.
region.
  The transfer articulation agreement facilitates an
effective transfer of credit for those students who wish to
continue their education beyond an Associate Degree.          High School Equivalency Diploma Based on
  The Dual Admission Agreement provides the student           Earned College Credit
the opportunity to attend Trocaire for their Associate          A person who has not earned a high school diploma
Degree and then to continue their studies for a               may be issued a New York State High School
Baccalaureate Degree with the assurance that credits          Equivalency Diploma if they provide satisfactory
from Trocaire will apply at four year institutions. The       evidence that they have successfully completed 24
Dual Admission Agreement also provides a single               credit hours of acceptable college course work.
admission process for both colleges and academic              Applicants must be at least 18 years of age and have
advisement from both institutions. In some instances,         been out of high school for at least one year, or have
scholarships are provided based on a cumulative               been a member of a high school senior class which has
average.                                                      graduated. At the successful completion of 24 credit
  The following chart outlines Transfer Articulations and     hours, the person must complete a special application
Dual Admission Agreements between Four Year                   form of the State Education Department and have an
Colleges and Universities and Trocaire College.               official transcript sent from the college.
  Students are to keep in mind that new agreements              Beginning with applications made on or after
are negotiated annually and credits usually transfer          September 1, 2000, the twenty four credits shall be
to most colleges, whether or not they are listed. This        distributed as follows:
is why is it important for the student to begin admission
regarding transfer with their academic advisor at
registration or during their first semester at Trocaire.
                                                              Admissions   15

       Six (6) credits in English Language Arts
        (including writing, speaking and literature)
       Six (6) credits in mathematics
       Three (3) credits in natural science
       Three (3) credits in social science
       Three (3) credits in humanities
       Three (3) credits in career and technical
        education and/or foreign language.

  Those applicants who wish to be eligible for grants,
loans or work assistance are required by federal law to
pass an independently administered examination to
demonstrate their “ability to benefit” from college
instruction. The Office of Admissions should be
consulted for details.

Transitional Studies
   Transitional Studies at Trocaire College offers students
the opportunity to achieve the levels of preparedness
they need to be successful in their major field of study.
In support of the Mission of Trocaire College, the role of
Transitional Studies is to provide students with the tools
for strategic learning, and skills and knowledge
fundamental to college success and beyond. The goals
are to:
       Provide students with the foundation of skills
         they will need to do well in their entry-level
         courses and then move on in their majors.
       Prepare students for academic success in areas
         of literacy development (reading and writing),
         computer fluency, and quantitative reasoning.
       Promote self-regulated learning.
       Promote an environment that maximizes student
         learning.
   Students‟ performance on the ACCUPLACER®
placement test and the computer literacy assessment
determine what courses are required in the areas of
developmental reading, writing, and math. Additionally,
Transitional Studies offers learning strategies courses
(i.e., College Seminar and College Success) focusing on
such topics as test-taking strategies, learning styles,
memory techniques, information literacy, and academic
planning. Student‟s academic performance in the
aforementioned courses determine acceptance into the
College‟s degree programs. The College Seminar is a
required course for entering students who do not have at
least twelve (12) earned credits of previously completed
college course work with “C” grades or better.

The Transitional Studies curriculum includes:
        BU099 Computer Literacy
        GS100 College Seminar
        GS101 Information and Research Basics*
        GS102 College Success
        EN095 Intermediate Reading
        EN099 Basics of Composition
        MA096 Pre-Algebra
        MA097 Introduction to Algebra
* This course is recommended, not required.
16   Lifelong Learning




Lifelong Learning
Center for Lifelong Learning                                  For more information about the Center for Lifelong
                                                            Learning or obtain a current copy of our brochure,
  Trocaire College provides non-credit Adult Education,     please contact: kingsleyh@trocaire.edu.
Continuing Education, and Professional Development
Training, in the form of courses, programs, seminars,
and conferences, to alumni, business professionals, and
general community members. Its mission is to be a
partner in providing effective and cost-saving education
and training services necessary to enhance regional
economic growth.


Office of Lifelong Learning

  The Lifelong Learning Office offers professional and
personal development classes at Trocaire College and
online via the Web. Classes are especially designed to
meet the ongoing educational needs of our alumni and
local community. Continuing Education Units (CEUs) are
granted for appropriate professional development
courses. Listings of all courses are available prior to
Spring and Fall semesters through the current catalog at
www.trocaire.edu. Professional development courses
are available in:

      Administrative Leadership
      Computer Essentials for Clinicians
      EKG Monitor Technician
      Fundamentals of Mammography
      Hospitality
      Cooking / Culinary Classes
      Perioperative Nursing
      Phlebotomy
      Registered Nurse Refresher

  Personal development and community interest
programs are offered each semester. Test preparation
review and wellness classes are also offered to the
community.

  A wide variety of professional and personal
development courses are offered online through our
Online Instruction Center. Courses can be taken from
home or office without coming to campus. To view the
categories and online courses available, please go to
www.trocaire.edu and under quick links for online credit-
free programs.
                                                                                            Workforce Development    17




Workforce Development
The Workforce Development Department at Trocaire                                      Leaders
College offers a variety of programs and training not only
for businesses, but for personal and professional growth.      Leadership development is also essential to ensuring a
The department is a part of the National Council for         strong workforce. Through workforce development, the
Workforce Education.                                         capacity of local leaders is increased, and they are
                                                             better equipped to create new opportunities and recruit
Workforce Development offers a varied assortment of          more individuals into the workforce.
programs such as:
                                                                                   Partnership
       Free lectures on many business and other topics
                                                               Working with local companies to form a long lasting
       Bookkeeping                                          relationship between Trocaire and the community;
                                                             partner rather than duplicate when possible.
       Sterile Processing and Distribution (SPD)
        Technician                                               Workforce Development Department Mission

       Administrative Leadership                              To support Trocaire‟s Mission “…Recognizing the
                                                             individual needs of a diverse student body, Trocaire
       Business related courses and subjects                College provides life learning and development within a
                                                             community-based environment. Trocaire College
       Courses on demand for local companies                prepares students for service in the universal
                                                             community.”
The vision and purpose of Trocaire‟s Workforce
Development is:                                                                     Systematic

                        Growth                                 Workforce development systems are market-driven;
                                                             easily accessible to any individual who wants or needs a
  To help companies and small businesses tap into new        job, education, or training; supply well-trained people for
markets and grow nationally or globally. Through             all employers; and provide employers with assistance
workforce development at Trocaire, companies are able        and support for life-long learning initiatives and for the
to increase their business and cultural competence.          creation of a high-performance workforce. *National
                                                             Association of Workforce Boards‟ mission.
                        Training

  Workforce Development doesn‟t just focus on the
entire community, it also focuses on individuals. Through
                                                                                    Partners
Trocaire‟s workforce development, individuals can
                                                                         Amherst Chamber of Commerce
receive training that increases their competency and
                                                                          The Lancaster Area Chamber
makes them a greater asset in the workforce.
                                                                     National Council for Workforce Education
                        Benefits

 Workers who are finding it difficult to reenter the
workforce can benefit from services Trocaire‟s               For more information, please contact:
Workforce Development can offer.
                                                             Hal P. Kingsley, Director of Workforce Development
                                                             at the following phone numbers or e-mail addresses:
                                                                         (716) 827-2558, or (716) 827-4310
                                                              kingsleyh@trocaire.edu, or workforcedev@trocaire.edu
18     Tuition Information




Tuition Information
                                                                           Financial Arrangements
Expenses as of Fall 2011 (Subject to Change):
                                                                             When students register, they become liable for tuition
Tuition for full-time students per semester                                and fees. Tuition and fees are due at the time of
 (12-19 credit hours) …………………………………..$6,790.00                             registration each semester. Students paying in full
 Over 19 credit hours additional per credit hour ............200.00
                                                                           should make checks payable to Trocaire College and
Tuition for part-time students per credit hour ……………550.00
                                                                           mail to the Office of Student Accounts. The College also
The above does not include cost of room and board either at home or        accepts payments made by VISA, Mastercard, Discover,
in independent off-campus housing, cost of books, uniforms, etc. (See      or American Express.
Financial Aid Section)                                                       The billing statement you receive prior to the start of
                                                                           the semester will provide the option of paying your entire
Summer Clinical Charges
                                                                           balance due (Option A), or signing up with FACTS
 Diagnostic Medical Sonography …………….………..3,300.00
 Echocardiography ………………………………..........3,300.00                           Management, a third party billing agency (Option B). If
 Radiologic Technology …………………………..........3,300.00                        you choose this option, you will be required to complete
                                                                           a payment agreement with FACTS. You will then be
Fees (Subject to Change)                                                   given two means of payment, either by automatic bank
Practicum Fees, per semester …………………...............625.00                  payment or by credit card. The fee to participate in
(Includes: program fee, materials cost, malpractice insurance, etc.)       Option B is $25.00 a semester, paid to FACTS.
                                                                             Your registration does not become official until you
Full and part-time students in the following programs: Diagnostic
Medical Sonography, Dietetic Technology, Echocardiography,                 have completed one of these two options.
Massage Therapy, Nursing (B.S. & A.A.S.), Practical Nursing,                 If you are receiving financial aid that does not fully
Radiologic Technology (B.S. & A.A.S.), and Surgical Technology             cover your tuition and fees, you are only required to pay
(This fee Is charged for a maximum of four semesters, unless a             the difference, whether you choose Option A, or Option
student is retaking a practicum.)
                                                                           B.
College Fee, per semester                                                    The College charges a $100.00 non-compliance fee to
6 or more credit hours ………………………………...…..160.00                            all students that fail to complete their financial aid
1-5 credit hours (per credit hour) …………………............27.00                paperwork or do not have a payment plan on file within
Summer ……………………………………….....................25.00                           three weeks of the date of your registration.
                                                                             Payments are deducted the fifth of every month
Includes: student publications, orientation, computer use, cultural fee,   beginning in August for the Fall semester and January
ID cards, health services, employment references and referrals, library,
accident insurance, graduation, registration fee, student activities       for the Spring semester.
(student government, clubs and organizations, and opportunities that
enhance the quality of student life), etc.                                     FACTS Payment Dates for the Academic Year
Course Fee:                                                                                    FALL
  CNA101 Introduction to Computer Hardware ………..600.00
     This fee covers the cost of components needed to assemble a
                                                                           First payment ……………………………………. August 5
     computer, which becomes the property of the student                   Second payment ………………………….... September 5
     CNA210 Network Administration ………………...........600.00                 Third payment ………………………………….. October 5
     This fee covers the cost of components needed to assemble a           Final payment ……………..………………… November 5
     server, which becomes the property of the student                     *** November 15 ………………….………… 5% Late Fee
                                                                           *** November 20 …………..……….. 30 Day Final Notice
Laboratory Fee, per course ………..………………………..45.00
     Business, Computer, Science                                           *** December 20 ……………….….. 25% Fee added and
Laboratory Fee, per course …………………………………50.00                                                     account placed in collection
     Anatomy & Physiology I and II
Application Fee ……………………………………………….25.00                                                      SPRING
     Payable at the time of application, non-refundable                    First payment …………………………………… January 5
Transcript Fee,  Official Copy ………………………………5.00                            Second payment ………………..…………….. February 5
                 Unofficial Copy ……………………No Charge                         Third payment ………………………..…….…….. March 5
Fee for checks returned for non-sufficient funds …………25.00                 Final Payment ……………………………..……….. April 5
                                                                           *** April 15 ……………………….………..… 5% Late Fee
        TUITION AND FEES ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGE                             *** April 20 ………………….……….. 30 Day Final Notice
                                                                           *** May 20 ………………….……….. 25% Fee added and
                                                                                                 Account placed in collection
                                                                                                    Tuition Information   19


*** Late fees will be added to the balance outstanding on       Student Aid Disbursement Policy
a student‟s account as the dates indicated on the
previous page. A student, if placed in collection, is           Policy: Financial Aid Disbursements are made after
responsible for late fees, collection costs, and legal fees     all tuition and fees are paid.
necessary to collect the debt.
   Students will not receive grades or transcripts of             The college‟s goal is to disburse aid funds to students
records until all financial obligations have been met.          as quickly as possible. We understand the financial
   Registration for a course(s) constitutes full financial      obligation that you incur by electing to go to college.
liability. Failure to attend any classes or classes for         However, the college faces certain restrictions when it
which students have registered does not absolve them            comes to the disbursement of student aid.
from financial liability. Withdrawals/drops must be in            For the college to be able to credit a student‟s account
writing.                                                        with financial aid and then issue a disbursement to a
   Cost of transportation to clinical or internship areas, if   student, five requirements are necessary:
required of students, is the responsibility of the student.
   Books and supplies may be purchased at the College               1. Your student aid file must be complete, meaning
Bookstore. VISA, Mastercard, Discover, and American                    the Financial Aid Office has received all the
Express are accepted.                                                  necessary paperwork and documentation to
   Any damage to college property will be charged to the               process your aid.
student. The College will not be responsible for the loss           2. The college has received the money from the
of money or other valuables.                                           funding source.
                                                                    3. You are attending all of your classes
Insurance                                                              consistently and your instructors are marking
                                                                       you “present”. Failure to attend classes could
  All students in credit-bearing classes are covered by                jeopardize your financial aid eligibility.
the College‟s accident insurance policy. Nursing,                   4. You have incurred liability for tuition and fee
radiologic technology, massage therapy, practical                      charges and the processing date has arrived.
nursing, surgical technology, health information                       See below for processing dates.
technology, medical assistant, diagnostic medical                   5. The posting of aid creates a credit balance on
sonography, echocardiography, and dietetic technology                  your account. This means that the amount of
students are required to carry malpractice insurance.                  aid on your account is greater than the amount
This insurance is strictly limited to the time of clinical             the college is charging you for tuition and fees.
experience connected with the college course. An                       Approximately two weeks after a credit
optional health insurance policy is also available for                 balance appears on your account, the
students in credit-bearing classes.                                    college will issue a check for the amount of
                                                                       the credit balance. Remember, the college
Tuition Liability Policy                                               may not post all of your aid at the same time,
                                                                       and therefore you may receive more than one
 If a student withdraws from the College for                           disbursement per semester.
unavoidable reasons, tuition will be refunded as follows:
                                                                  For the 2011-2012 school year, the earliest processing
Withdrawal within:                   Tuition Refunded           dates are as follows:
First Week                                 100%
Second Week                                 80%                     Type of Aid             Fall 2011       Spring 2012
Third Week                                  60%                 Student Loan, Pell,
Fourth Week                                 40%                 SEOG, Funded Aid         September 30        February 17
Fifth Week                                  20%
After Fifth Week                              0%                TAP, College Based
                                                                Aid                       November 18          April 13
  The schedule for tuition refunds is based on the date
of official withdrawal from the College, that is, the date      ** Please note: Summer TAP is not posted until October
on which written notification of withdrawal is received in      of the year after you attended the summer session.
the Registrar‟s Office. A student who has been granted          Example: Summer 2011 TAP will not be posted until
permission to withdraw shall be liable for all fees and         October 2012.
tuition within the limits of the Tuition Liability Policy
outlined above. However, all fees are non-refundable,
therefore the student is 100% responsible for all fees
when they withdraw.
20   Tuition Information




Business Office Holds

  If you owe a balance over $1,000.00 at the time of
registration for the next semester, your advisor will not
allow you to register. You must see Student Accounts to
have the hold released.
  Business Office Holds are released under the following
conditions:

     1. A Financial Aid Representative is able to
        determine that the financial aid you are receiving
        can be credited to your account because all of
        the necessary information is now in and your
        account is now paid in full as a result.

     2. You pay the amount due with cash, check or
        credit card.
                                                                                                        Financial Aid   21




Financial Aid
  Trocaire College awards financial aid in accordance         portal. Please follow the instructions on the award letter
with Federal and State Regulations.                           and any requests for supplemental information. Any
  The majority of students at Trocaire receive some form      questions regarding the available financial aid programs
of financial aid such as scholarships, grants, loans, or      should be directed to the Financial Aid Office. The office
employment. The college provides general information,         is located in Room 113 or by phone at (716) 827-2416.
applications, and assistance in seeking funds; however,       It is important to apply early (March 1). Some of the aid
most of the funds come from outside agencies. The two         programs have limited funds.
major sources are the Federal Pell Program and the               The FAFSA assists the College in determining the
State Tuition Assistance Program (TAP).                       student‟s need for financial aid. The family contribution is
  To apply for these programs, you must complete a            an important factor in arriving at the student‟s need. Any
Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). You         questions concerning available programs and/or
may apply free at www.fafsa.gov. A student should             applications should be directed to the Financial Aid
apply for a “personal identification number” (PIN) at the     Office (716) 827-2416. Aid is awarded on a first come,
website, www.pin.ed.gov. Your pin number will be              first serve basis according to need.
displayed and then the FAFSA can be completed at this
website, www.fafsa.gov. Following the completion of           Applying for Aid
the FAFSA you should apply for the New York State‟s
Tuition Assistance Program (TAP) on the online system           When you apply for aid under any program, you should
with a link on the FAFSA Submission Confirmation page.        become familiar with all of the rules, requirements,
To qualify for TAP, you must be a full-time student (12 or    obligations and deadlines which apply to you. Here are a
more credits). The Aid for Part-Time Study form (for part-    few points to keep in mind:
time students registered for 6-11 credits) is available on
Trocaire College‟s website at www.trocaire.edu.                 Each program falls into one of three categories:
                                                              Grants are outright gifts of money. You do not have to
Expenses                                                      pay them back.
                                                              Work-study lets you work part-time and earn the money
  An estimate of educational expenses is the first step in    you need.
planning a financial aid program.                             Loans are borrowed money which you must pay back.
  For a full-time student, the tuition and fees for the
academic year are $13,900 for most academic programs            Trocaire College‟s Financial Aid Office is committed to
and $15,150 for the Health Science programs. The              helping students understand and find the best solutions
following items included in a student‟s cost of attendance    to making a college education affordable. Accordingly,
are approximate and will vary due to the individual           the college has no arrangements with any lender that
student situation; books and supplies will be $1,000 to       directly benefits the college or employee financially.
$1,300 per year; room and board $6,000; personal                You must complete the FAFSA form. You may do this
expenses will be $1,000 and transportation $1,300.            online at www.fafsa.gov. Please be sure to file your
  College costs vary according to the academic objective      forms early and be aware of any deadline dates. You are
and the enrollment status. Financial need for the federal     responsible for checking the status of your application to
programs considers the cost of attendance, the student‟s      be sure that it has been processed. You will receive a
resources and eligibility for other financial aid programs.   PIN number from the Department of Education. Keep
More specific information is available in the Financial Aid   this PIN number as you must reapply each year. Aid
Office, or on Trocaire College‟s website,                     from these programs does not automatically continue
www.trocaire.edu.                                             from one year to the next.

How to Meet Expenses

  The College uses a congressional mandated system to
help determine the student‟s family resources that can
be used to meet the cost of attendance. After submitting
the FAFSA and the NYS TAP applications, an award
letter will be sent from the College or placed on the
22   Financial Aid


Transfer Students                                            Lifetime Learning Credit if you paid qualified tuition
                                                             and/or expenses for a student who was enrolled in an
     1. If you transfer from or to another college, your     eligible educational institution. The IRS defines qualified
        financial aid does not automatically go with you.    expenses. Eligibility is dependent on income, filing
        You must take the action necessary to continue       status and other factors.
        receiving aid at your new college. As soon as        *Please consult your tax preparer for additional
        possible, please contact our Financial Aid Office    information about this tax credit.
        to determine which procedures must be                  Taxpayers may use only one of these credits for each
        accomplished to insure that financial aid            eligible student per tax year, but more than one benefit
        eligibility can be reviewed, changed or revised      may be claimed in the same year for a different student‟s
        for attendance at the college.                       expenses.
     2. If your Student Aid Report (SAR) does not
        contain the name of Trocaire College (002812),       Federal Pell Grant
        please add the college‟s name by going on line         A federal grant program that is applied for by
        to www.fafsa.gov or contact the office for           completing the FAFSA. Awards range from $555 to
        additional instructions.                             $5,550.
     3. The New York State‟s Tuition Assistance
        Program (TAP) is institutional specific. If your     Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity
        award notice does not contain Trocaire‟s name,       Grant (FSEOG)
        please contact the office for instructions on how      A federal grant program for students demonstrating
        to change the name on the award certificate.         exceptional financial need.
     4. If you have a Federal Direct Subsidized Loan,
        Unsubsidized Loan or a PLUS Loan, you must           Federal Work Study (FWS)
        reapply through the Financial Aid Office at            Work study is available to students who meet the need
        Trocaire.                                            requirements established by the federal government and
     5. If you are currently receiving Federal Work          maintain satisfactory progress and program pursuit. The
        Study benefits, you must reapply.                    majority of students are employed on campus. For the
                                                             current hourly rate of pay, contact the Financial Aid
Financial Aid Programs                                       Office or online.

  All of the programs listed on the following pages are      William D. Ford Federal Direct Loan Program -
described only briefly. More information is available from   studentloans.gov
the Financial Aid Office in Room 113 or on Trocaire
College‟s website.                                           Direct Subsidized Loan
                                                               This loan program is available only after all other grant
Federal Programs                                             and work resources have been applied. Dependent
Federal Tax Benefits for Higher Education                    students may borrow as freshmen up to $5,500 per year.
                                                             In the sophomore year the limit is increased to $6,500.
American Opportunity Credit                                  Independent students can borrow up to $9,500 and
  This credit permits you to directly reduce the amount of   $10,500 respectively. Information regarding the loan
your tax by up to $2,500 per eligible student. You may       interest rates can be obtained from the Financial Aid
be able to claim the American Opportunity Tax Credit if      Office as they vary based on any previous borrowing.
you paid qualified tuition and/or expenses for a student     There is an origination fee charged for this loan.
who was enrolled at least half-time as a degree-seeking      Repayment of this loan does not start until 6 months
or certificate-seeking freshman or sophomore. This           after you have left school or dropped below 6 credits.
expanded credit now features higher income limits.
Now, single taxpayers earning up to $90,000 modified         Federal Direct Unsubsidized Loan
gross income and married, filing jointly taxpayers             The terms, fees, and conditions for the Federal Direct
earning up to $180,000 modified gross income may             Unsubsidized Loan are the same as the Direct
qualify for the credit.                                      Subsidized Loan, except: You are responsible for the
*Please consult your tax preparer for additional             loan interest while you are in college. These loans are
information about this tax credit.                           called unsubsidized loans because the federal
                                                             government does not pay the interest. You can either
Lifetime Learning Tax Credit                                 pay the interest or add it to your loan principal (capitalize
  This credit permits you to directly reduce the amount of   the interest).
your tax up to $2,000. It has been expanded, allowing
more taxpayers to qualify. You may be able to claim the
                                                                                                        Financial Aid   23


Federal Direct Parent Loan for Undergraduate                      6. Make an appointment with our Department of
Students (PLUS)                                                      Veterans Services and bring the following
  This loan is for parents of undergraduate dependent                paperwork:
students. A credit check is required. Parents may borrow                   i. Copy of your DD214 and your VA
up to the cost of education not covered by financial aid.                     education certificate of eligibility (COE).
The interest rate for this loan can change annually                       ii. Any other paperwork from the VA
around July 1.                                                                regarding your education benefits.
                                                                         iii. Any financial aid correspondence from
Federal Aid to Native Americans                                               any/all federal or state offices.
  TAP and Pell applications must be filed. Applications
are available from the U.S. Bureau of Indian Affairs          Additional Programs and Benefits for Veteran and
Office.                                                       Dependent Students

Department of Veterans Affairs - Education Benefits           Tutorial Assistance – Veterans who need individual
                                                              academic help may receive up to $1,200 a semester at
  Trocaire College was one of the first colleges in the       no charge to the student‟s basic entitlement. This
western New York region to provide tuition assistance to      program will work with college established tutors at the
our returning Iraq and Afghanistan veterans. In               Palisano Center for Academic Success in the library.
appreciation for the hard work and sacrifice our military     Restrictions do apply.
has endured over the past 10 years, Trocaire will cover
OIF and OEF veterans with any additional tuition and          VA Work Study – Any student receiving educational
fees that the VA will not reimburse. Our school is very       benefits are eligible for this program provided you are at
proud to have veteran students here on campus and this        least ¾ training time and can give a part time availability
number continues to grow every year.                          during the applicable semester. There are also federal
  Thanks to the support of federal, state, and financial      work study positions available for those that either do not
aid programs here, most veterans and their dependents         qualify, would like to work in another office, or if there
can attend Trocaire College with little or no financial       are no longer positions open at the Veteran Services
obligation. Our hard working staff will go above and          Office.
beyond to help the military families that have served our
country.                                                      Website – There is a great deal of information that our
  There are a variety of financial aid programs available     veteran website page can offer for our veteran families
to students based on their service time, military branch,     and community. Please visit this site for student updates,
and deployment location(s). To help in determining            links, forms, and more during the course of your
which financial aid program(s) you may be eligible for,       academic career to stay informed about all the great
contact our department of veteran services or financial       services we provide to our veteran and veteran
aid office to make an appointment.                            dependent students.

                                                              New York State Aid Programs
The following procedures can be used as a
reference checklist to all students intending to use          New York State Tuition Assistance Program (TAP)
the GI Bill education programs at Trocaire College:             New York State Tuition Assistance Program (TAP) is
                                                              a state grant program available to eligible residents. The
    1. Apply to Trocaire College (online or mail- see         awards for undergraduate students range from $500 to
       page 9)                                                $5,000 per year. Eligibility requirements, award
    2. Submit all official copies of high school, military,   estimator and other provisions for this and other state
       or other college transcripts to the Admissions         awards can be obtained at the website ( www.hesc.org )
       Office.                                                or by calling 1-888-NYSHESC (1-888-697-4372).
    3. Apply for education benefits through the VA              The TAP Code is 2144 for all Associate and Certificate
       Buffalo Regional Office by completing an online        Programs. The TAP Code for Baccalaureate Programs
       VONAPP application at www.gibill.gov.                  is 6144.
    4. Complete the Free Application for Federal
       Student Aid (FAFSA), the New York State                New York State Aid for Part-Time Students (APTS)
       Tuition Assistance Program (TAP), and the New            A grant program for students taking 6-11 credit hours
       York State Veterans Tuition Award Supplement.          per semester. For information on eligibility criteria,
       This will determine eligibility to all federal and     deadlines, and applications see the Office of Financial
       state programs.                                        Aid. You may apply online by going to the Financial Aid
    5. Once accepted to the college => register for           page on the Trocaire College website, or www.hesc.com
       courses for the semester you plan on attending.        “Students, New York Residents, Apply for TAP”.
24   Financial Aid


Arthur O. Eve Higher Education Opportunity                      Individuals should contact the local VESID office listed
Program                                                       below regarding application procedure:
(Known at Trocaire as the Trocaire Opportunity Program                 Office of Vocational and Educational Services
–T.O.P.)                                                               for Individuals with Disabilities
   This is a program, jointly sponsored by Trocaire                    580 Main Street
College and New York State. Its primary objective is to                Buffalo, NY 14202
provide a broad range of services to the student, who
has the potential and desire to obtain a college degree,      New York State Primary Care Service Corps
yet is unable to attend college because of academic and         The New York State Primary Care Service Corps will
economic circumstances.                                       provide scholarships for education and training in
   The eligible T.O.P. student receives a full-need           selected health professions for individuals who agree to
financial aid package, including TAP and the Pell Grant.      work in state-operated or not-for-profit facilities. The
Additional grants and stipends are also available to the      purpose of the State Service Corps is to provide a
T.O.P. student. Eligible T.O.P. students begin their          resource of well qualified and committed health care
college education during a five-week pre-freshman             professionals. For information contact:
summer semester. This semester is mandatory for all                   New York State Health Service Corps
first time T.O. P. students entering Trocaire College.                Corning Tower, Room 1602
                                                                      Empire State Plaza
Regents Award for Child of Deceased Police                            Albany, NY 12237
Officers, Firefighters or Corrections Officers
  This program is intended to provide financial aid to        Institutional Aid
children of police officers, firefighters, and correction
officers of New York State or any of its political              The following scholarships are available through
subdivisions, who died as a result of injuries sustained in   Trocaire College. You must complete a FAFSA form to
the line of duty.                                             be considered for these scholarships except for the
                                                              Trocaire Scholarships and the Full Tuition Scholarships.
Regents Scholarship for Children of Deceased or               Please check Trocaire College‟s web site for additional
Disabled Veterans (includes children of former POWs)          scholarships.
 Scholarships available to children of veterans whose
death or 50% disability occurred during specific war-time     McAuley Scholarships
periods. Awards are $450 per year for full-time study. A        The College awards a full-tuition scholarship to two
separate application can be requested from:                   incoming high school seniors that meet the following
                N.Y.S.H.E.S.C.                                criteria:
                99 Washington Avenue                          SAT of 1200, a high school cumulative average of 94
                Albany, NY 12255                              and maintenance of 3.2 average.

New York State Tuition Awards for Vietnam Veterans            Presidential Scholarships
(VVTA)                                                          Two scholarships per high school are awarded
  A grant program for Vietnam Vets enrolled part-time         annually. The $2,000 per annum scholarships will be
(3-11 credit hours) or full-time. Applications available on   awarded to high school seniors attending Trocaire
request from N.Y.S.H.E.S.C. Must apply for TAP and            College. Selection of these scholarships will be made
Pell grant.                                                   based on a recommendation of the high school principal
                                                              or guidance counselor.
State Student Aid to Native Americans
  Must be a member of the official tribe roll of a New        Academic Achievement Awards
York State tribe or child of a member. Applications and         Current high school seniors and those who have
additional information available from:                        graduated from high school within the last five years may
        Native American Education Unit                        be eligible for this award. Annual awards are granted on
        New York State Education Department                   the basis of academic achievement or grade point
        Albany, NY 12234                                      average and not on financial need. Criteria for selection
                                                              are as follows:
Office of Vocational and Educational Services for             $2,000 for top 10% class ranking or an average of 92%
Individuals with Disabilities (VESID)                         or higher
  Any resident of New York State who has a substantial        $1,500 for a top 15% class ranking or an average of 88
emotional, mental, or physical disability, who can            to 91%
become employable, may apply for assistance through           $1,000 for a top 20% class ranking or an average of 85
VESID.                                                        to 87%.
                                                                                                          Financial Aid 25


Conditions:                                                     students, by virtue of need, or special interest, or both.
The Presidential Scholarship and the Academic                   Some are available only to graduate or professional
Achievement Awards are renewed for the second year              students in certain fields. Some carry with them periods
up to four continuous semesters.                                of obligated service. For further information contact the
                                                                Financial Aid office in Room 113 or contact our office at
       Recipient must be a full-time student for four          (716) 827-2416.
        continuous semesters of study.                            Terms and conditions of financial aid are subject to
       Scholarship will be continued for second year if        change without notice. All information contained herein
        the established criteria and a 2.5 semester             is believed to be current as of May 1, 2011. However,
        average are maintained.                                 the college cannot be responsible for information about
       Only one scholarship awarded per student.               state and federal programs which are subject to
       If a student who receives an award/scholarship          interpretation and change at any time.
        and     drops    to   part-time    study,   the
        award/scholarship will be pro-rated for that
        semester and will be discontinued for the                          SCHOLARSHIPS AND AWARDS
        following semester.
                                                                These scholarships and awards are available only to
Trocaire Partial Scholarships                                   currently enrolled students. Apply early in the spring
  A limited number of scholarships are awarded at               semester.
Honors Convocation after completion of the Freshman
year. These are available by application in the spring.         The Alfred & Irene Dobrak Scholarship
                                                                The Alumni Scholarship
Trocaire Grant                                                  The Auxiliary to the Medical Society Scholarship
  An institutional grant is awarded to students                 The Belasario and Sara Paladino Memorial Scholarship
demonstrating need and maintaining satisfactory                 The Berna Savarino Scholarship
progress and program pursuit according to the financial         The Carney Family Hospitality Scholarship
aid policies as set by the College.                             The Ciarico Family Scholarship
                                                                The Coppola Family Memorial Scholarship
Statler Foundation                                              The Dennis & Mary Downey Family Memorial Scholarship
  You must be enrolled in the Hospitality Management            The Garman Scholarship
program to be eligible for this scholarship. To apply for       The Grace C. Mecca-Diina Family Scholarship
this scholarship, contact either the Director of the            The Georgette G. Cordera Memorial Scholarship
Hospitality Management program or the Financial Aid             The William & Angela Hensley Scholarship
Office to have a scholarship application mailed to you.         The Hudack Memorial Scholarship
                                                                The Joseph N. Desmond Memorial Award
Corporate Scholarship
                                                                The Katherine Ann Welch Memorial Scholarship
  This scholarship is funded by corporate sponsors; the
                                                                The Linda J. Heintzman Memorial Award
same criteria applies as the Trocaire Grant.
                                                                The Light At The End Of The Tunnel Scholarship
                                                                The Lisa and Tara Scholarship
The Vincent H. Palisano Scholarships
                                                                The Lorraine O’Donnell Scholarship
 These are administered by the Buffalo Foundation and
                                                                The Marshall R. Marsh III and IV “Survivor to Success”
awarded annually to students in the Nursing program.
The awards are based on academic ability and financial           Memorial Scholarship
need.                                                           The Patricia Byrne Myslinski Scholarship
                                                                The Patricia E. Powers Memorial Award
Scholarship Opportunities through the Military                  The Russell J. Salvatore Scholarship for
  A variety of programs are available through the military       Hospitality Management
for persons who wish to consider enlistment. For more           The Russo Family Scholarship
detailed information contact local military recruiters.         The Sister Mary Ernestine Downey Memorial Scholarship
                                                                The Sisters of Mercy Scholarship
Other Student Financial Aid Programs                            The Susan M. Heintzman Memorial Award
                                                                The Trocaire College Community Award
  A large number of special-purpose programs exist in a         The Trocaire College Faculty Association Scholarship
variety of types: direct aid, scholarship, loans, and work-     The Trocaire College Student Association Scholarship
study. Many are administered through specific                   The Urban J. Pauly Trustee Scholarship
institutions, and for this reason the Financial Aid Office is   The Virginia and John E. Spara Nursing Scholarship
the single best source of information on the subject.
  Most of these programs would be of interest to
relatively small numbers of students and prospective
26    Financial Aid


Satisfactory Academic Progress and Program                     Transfer students receiving TAP – The required
Pursuit                                                        percentage of course load completion per semester is
                                                               determined by the number of semesters of TAP you had
  The Federal and State Aid Programs – Pell Grant;             already received at the time of transfer.
Perkins Loan; Supplemental Equal Opportunity Grant
(FSEOG); Stafford Loan Program and TAP – require that              If you have already         Your required completion
you meet Standards of Satisfactory Academic Progress           received TAP the following           percentage is:
and Program Pursuit to be eligible for assistance.                   number of times:
  In order to be eligible for Financial Aid – whether it‟s                 1–2                            50%
Federal, or State or School based, a student must meet                     3–4                            75%
two basic requirements:                                                  5 & more                        100%
    1. The Standard for Satisfactory Progress
    2. The Program Pursuit Requirement                           The charts on pages 28-29 determines what your
                                                               minimum cumulative GPA and credit hours must be at
Academic Progress                                              each point level in order to maintain Satisfactory
                                                               Progress and Program Pursuit. This chart is used only
  For financial Aid purposes, in order to be making            for determining financial aid eligibility.
satisfactory academic progress toward a degree, a
student at Trocaire College must complete his or her           Loss of State Aid (TAP)
degree requirements within six full time semesters.
Since some students use a combination of part time and           Failure to meet either the Satisfactory Academic
full time semesters while working toward their degree,         Progress Standard or the Program Pursuit requirement
the college has developed the following system to              results in the loss of financial aid.
measure progress: based on the number of credits a
student carries in any one semester, points are assigned       Reinstatement of Aid
for that semester. The assignment of points is as follows:       If aid is lost because of failure to meet the Satisfactory
         6-8 credit hours …………... ½ point                      Progress Standing, you must accumulate enough credits
         9-11 credit hours …….…… ¾ point                       and achieve a high enough grade point average during
         12 and more credit hours .. 1 point                   the semester of ineligibility in order to have Financial Aid
  Once a student has accumulated 6 points (the                 restored in any future semester.
equivalent of 6 full time semesters) the student is no           If you lose your aid due to the Program Pursuit
longer eligible for financial aid. In addition, each student   Requirement, aid is terminated for a period of one full
must maintain a required cumulative grade point                year from the end of the semester in which aid is lost.
average and accumulate a designated number of credit             If there are mitigating circumstances that caused your
hours at each point level in order to maintain Satisfactory    poor academic standing, there is an appeal procedure
Academic Progress.                                             for the reinstatement of aid. The procedure is as follows:
                                                                    1. Within 10 days of receiving the notice that you
Program Pursuit                                                          are not making satisfactory progress, you must
                                                                         file a written petition with the Financial Aid
  To meet the program pursuit requirement a student                      Director requesting reinstatement of aid.
must complete a certain percentage of his or her course                  Included should be an explanation of the
load each semester.                                                      mitigating circumstances which resulted in your
                                                                         failure to meet the requirements (please provide
Full Time – for full time students, the percentage                       any applicable documentation).
increases from 50 percent (6 credit hours) of the                   2. The petition will be reviewed by the Waiver
minimum full time load (12 credit hours) in each term of                 Committee. The Committee will make a written
study for which an award is made in the first year, to 75                recommendation for approval or denial to the
percent (9 credit hours) in each term of study in the                    student.
second year, to 100 percent (12 credit hours) in each               3. If the petition for reinstatement of your aid is
term of study in the third year.                                         denied, you can appeal the decision with the
                                                                         committee. Submit the appeal request in writing
Part Time -                                                              to the Director of Financial Aid within 3 days of
                                 You must complete the                   written notification of denial.
     If your point level is:     following percentage of            4. The Vice President for Academic Affairs has the
                                     your course load:                   final jurisdiction on Academic Progress Appeals.
            0–2                             50%                          (Note: State Regulations, however, limit the
         2.25 – 4.00                        75%                          number of times that TAP may be reinstated. As
         4.25 & over                       100%                          an undergraduate once TAP is lost, it may be
                                                                         reinstated only once under the Appeal
                                                                                                            Financial Aid   27


        Procedure.) In addition to all of the above              Financial Aid Probation
        conditions, if a student‟s grade point average
        falls below 2.0 for more than two consecutive              If a Financial Aid Appeal is granted to a student they
        semesters, all Financial Aid is suspended. An            are then placed on Financial Aid Probation. An
        appeal for reinstatement is not permitted until an       improvement plan must be created to insure that the
        average of 2.0 or better is attained in a semester       issues that caused a lack of Satisfactory Academic
        in which the student is carrying 6 credit hours or       Progress are addressed to avoid the loss of financial aid.
        more.                                                    Depending on the circumstances a student may have to
                                                                 demonstrate what academic interventions or changes in
Failure to Make Academic Progress for Federal                    their academic program will take place to address
Financial Aid                                                    improvement. If the deficiencies were caused due to
                                                                 personal or family matters, the plan should address what
  At times a student may find that it is difficult to maintain   changes will occur that will lead to better academic
academic progress towards their degree. Health issues,           success. Improvement plans will be in writing and clearly
family circumstances or unforeseen personal matters              identify the outcomes and benchmarks identified for
may contribute to academic difficulties. The college             improvement. Monthly monitoring of the plan will be
recognizes that these life issues do occur and can               required to determine progress or needed changes.
contribute to academic stress but not are necessarily a            The Student Accounts Office will notify the Director of
measure of a student‟s academic ability. Accordingly, the        Financial Aid of those students who each billing period
college provides a process by which a student can return         have not reached Satisfactory Academic Progress. The
to good academic standing and avoid the loss of federal          Director of Financial Aid shall refer these students to the
financial aid.                                                   Dean of Program Development & Enrollment
  Satisfactory Academic Progress is reviewed by the              Management who will initiate the Improvement Plan
college each billing period. Billing periods are at the end      Process by contacting the appropriate college personnel
of the fall and spring semesters. If a student fails to meet     for input. This Dean will monitor each plan and the
the conditions of Academic Progress (see chart previous          progress of each student.
page) the following steps can be taken to avoid losing             If at the end of the billing period following Financial Aid
federal financial aid:                                           Probation a student continues to not meet Satisfactory
               Financial Aid Warning                            Academic Progress, federal financial aid to the student
               Financial Aid Appeal                             shall be discontinued.
               Financial Aid Probation
                                                                 Student Responsibilities
               Loss of Financial Aid
                                                                   Each student, once notified that they are not meeting
Financial Aid Warning
                                                                 Satisfactory Academic Progress, is required to initiate
                                                                 the Financial Aid Appeal process and improvement plan
  Students who fail to meet Satisfactory Academic
                                                                 under Financial Aid Probation. A student who fails to
Progress for the first time in any semester will be given a
                                                                 initiate these actions will be denied federal financial
one-time written warning by the college Financial Aid
                                                                 aid.
Office. The student will not lose financial aid but should
                                                                 Timelines
seek either academic assistance or address any issues
                                                                        First semester of failure to meet SAP (warning
that may have contributed to the deficiency.
                                                                           only)
Financial Aid Appeal                                                    Second semester of failure to meet SAP-
                                                                           Probation (appeal & Improvement plan). If not
  Students who fail to meet Satisfactory Academic                          approved, federal financial aid is ended.
Progress for a second semester must appeal to the                       Third semester (meet SAP, follow improvement
Director of Financial Aid to avoid the loss of aid. Forms                  plan, or discontinuance of financial aid)
for this process are available in the college Financial Aid             In the event of failure to meet SAP in future
Office or can be mailed upon request. Appeals are                          semesters a student may appeal again if
approved based upon evidence that extenuating                              warranted.
circumstances (death in the family, personal illness,
etc.) have interfered with a student‟s ability to maintain       New Regulations have increased the GPA
Satisfactory Academic Progress. However, it is the               requirements per semester for those students
decision of the Appeals Committee to determine the               receiving financial aid. You must maintain a
appropriateness of extenuating circumstances. Filing an          minimum GPA each semester to continue to get
appeal does not guarantee approval.                              financial aid. Be sure not to jeopardize your federal
                                                                 aid. Failure to meet the academic GPA standards will
                                                                 endanger your financial aid!
                                                                     Please refer to the charts on the following pages.
28    Financial Aid




                                       Associate Degree Programs and Certificates
                      Student Status                      Academic Progress              Program Pursuit
                                                       Minimum        Minimum         Course Work Completed
     Part-Time          Full-Time      Point Level    Cumulative    Accumulated
                                                         GPA        Credit Hours     Full-Time     Part-Time
                                          0.00            0.00             0
    End                   End             0.50            1.10             2
 Semester 2            Semester 1         0.75            1.20             4        At least 50%   50% of All
                                          1.00            1.30             6        of Minimum      Courses
                                          1.25            1.35             8         Full Time     Attempted
    End                   End             1.50            1.40            10            Load
 Semester 4            Semester 2         1.75            1.45            12
                         1 Year           2.00            1.50            15
                                          2.25            1.55            18
    End                   End             2.50            1.60            21
 Semester 6            Semester 3         2.75            1.70            24        At least 75%   75% of All
                                          3.00            1.80            27        of Minimum      Courses
                                          3.25            1.85            30         Full Time     Attempted
    End                   End             3.50            1.90            33            Load
 Semester 8            Semester 4         3.75            1.95            36
                        2 years           4.00            2.00            39
                                          4.25            2.00            42
    End                   End             4.50            2.00            45
 Semester 10           Semester 5         4.75            2.00            48         100% of       100% of All
                                          5.00            2.00            51         Minimum        Courses
                                          5.25            2.00            53         Full Time     Attempted
    End                   End             5.50            2.00            55           Load
 Semester 12           Semester 6         5.75            2.00            57
                        3 years           6.00            2.00            60


                                             Baccalaureate Degree Programs
                      Student Status                       Academic Progress             Program Pursuit
                                                       Minimum         Minimum        Course Work Completed
     Part-Time          Full-Time      Point Level    Cumulative     Accumulated
                                                          GPA        Credit Hours    Full-Time     Part-Time
                                          0.00            0.00             0
    End                   End             0.50            1.25             2
 Semester 2            Semester 1         0.75            1.30             4        At Least 50%   50% of All
                                          1.00            1.50             6         of Minimum     Courses
                                          1.25            1.65             8          Full Time    Attempted
    End                   End             1.50            1.70            10            Load
 Semester 4            Semester 2         1.75            1.75            12
                         1 Year           2.00            1.80            15
                                          2.25            1.80            18
    End                   End             2.50            1.80            21
 Semester 6            Semester 3         2.75            1.80            24        At Least 75%   75% of All
                                          3.00            1.80            27         of Minimum     Courses
                                          3.25            1.85            30          Full Time    Attempted
    End                   End             3.50            1.90            33            Load
 Semester 8            Semester 4         3.75            1.95            36
                        2 Years           4.00            2.00            39
                                                                                         Financial Aid   29


                                        Bachelor Degree Programs
              Student Status                       Academic Progress            Program Pursuit
                                                Minimum        Minimum       Course Work Completed
 Part-Time      Full-Time      Point Level     Cumulative     Accumulated
                                                  GPA         Credit Hours   Full-Time      Part-Time
                                   4.25           2.00             42
   End            End              4.50           2.00             45
Semester 10    Semester 5          4.75           2.00             48        100% of        100% of All
                                   5.00           2.00             51        Minimum         Courses
                                   5.25           2.00             55        Full-Time      Attempted
   End            End              5.50           2.00             59          Load
Semester 12    Semester 6          5.75           2.00             63
                3 Years            6.00           2.00             66
                                   6.25           2.00             70
   End            End              6.50           2.00             74
Semester 14    Semester 7          6.75           2.00             78        100% of        100% of All
                                   7.00           2.00             81        Minimum         Courses
                                   7.25           2.00             85        Full Time      Attempted
   End            End              7.50           2.00             89          Load
Semester 16    Semester 8          7.75           2.00             93
                4 Years            8.00           2.00             96
                                   8.25           2.00            100
   End            End              8.50           2.00            104
Semester 18    Semester 9          8.75           2.00            108        100% of        100% of All
                                   9.00           2.00            111        Minimum         Courses
                                   9.25           2.00            113        Full Time      Attempted
   End             End             9.50           2.00            115          Load
Semester 20    Semester 10         9.75           2.00            117
                 5 Years          10.00           2.00            120
30   Student Life



Student Life
New Student and Transfer Orientations                                           The Student Counseling Office is located in Room 137.
                                                                              Students are free to walk in or schedule an appointment
  New and transfer students participate in separate                           to discuss any problems: academic, relational, stress,
orientation programs designed to introduce them to                            family, alcohol/substance abuse, social services issues,
college life. This program acquaints students with both                       etc. If a needed service cannot be provided, an
the academic resources of the college and the support                         appropriate referral will be made. All counseling records
services that will assist them in making a smooth                             are confidential. Services are scheduled by appointment
transition to college life. Through the orientation                           at the Extension Center.
program, students meet administration, staff, and current
students and also become acquainted with the mission                          Career Center
and purpose of the college. A third orientation is offered
to all new and transfer students at the Transit Road                             The Career Center, located at the Choate Avenue
location.                                                                     campus in Room 121, is available to assist both students
                                                                              and alumni. Services include: individual career
Counseling                                                                    counseling; a web based self-assessment and career
                                                                              planning system; posting of current job openings; and a
 The counseling services in the college are designed to                       library of career publications. Job search assistance
help students recognize their abilities, assist with                          includes resume and cover letter writing and preparation
problem solving, and to direct their efforts towards the                      for a job interview. Each semester, the Center provides
attainment of realistic goals.                                                Job Fairs which connect students to prospective
                                                                              employers. Additional programs focusing on career




                                     Six Month Post-Graduation Survey Conducted by the Career Center
                                  EMPLOYMENT PLACEMENT SUMMARY – CLASS OF 2010

                                      No. of        No. of                   Employed                       Not Employed              Status
MAJOR                                 Grads       Responses       Related    Unrelated      Military   Not Seeking   Seeking         Unknown
A.S.
General Studies                          3             2             2            0            0             0              0              1
Liberal Arts and Sciences                1             1             1            0            0             0              0              0
A.A.S.
Business Administration                  2             2             1            0            0             1              0               0
Health Information Technology            7             7             6            1            0             0              0               0
Hospitality Management                  15            15             8            0            0             7              0               0
Massage Therapy                         10             9             2            6            0             1              0               1
Nursing                                 107           95            86            0            0             7              2              12
Radiologic Technology                   35            34            17            3            0             8              6               1
Surgical Technology                     20            20            13            3            0             1              3               0

CERTIFICATE
Computer Network Administration          2             1             1            0            0             0              0               1
Diagnostic Med. Sonography              11            10            10            0            0             0              0               1
Echocardiography                         7             7             6            0            0             0              1               0
Practical Nursing                       52            32            26            2            0             3              1              20

TOTAL                                   272           235           179          15            0            28             13              37


This report includes employment placement data on graduates who had their degree / certificate conferred between 9/1/2009 and 8/31/2010.
Employment status categories in this report follow definitions in the Career and Technical Education Act of 2006.
                                                                                                             Student Life 31


development are offered by the Career Center                   Housing
throughout the school year. Students desiring
employment assistance are expected to request                    Trocaire College has no residence halls. Apartments
references for a confidential reference file which is          and rooms that are available in the surrounding area of
available to the student and employers upon request.           the main Choate Avenue campus are posted on a
  Transfer advisement for students desiring to transfer to     Student Housing Bulletin Board opposite Room 131.
four-year institutions is provided on an individual basis.     Further information is available through the Career
All Career Center services are available to students           Center which makes available free local newspapers
attending the Transit Road location by calling the Career      with rental listings. Students at the Transit Road location
Center at (716) 827-2577 to schedule an appointment.           may ask for information by calling the main campus
                                                               Career Center at (716) 827-2577.
Health Services and Health Insurance                             Two collegiate housing communities are now open to
                                                               current students attending most Western New York
  Except in emergencies, students in need of medical           colleges including Trocaire. Further details are located
care usually consult their personal physician. The Health      on the housing board. These communities are not
Office can refer a student in need of medical care, who        affiliated with Trocaire College. The college is not liable
is without a physician, to an existing Health Center.          for any aspect of the rental agreements between
Emergency help is summoned on campus by calling                landlords and students.
911.
  Trocaire College does offer all students, registered for     Campus Ministry
six or more credits, a sickness and accident plan that is
designed specifically for college students. Enrollment           The Office of Campus Ministry is available to students
periods for the plan occur in September and January.           of every faith to provide experiences which foster
For information about the plan, including cost, eligibility,   spiritual growth and social awareness. On-campus
benefits and exact enrollment dates, please contact the        volunteer opportunities, ecumenical prayer services,
Health Office at (716) 827-2489.                               community service projects, and discussion groups are
                                                               just some ways that the Office of Campus Ministry can
Health Records and Immunizations                               respond to the varied needs of both Trocaire students
                                                               and the broader community. The McAuley Room, a quiet
   New York State Public Health Law 2165 requires all          space for prayer and reflection, is available to all
college students born on or after January 1, 1957 to           members of the college community.
provide proof of immunity against measles, mumps, and            Students are encouraged to participate in many school
rubella. Students must furnish the college with                and community events that help raise their
appropriate certification of immunity or provide a             consciousness about the needs of society. The Office
documented statement of medical or religious exemption         of Campus Ministry wishes to serve and support those
before classes begin. New York State Public Health Law         attending Trocaire College and welcomes participation
2167 requires colleges and universities to distribute          from all. Please contact the Office of Campus Ministry
information about the meningococcal meningitis disease         for information on upcoming events.
and vaccination to all students. Students must indicate,
on appropriate form, their compliance with this before         Cultural Life
school begins. Students who fail to complete these
requirements will not be permitted to attend classes, if         The location of the college in the second largest city in
immunization information is not submitted within 30 days       New York State provides the student with ready access
of the first day of classes. They will also not be allowed     to a variety of cultural, historical, and scientific resources
to register for subsequent classes. All students are           in the metropolitan area.
informed of these health regulations when they are               The Albright Knox Art Gallery houses a renowned
accepted into the college. Each is mailed a health packet      collection of modern art; Shea‟s Buffalo Center for
with instructions. These immunizations are to be brought       Performing      Arts     offers    professional      Broadway
with them when they register. Any questions regarding          productions, the Irish Classical Theater, Oujima Theater
this, needs to be discussed with the Health Office.            and Theatre of Youth offer dramatic presentations; and
Students beginning a Health program need to hand in            Buffalo‟s Philharmonic Orchestra provides exciting
their completed Health Packet before they begin their          musical experiences. The Buffalo and Erie County
clinical experience.                                           Historical Society, Museum of Science and Botanical
                                                               Gardens are short distances from the college.
32   Student Life


Student Life                                                      3. The right to be informed immediately of the
                                                                      outcome of the Disciplinary Procedure. The
  Various clubs and activities open to all students are               accordance of these rights will not be construed
managed by the Student Activities Office. Each club has               to jeopardize the due process rights of the
a separate advisor who oversees its function. Clubs help              alleged assailant. In an effort to diminish the
sponsor many activities each semester, provide a forum                escalating rate of sexual assaults prevalent in
for the development of student leaderships skills, and                today‟s society, the college will provide
present opportunities to form relationships with other                educational workshops, materials and lectures
students.                                                             relevant to this issue, with emphasis on the role
                                                                      of awareness and prevention.
Alumni Association                                             The Counseling Office is available to assist victims of
                                                             sexual assault with the provision of supportive services
  Trocaire College‟s approximately 8,600 alumni are          along with resource and referral.
engaged in health, education and business careers.             An advisory committee comprised of faculty, staff, and
  The purpose of the Trocaire College Alumni                 students, responsible for reviewing campus security
Association is to provide a life-long connection between     policies and procedures, and fostering educational and
the college and its alumni. It is the goal of the            advocacy goals, has been established.
association to maintain a vast networking system to
assist all alumni in their future endeavors, while lending   Crime Statistics
both financial and moral support to Trocaire College.
  The Office of Institutional Advancement maintains a          Security records information relevant to any crime-
connection with alumni via newsletters, mailings and the     related activity occurring on campus. Statistics are
college website.                                             published annually. The College‟s Security Advisory
                                                             Committee will provide all campus crime statistics upon
Sexual Assault Policy                                        request through the Director of Facilities & Security at
                                                             (716) 827-2564. Information is also available on the U.S.
  Trocaire College is fully committed to ensuring that its   Department of Education website
campus is a place where students are able to feel            (http://surveys.ope.ed.gov/security). When necessary,
secure in their physical safety and their emotional well-    security alerts are posted throughout the campus.
being. To that end, Trocaire College condemns and will         The annual Trocaire College Security Report and
not tolerate sexual assault in any form, including           Crime Statistics can be found at
acquaintance rape.                                           www.trocaire.edu/current/StudentAffairs/.
  Where there is probable cause to believe that this
policy, prohibiting sexual assault, has been violated, the
college will pursue strong disciplinary action established
in accordance with the Disciplinary Procedure. This
discipline includes suspension or dismissal from the
school. In addition, a student charged with sexual
assault will be referred for prosecution under New York
State criminal statutes and subjected to the full range of
penalties that can be invoked against assailants.
  In the event of a sexual offense occurring on campus,
the following procedure shall take place:
     A. Notification of Campus Security and local law
         enforcement agencies.
     B. Notification to Coordinator of Health Services
         and Counseling Office to assist with medical and
         emotional support.
  All reports of sexual assault will be kept confidential.
To encourage reporting of sexual assaults and to ensure
fairness to victims during the Disciplinary Procedure, the
following rights will be guaranteed:
     1. The right of the victim to have a person of
         her/his choice accompany her/him throughout
         the entire Disciplinary Procedure.
     2. The right, as established in state criminal codes,
         not to have her/his irrelevant sexual history
         discussed during the Disciplinary Procedure.
                                                                                      Academic Policies & Procedures   33



Academic Policies and Procedures
  Inherent in the Mission and Philosophy of Trocaire               D. Buying or selling of term papers, homework,
College, is the commitment to provide our students with               examinations, laboratory assignments and
more than the sum total of the coursework needed to                   computer programs/assignments.
complete a program of study. The collaborative goal of             E. Falsifying of one‟s own or another‟s records.
the career and liberal arts faculty and administration is to       F. Knowingly assisting someone who engages in
engage students in a learning process designed to                     A-E above.
promote learning beyond the classroom and program
completion: learning for life.                                 Penalties:
                                                                 Penalties that may be imposed include, but are not
        Academic Policies and Services                         limited to the following:
                                                                    A. Faculty may impose the following penalties
                                                                        within the context of a course,
  Trocaire publishes a one-year catalog. Therefore,                     1. Lowering of a grade or failure for a particular
students, especially those applying for 2011-2012, area                      assignment.
advised to discuss current curriculum information with                  2. Lowering a grade, failure and/or dismissal
Admissions or the appropriate Program Director.                              from the course.
  The student is responsible for knowing the                        B. The Program Director responsible for the
academic standards and for complying with the                           student‟s curriculum may impose harsher
Academic Policies included in this catalog. While the                   measures within context of the College such as,
faculty and staff are available to assist the student, the              1. Disciplinary probation – may include
responsibility for meeting standards and policies as                         mandatory repeat of a course, etc.
outlined in this catalog is that of the student.         A              2. Dismissal from the program.
requirement or policy is not waived because a                       C. The Program Director may recommend to the
student claims ignorance or claims that a member of                     Vice President for Academic Affairs that the
the College Community did not inform the student of                     student be suspended/dismissed from the
the requirement.                                                        College.
  Adherence to College policies and awareness of                    D. The Vice President for Academic Affairs may
academic services is integral to student success.                       suspend the student from the College for a
Faculty and staff assist students in meeting their                      period of one semester or more. When deemed
academic and personal goals by defining the following                   appropriate the student may be dismissed from
policies and services.                                                  the College.
Academic Integrity Policy                                      Academic Advisement
Academic endeavors demand personal honesty from all              Academic Advisement is a process which assists
participants in order to foster an environment in which        students in the development of an educational plan for
optimal learning can take place. Academic integrity is         the attainment of their academic and career goals.
consistent with Trocaire‟s mission and culture.                During academic advisement, study habits and attitudes
                                                               beneficial to the student are discussed, as well as time
Definitions:                                                   management, use of college resources, setting of
Academic dishonesty may be defined as:                         realistic goals and objectives to meet these goals.
    A. Cheating – giving or receiving answers on               Academic Advisors also assist students in planning their
        required/evaluative material, using materials or       program of studies and serve as resource persons in
        aids forbidden by the instructor, alteration of        familiarizing students with college resources.
        academic records, unauthorized possession of             Academic Advisement includes a comprehensive
        examinations, or the falsification of admissions,      program in developmental advisement for students on a
        registration or other related college materials.       year-round basis. Matriculated students are assigned
    B. Plagiarism – the offering of someone else‟s work        an academic advisor with whom they are expected
        as one‟s own, using material from another              to meet on a regular basis, with a minimum of 3
        source without acknowledgement including the           encounters per semester.
        reprinting and/or importing in whole or in part
        term papers found on internet sites without
        acknowledgement.
    C. Interference – interfering with the work of
        another student either by obtaining, changing, or
        destroying the work of another student.
34   Academic Policies & Procedures

                                                             policy and/or the instructor‟s directives.
Trocaire College Mission Statement for
Advisement                                                   Course Cancellation

  The Trocaire College academic advisement philosophy          While every effort is made to offer all courses
promotes student learning by encouraging a responsive        advertised in the course schedule each semester, at
mentoring partnership between advisors and students.         times, conditions exist which may prevent the offering of
  This relationship facilitates the development and          a course. Conditions under which the college has the
pursuit of student educational aspirations and life goals.   right to cancel a course include, but are not limited to the
  Trocaire College recognizes the value of this ongoing      following:
partnership as a shared responsibility of the college              Insufficient student enrollment
community.                                                         Lack of appropriate faculty
                                                                   Lack of financial resources
Academic Amnesty                                               When a course is cancelled, the college will make
                                                             every effort to assist students in enrolling in an
  Academic Amnesty is designed to provide former             alternative course so that the student may meet
students an opportunity to return to Trocaire for a          graduation requirements.
different academic program without the burden of past
academic difficulties. By this provision, if approved, a     Course Disclosure Policy
student may request that prior semester(s) of academic
course work at Trocaire not be counted toward credit           At the beginning of every course, the instructor
requirements or the cumulative grade point average           distributes a written course contract (syllabus) and/or
(GPA). This request is made in writing to the Academic       program manual to all students taking the course. The
Affairs Office which will advise the student of the          course outline is a course disclosure and describes the
procedures and provide the student with the appropriate      objectives and content for the course and the method by
form. Academic Amnesty may be granted only once,             which students‟ work will be evaluated for grades.
requires a change in program and a hiatus form the           Students should refer to these on a regular basis during
college of two semesters (not counting summers).             the semester.

Academic Bankruptcy                                          Course Load Limitation
  Academic Bankruptcy is designed to provide                   The normal class load of a full-time student each
matriculated students an opportunity to maintain good        semester is 12-19 credit hours. A student must obtain
academic standing by “bankrupting” certain courses in        the Vice President for Academic Affairs permission to
the semester immediately completed. If approved, a           carry more than 19 credit hours during one semester.
student may have specific completed courses eliminated       Part-time students are those carrying fewer than 12
from the computation of his/her grade point average          credit hours per semester.
(GPA). This request is made in writing to the Academic         Students taking more than 19 credit hours of study will
Affairs Office which will advise the student of the          be assessed an additional tuition charge for overload
procedures and provide the student with the appropriate      hours.
form. Academic Bankruptcy may be granted only once
and may not be requested if a student has a previous         Course Prerequisite Enrollment Policy
amnesty.
                                                               Trocaire College publishes prerequisites for courses
Attendance                                                   and programs in this catalog. The college may delete
                                                             the registration of a student from a course for which
   Students are expected to attend and to be on time for     he/she does not meet these published course
all classes, clinical experiences, laboratories, and         prerequisites.
internships.      Instructors are required to maintain         Issues of safety and health may also necessitate a
attendance records and to report absences. Excessive         student‟s de-registration from a course, regardless of
absences will result in a grade of “FX” and may affect       prerequisites.
financial aid eligibility. Excessive absence is defined as
being absent from class/lab/clinical more than twice the     Course Waiver and/or Substitutions
number of times a class meets in a given week.
   Students are required to complete all assignments and      A student may, in certain instances, be granted a
examinations.        Absence does not constitute an          waiver of a required course. The permission for a
exemption. It is the student‟s responsibility to take the    course waiver must be signed by the Program Director
initiative in making up work. Students are expected to       and Vice President for Academic Affairs.
notify the college of absence in accord with the program
                                                                                      Academic Policies & Procedures   35


  When a student does receive this waiver, he/she is            In cases of repeated courses, the last grade earned
required to take an equivalent course to fulfill the credit   is used in computing the grade point average (GPA).
hour requirements of the curriculum. A waiver does not        However, all grades earned for courses taken at
lessen the credit hours required, but alters the required     Trocaire remain part of the student‟s permanent record.
courses of the program of study.                                Students should take note that if the repetition is
                                                              not required by the College, New York State will not
Grade Notification                                            allow the credit hours to be counted in determining
                                                              the minimum course load required for financial aid.
  Grade reports may be accessed through the student             Students may not take a Directed Study,
portal at the end of each semester. Grades are not given      Independent Study, or Challenge Exam to replace a
out via the telephone or in person. Grade reports may be      course in which a failing grade was earned.
mailed upon request.
  A mid-semester evaluation of each student‟s academic        Registration Policy
achievement is made, and the student is notified if
midterm grades are below “C” (2.0).                             Students must register during the registration period
                                                              noted in the course schedule. Failure to adhere to this
Leave of Absence                                              requirement will result in the student forfeiting their
                                                              guaranteed placement in the next semester. No
  A student in good academic standing who wishes to           student may register after the “Add & Drop” period
take a Leave of Absence must request this in writing to       during the first week of classes.
the Vice President for Academic Affairs. In any calendar        Students are required to follow the College‟s
year, a student may be granted no more than one leave,        withdrawal procedure for changes in registration after
and ordinarily it may not extend beyond one full              the “Add & Drop” period.
semester. A student who does not return at the end of a         Students are required to take all courses in a program
Leave of Absence will be considered withdrawn from the        curriculum. Exceptions to the requirements in the
college. This withdrawal will be effective as of the          prescribed curriculum are permitted only under
beginning date of the Leave of Absence. Except for            extraordinary circumstances and require written approval
serious reasons, a Leave of Absence will not be granted       of the Program Director and Vice President for Academic
after Add & Drop day in each semester. Students               Affairs. Students are responsible for any scheduling
granted a Leave of Absence for medical reasons must           conflicts and/or lengthening of program that may
have a doctor‟s release to return to the college.             occur when courses are taken out of sequence.

Program Change Policy                                         Notification of Rights Under Family Educational
                                                              Rights and Privacy Act (FERPA)
  A program transfer may necessitate adjustments to
those courses not applicable to the new program.                The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
Adjustments to measure academic progress will be              (FERPA) afford students certain rights with respect to
made at the end of the first semester in the new              their education records. They are:
curriculum.                                                   1. The right to inspect and review the student‟s
                                                              education records within 45 days of the day the college
Repeat Course Policy                                          receives a request for access. Students should submit
                                                              to the Registrar‟s Office or other appropriate official,
  Students may repeat a course in instances where they        written requests that identify the record(s) they wish to
have received grades of “C-“ (where a program‟s policy        inspect. The college official will make arrangements for
requires a minimum grade of “C”) “D+”, “D”. “F”, “FX”,        access and notify the student of the time and place
“W”, “WF”, and “U”. A grade of “W” counts as an attempt       where the records may be inspected. If the records are
at taking the course.                                         not maintained by the college official to whom the
  Students may repeat a course only once, unless              request was submitted, that official shall advise the
they have a signed authorization from the director of         student of the correct official to whom the request should
the academic program in which they are enrolled to            be addressed.
repeat a course for the second time.                          2. The right to request the amendment of the student‟s
  Students in Nursing, Radiologic Technology, and             education records that the student believes are
Surgical Technology may need to repeat a course in            inaccurate or misleading. Students may ask the college
which they earned a grade of “C” or higher, but which is      to amend a record that they believe is inaccurate or
over 5 years old, in order to meet individual program         misleading. They should write the college official
requirements.                                                 responsible for the record, clearly identify the part of the
                                                              record they want changed, and specify why it is
36   Academic Policies & Procedures

                                                                         before November 19, 1974, if the allowed
inaccurate or misleading. If the college decides not to                  reporting or disclosure concerns the juvenile
amend the record as requested by the student, the                        justice system and the system‟s ability to
college will notify the student of the decision and advise               effectively serve the student whose records are
the student of his or her right to a hearing regarding the               released; or 2) allowed to be reported or
request for amendment.                 Additional information            disclosed pursuant to State statute adopted after
regarding the hearing procedures will be provided to the                 November 19, 1974, subject to the requirements
student when notified of the right to a hearing.                         of Sec. 99.38.
3. The right to consent to disclosures of personally                 f. The disclosure is to organizations conducting
identifiable information contained in the student‟s                      studies for, or on behalf of, educational agencies
education records, except to the extent that FERPA                       or institutions to: 1) develop, validate or
authorizes disclosure without consent.               Directory           administer predictive tests; 2) administer student
information may be released without the student‟s                        aid programs; or 3) improve instruction.
consent. Trocaire College designates the following                   g. The disclosure is to accrediting organizations to
items as Director information: student name, address, e-                 carry out their accrediting functions.
mail address, telephone numbers, photograph, date and                h. The disclosure is to parents of a dependent
place of birth, major field of study, grade level, name of               student, as defined in section 152 of the Internal
academic advisor, participation in officially-recognized                 Revenue Code of 1954.
activities, dates of attendance, enrollment status,                  i. The disclosure is to comply with a judicial order
degrees, date of graduation, honors and awards                           or lawfully issued subpoena.
received, and most recent previous school attended. A                j. The disclosure is in connection with a health or
student who wishes to have Directory information                         safety emergency, under the conditions
withheld must notify the Registrar‟s Office. Forms                       described in Sec. 99.36.
requesting the withholding of Directory information are              k. The disclosure is information the educational
available in the Registrar‟s Office. Trocaire College will               agency or institution has designated as
assume a student‟s failure to request withholding of                     “directory information”, under the conditions
Directory information as their consent to the release of                 described in Sec. 99.37.
this information                                                     l. The disclosure is to an alleged victim of any
4. Disclosure Without Consent                                            crime of violence, as that term is defined in
Trocaire College may disclose personally identifiable                    section 16 of title 18, United States Code, of the
information from an education record of a student                        results of any disciplinary proceeding conducted
without consent if the disclosure meets one or more of                   by an institution of postsecondary education
the following conditions:                                                against the alleged perpetrator of the crime with
     a. The disclosure is to other school officials,                     respect to that crime.
          including teachers, within the agency or               5. The right to file a complaint with the U.S. Department
          institution whom the agency or institution has         of Education concerning alleged failures by Trocaire
          determined to have legitimate educational              College to comply with the requirements of FERPA. The
          interests.                                             name and address of the Office that administers FERPA
     b. The disclosure, subject to the requirements of           is:
          Sec. 99.34, is to officials of another school,                           Family Policy Compliance Office
          school system, or institution of post- secondary                         U.S. Department of Education
          education where the student seeks or intends to                          400 Maryland Avenue, SW
          enroll.                                                                  Washington, DC 20202-5901
     c. The disclosure is, subject to the requirements of
          Sec. 99.35, to authorized representatives of 1)
          The Comptroller General of the United States; 2)       Support Services
          The Secretary; or 3) State and local educational
          authorities.                                             Trocaire provides quality and diverse support services
     d. The disclosure is in connection with financial aid       for tutoring, counseling and basic skill development.
          for which the students have applied or which the       These services, in addition to Academic Advisement,
          students have received, if the information is          allow students to reach their academic goals in an
          necessary for such purposes as to: 1) determine        individualized learning environment.
          eligibility for the aid; 2) determine the amount of      HEOP (Arthur O. Eve Higher Education Opportunity
          aid; 3) determine the conditions for the aid; or 4)    Program) and Perkins III.
          enforce the terms and conditions of the aid.             Tutoring and advisement services are offered for
     e. The disclosure is to State and local officials or        students who qualify under these initiatives.
          authorities to whom this information is
          specifically: 1) allowed to be reported or
          disclosed pursuant to state statute adopted
                                                                                   Academic Policies & Procedures   37



               Academic Standards                           Academic Warnings
                                                            At the completion of the fifth week of the semester,
                                                            students who are identified by the faculty as “at risk” in
  Trocaire College maintains academic standards to          any course, are sent an early alert letter by Advisement.
facilitate academic progress and to assist students in      This letter suggests interventions to assist the student.
reaching their educational goals and program                  At mid-term, students who have a grade below “C” are
requirements.                                               sent a warning letter by the Director of Academic
  Faculty advisors and college counselors are available     Advisement. These letters do not affect the student‟s
to assist students. The Academic Standards clearly          status and the grades do not appear on the student‟s
define requirements for degree/certificate completion,      transcripts. The purpose of these academic warnings is
and also provide routine interventions to help students     to encourage the student to contact instructors and/or
reach their goals.                                          academic advisors to discuss appropriate strategies to
  Academic interventions include academic advisement        facilitate improvement.
and support services as well as early alert notification
and midterm warning letters.                                Classification of Students
                                                              A full time student is one who carries a minimum 12
Academic Year                                               credit hours per semester. A part time student is one
  The academic year comprises two semesters of              carrying fewer than 12 credit hours per semester. A
approximately 15 weeks each.                                matriculated student is one who is accepted into a
  Some classes are also offered during Summer               prescribed program of study. A non-degree or non-
Session I (May-June) and Summer Session II (June-           matriculated student is one taking classes but who has
July).                                                      not applied for a degree or academic certificate.
                                                              Generally, one credit represents the equivalent of one
Academic Standing / Academic Probation                      50 minute lecture period or two 50 minute periods of
  A student is in good academic standing if he/she is       laboratory work each week of the semester.
matriculated at this institution and is considered by the
faculty to be making satisfactory progress toward a         Cross Registration
degree or certificate. A student whose semester quality       Full time students may cross register at colleges which
point average is below 2.0 will be placed on academic       are members of the Western New York Consortium of
probation and is expected to make an appointment with       Higher Education. Students are only eligible to cross
their Academic Advisor to discuss his/her academic          register, during the normal academic year (September to
progress. This appointment is to be scheduled prior to      May), at participating colleges.
or during the first week of the next semester.                Trocaire College students seeking to cross register
                                                            must follow the criteria below:
Academic Dismissal / Reinstatement                              1. Student must be registered full time at Trocaire
  Failure to remedy poor academic performance may                    College for the semester he/she is seeking to
result in academic dismissal from a program and/or the               cross register.
college.    (Refer to Academic Life in the Student              2. Student may only register for a course that is
Handbook).      Academic dismissal and loss of                       required for their program of study.
matriculation occurs when a student fails to achieve            3. The desired, regularly scheduled course is not
a 1.0 semester average after two semesters or a 2.0                  available during the semester the student is
semester average after three semesters.           Any                requesting cross registration either due to
extenuating circumstances will be reviewed by the Vice               course closure or cancellation.
President for Academic Affairs upon request by the              4. Student must fill out a cross registration form
student.                                                             available in the Registrar‟s Office and be
  A student who is academically dismissed and requests               approved by both institutions.
reinstatement, should refer to the Academic Amnesty           There is no additional fee for courses taken through
Policy.                                                     the Consortium. A limit of 6 credit hours is permitted in
 At the time of publication, a change in the policies       an academic year.
regarding Academic Probation and Academic
Dismissal were under review.                                Evaluation of Student Work
                                                              An evaluation system is required for each course.
                                                            Examinations are ordinarily part of the evaluation
                                                            system, but alternative methods of overall evaluation
                                                            may be employed. At the first class period of the
                                                            semester, the instructor will inform students through the
                                                            course contract/program manual of the type of
                                                            evaluation system that will be used for that course
                                                            throughout the semester.
38   Academic Policies & Procedures


Grading System                                                Official withdrawal forms must be processed
                                                              through the Registrar’s Office.
The following system of grading is in effect:                   The weeks following Add & Drop Period and last day of
                                                              the tenth week constitute the withdrawal period (W). A
                                                              grade of “W” counts as an attempt at taking the course.
Quality    Letter     Letter #                                If a student withdraws after the tenth week, he/she
Points     Grade      Range                                   receives a withdrawal failing (WF), except in extenuating
4.0        A          95-100                                  circumstances.
3.67       A-         92-94                                   Please note: A student who unofficially ceases to
3.33       B+         89-91                                   attend classes and does not formally notify the college in
3.00       B          85-88                                   writing will receive a grade of “FX” in the course. In
2.67       B-         82-84                                   addition to receiving a grade of “FX” students with
2.33       C+         79-81                                   unexcused absences equal to twice the number of times
2.00       C          75-78                                   a course meets per week may be denied further
1.67       C-         72-74                                   admission to class by the instructor. In each case the
1.33       D+         69-71                                   student will be liable for full tuition and fees as originally
1.00       D          65-68                                   incurred.
0.00       F          64-0                                      Non-attendance will not release the student from
0          FX         Failure, Unsatisfactory Attendance      financial liability.
0          W          Withdrawal (without academic penalty)
                                                              (I) Incomplete
0          WF         Withdrawal Failing
                                                                 An Incomplete is given only for a good and sufficient
0          I          Incomplete
                                                              reason as determined by the instructor. It is completed
           S          Satisfactory
                                                              in a manner determined by mutual agreement of student
           U          Unsatisfactory
                                                              and instructor.
           AU         Audit
                                                                 An Incomplete must be removed from the
           Z          Academic Amnesty/Bankruptcy
                                                              student’s record within 30 calendar days after the
                                                              Incomplete was received, or it will automatically
                                                              convert to an F.
Following are descriptions of these terms.
                                                              (AU) Audit
(GPA) Grade Point Average                                       A student desiring to audit a course must receive the
  Grades received earn quality points as indicated in the     approval of the appropriate instructor and the Program
above table. A grade point average is computed by             Director. Only officially audited classes will appear on
dividing the number of quality points earned by the total     the transcript. Students who audit are expected to
number of credit hours for which the student is               attend classes but their work is not subject to review by
registered. A grade point average is computed on a            the instructor and they receive a grade of “AU” (no
semester basis.                                               credit) at the completion of the class. No student may
                                                              change from audit to credit after the last day of Add &
(QP) Quality Points = Course Quality Points                   Drop period. The college attendance policy applies to
  Quality Points: Quality points are assigned to grades       audit courses.
shown in the grading chart. A “C” = 2 quality points.
Where stated in the catalog that a minimum grade of “C”       Independent Study
is required, this equates to 2 quality points. Therefore, a
C- is NOT a C.                                                  Instructors may provide opportunities for qualified
                                                              students to engage in independent study. A guide and
Cumulative Average
                                                              appropriate forms are available in the Office of the Vice
  The cumulative average is computed for all of the           President for Academic Affairs.
courses a student has taken at Trocaire. It changes             Students may take a maximum of nine credit hours of
whenever a new semester‟s grades are calculated and is        Independent Study in required programs.
a reflection of student progress in all of one‟s work. In       The purpose of Independent Study is to provide an
cases of repeated courses, the last grade earned is used      opportunity for a student, under the direction of a faculty
in the cumulative GPA calculations, if the course is          member, to explore a topic of interest to the student
repeated at Trocaire.                                         which will enhance the learning in his/her field of study.
                                                              All policies related to Independent Study are included in
(W,WF) Course Withdrawal                                      the Independent Study Guide.
  It is the responsibility of the student to contact
his/her advisor and the Director of Advisement when
officially withdrawing from any course.
                                                                                    Academic Policies & Procedures   39

Directed Study
                                                             student for filing a grievance. (Please go to the Office of
  Directed Study is available to students in their last      Academic Affairs for more information.)
semester for designated courses that are not available
during the semester in which they need to register for       Phi Theta Kappa
the coursework in order to fulfill their program
requirements. In some instances, this may apply to             Alpha Pi Eta, the Trocaire chapter of Phi Theta Kappa,
students registered for evening programs and need a          an international honor society for two year colleges,
course offered during the day.                               accepts new members in each semester. Phi Theta
  Directed Study is done by contract with the student        Kappa challenges students to intellectual pursuit and
meeting with the instructor in a seminar setting on          community service. Membership is based upon a
regular intervals. Students must have the approval of        cumulative average of 3.5, course work leading towards
the Vice President for Academic Affairs to register for a    an Associate degree, service to others and commitment
Directed Study Course. The college has the right to          to the local chapter. Full time and part time students
restrict the availability of Directed Study course work.     must have earned 12 or more credits in order to be
                                                             inducted into this prestigious society. The induction
Graduation Honors                                            ceremony of candidates traditionally takes place during
                                                             the spring Honors Convocation.
  Honors at graduation are given on the basis of the
cumulative quality point average.                            Placement Testing and Basic Skills Academic
 The certificate with merit – an average of 3.4             Policy
 The degree with distinction – an average of 3.4
 The degree with high distinction – an average of 3.6         As part of the Admissions process, all applicants are
 The degree with highest distinction – an average of        required to participate in Placement Testing in Reading,
   4.0                                                       Writing, Math and Computer Literacy. Students who do
                                                             not meet the required percentile(s) are placed in Basic
Graduation Requirements                                      Skills course work. This course work does not fulfill
                                                             required program courses or earned credits. Placement
  Students apply for graduation with the Registrar. To       in these courses is not optional and students must
be eligible, the student must have fulfilled the following   complete the course work requirements according to the
requirements:                                                conditions of their acceptance letter.
 Completion of the minimum number of semester                 Further explanation of Basic Skills course work is
    hours of credit and courses required by the program      available from the Office of Admissions or the Director of
    for which the degree is granted.                         Transitional Studies.
 A minimum average of “C” which is equal to a
    cumulative quality point average of 2.0.                 Prior Learning Credit
 A 2.0 cumulative index or a minimum grade of “C”
    for program requirements.                                  Trocaire College realizes that students learn through
                                                             employment and life experiences. There are several
 A grade of “C” in the College Seminar course.
                                                             ways a student may demonstrate prior learning and
    Students with a minimum of 12 credit hours of
                                                             receive college credit.    Credit for prior learning is
    transfer credits from a previous college may be
                                                             approved by the Vice President for Academic Affairs.
    exempt from this requirement.
                                                             Policies and procedures for assessment of prior learning
 Residency Requirement. A minimum of thirty hours
                                                             experiences include:
    of credit earned at Trocaire College for an academic
    degree and at least 50% of his/her course work
                                                             Advanced Placement
    earned here to be eligible for a Trocaire College
                                                               Trocaire College participates in the Advanced
    certificate. Students completing requirements at
                                                             Placement Program administered by the College Board.
    other times during the academic year are
                                                             A high school student becomes eligible for consideration
    encouraged       to   participate    in    the    May
                                                             for advanced placement and credit by achieving
    Commencement Ceremony.
                                                             satisfactory scores ( a rating of 3 to 5) on the Advanced
                                                             Placement Examination.
Grievance Policy
                                                             Course Challenge
   In accord with the principles of student due process,       A Course Challenge is allowed by the College in
Trocaire College provides each student with the right to     special and exceptional cases in which it has been
file an academic grievance. Students are assured fair        clearly determined that prior educational and/or
treatment and no adverse action will be taken against a      vocational experience has provided a learning
40   Academic Policies & Procedures


experience equivalent to that of the particular college        especially true in military technical programs and
course.                                                        specialty schools.
  Application and guidelines are available from the Vice
President for Academic Affairs and Program Directors           Portfolio
for matriculated students who have presented                     A student may submit a portfolio to demonstrate
documentary evidence of their prior experience.                knowledge gained through work and life experience.
Applications should be submitted no later than the             The portfolio contents will include:
official registration days in the fall and spring semesters.    Review of life and work experiences
  The application and accompanying evidence will be             Identification of career and educational objectives
evaluated by the Vice President for Academic Affairs,           Verification of prior learning and its correlation to the
and/or the Director of the program involved.                       course for which the portfolio is submitted.
  Following the approval of the application, the Program        Documentation
Director will arrange a time and place for the applicant to     Authorized request form for portfolio assessment
take the examination before the semester‟s end.                    (available from the Program Director)
                                                                 Upon completion, the portfolio is reviewed by
Credit by Examination                                          appropriate faculty and if accepted, credit is conferred.
  The college shall, in certain cases, grant credit by           Guidelines and fee structure for portfolio assessment
examination. The following types of examination are            are available from the appropriate Program Director.
approved:
1. College Level Examination Program (CLEP)                    Advanced Placement in Nursing
   The College Level Examination Program (CLEP)                  Trocaire College has an articulation agreement with
established by the College Board enables students to           the Trocaire Practical Nursing program, BOCES#1,
demonstrate competencies attained by non-traditional           BOCES#2 and BOCES Orleans/Niagara programs. The
means.                                                         graduate must apply within two years of graduation to
   Trocaire College grants credit under the same               receive advanced credit for the first semester nursing
conditions which apply to the Regents College                  program. Applicants will need to:
Examination. Further information can be obtained by                 1. submit a copy of the LPN license
writing to:                                                         2. meet the specific admission requirements of the
         College Level Examination Program (CLEP)                       nursing program
         P.O.Box 6600                                               3. have completed, with minimum grades of “C” or
         Princeton, NJ 08541-6600                                       better, the following general education/science
                                                                        courses (by the application deadline) in
2. Excelsior College Examinations                                       accordance with the College‟s transfer credit
    The New York State Education Department in                          policy. The courses are:
cooperation with colleges and universities throughout                    Algebra, Biology and Chemistry (will accept
New York State has established a program of                                 high school grade of 75 or higher, if not
examinations by which individuals who have achieved                         taken in high school must take college
college level knowledge outside the formal classroom                        courses)
can demonstrate their abilities and receive credit for                   Anatomy & Physiology I with Lab
them.                                                                    Anatomy & Physiology II with Lab
    The State Education Department itself does not grant                 English Composition
course credit. This is left to the individual college or                 General Psychology
university to do, or not to do, in a manner consistent with              College Seminar
its own standards.                                               If the applicant has been out of the Practical Nursing
    Trocaire College does participate in the Excelsior         program longer than two years, the applicant has the
College Examination Program and will grant credit to           opportunity to take a challenge examination to qualify for
students who successfully complete Excelsior College           advanced placement.
Examinations in accordance with the standards                    The number of positions available in the second
established by Trocaire College.                               semester nursing classes varies with each class
    The Vice President for Academic Affairs in                 depending on the number of students continuing the
consultation with the appropriate Program Director will        progression.
consider individually the cases of applicants who request            Applicants will be ranked according to
credit.                                                                 cumulative GPA of the required prerequisites in
                                                                        descending order, grades in Anatomy &
Military Experience                                                     Physiology I with lab and the TEAS score.
  Experience gained in the military may also be                      Only official transcripts and/or verification of final
reviewed for credit at the time of application. This is                 grades will be used.
                                                                                                     Academic Policies & Procedures    41


         Applicants meeting the designated deadline will                   Transcripts
          be given first consideration for admission.
         Applicants not meeting the deadline cannot be                       An official or student copy transcript will be sent upon
          guaranteed consideration for admission.                           receipt of a written request. A fee is charged for an
         In the event the cumulative GPA cannot                            official transcript. At least 24 hour notice is required for
          discriminate a rank order, the department will                    all official transcripts. No phone requests will be
          review all application materials for the applicants               honored. No transcripts will be issued until all financial
          with the same cumulative GPA with selection                       obligations to the college are met.
          based on “most highly qualified applicant”.
         All selected and non-selected applicants will be                  Transfer Credit
          notified in writing by the Nursing Department.
                                                                              At the time of admission to the college, the Registrar
  Graduates from all Practical Nursing programs must                        evaluates the transfer of credits as indicated on official
successfully pass the NCLEX-PN boards and submit a                          transcripts from other institutions of higher education. A
copy of their LPN license before their application will be                  minimum grade of “C” is required for transfer.
considered for entrance into the nursing program.                             All academic programs that include course work in
                                                                            Anatomy & Physiology and/or Microbiology will require
Retention                                                                   that all courses be successfully pursued at Trocaire
                                                                            College. An exception to this policy is for the student
Annual Retention Rates*:               Full Time          Part Time         who has successfully completed Anatomy & Physiology
  2007-2008                            48%                68%               and/or Microbiology at other institutions prior to
  2008-2009                            57%                67%               enrollment at Trocaire College and has been approved
                                                                            for transfer credit by the Registrar.
Persistence Rates:                     Full Time          Part Time           Current and transfer students must repeat science
  Fall 2007-Spring 2008                82%                80%               course work if the age of the credits are over five years.
  Fall 2008-Spring 2009                75%                73%               The Nursing and Practical Nursing programs also
                                                                            require students to repeat General and Developmental
Graduation Rates**:                                                         Psychology courses if credits are over 10 years old.
  Entering Cohort Fall 2005            30%                                  Individual programs may have age requirements for
  Entering Cohort Fall 2006            27%                                  other course work. Contact the Registrar‟s Office for
                                                                            more information.
* Retention Rates calculated as the percent of first-time students            A matriculated student, who wishes to register at
enrolled during the initial fall semester who re-enrolled during the next
                                                                            another college for course work while at Trocaire
fall semester, or who graduated prior to the next semester.
** Graduation Rates calculated as percent of full-time, first-time          College, must have the signed approval of the
degree/certificate seeking students from the entering cohort who            Registrar.
graduated within 150% of expected time for their program.                     Students wishing to earn credits at other colleges have
                                                                            the responsibility of checking to see if these credits fulfill
Scholastic Honors and Awards                                                a requirement of their degree program prior to
                                                                            registration. They also have the responsibility to request
  Full time matriculated students (carrying 12 credit                       that a transcript of those grades be sent to the Registrar.
hours or more) and part time matriculated students                            Residency Requirement – A student must earn a
(carrying 8-11 credit hours) who have a semester Grade                      minimum of thirty credits at Trocaire College to be
Point Average of 3.4 and no grade below a “C” merit a                       eligible for a degree and complete at least 50% of
place on the Dean’s List, which is published at the end                     his/her course work at Trocaire to be eligble for for a
of each semester.                                                           Trocaire College Certificate.
  The Trocairian Award is given annually to a student
whose outstanding leadership and participation have                         Transfer to Other Institutions
made Trocaire‟s “community of learning” a lived reality.
The award is based on faculty, staff, and student                             Students who plan to transfer after graduation are
nominations.                                                                advised to make an early choice of college and to
  Each year graduating students whose academic                              familiarize themselves with the requirements of transfer
standing, service to the school, and community                              institutions.
leadership in extracurricular activities have been                            The Director of the Career Center and the Academic
outstanding are nominated for inclusion in Who’s Who                        Advisor will assist students with their plans, but primary
Among Students in American Junior Colleges.                                 responsibility for transfer rests with the student.
42   Academic Policies & Procedures


Withdrawal

Withdrawal from a Course
  It is the responsibility of the student to contact his/her
advisor and the Director of Advisement when officially
withdrawing from any course. Official withdrawal forms
must be processed through the Registrar‟s Office. The
weeks following Drop & Add period and the last day of
the tenth week constitute the withdrawal period (W). If a
student withdraws after the tenth week, he/she receives
a withdrawal failing (WF) grade, except in extenuating
circumstances. During the process of course withdrawal,
the student‟s financial status will be reviewed.

Withdrawal from a Program
  A student who wishes to withdraw from a program but
remain in the college should contact his/her advisor and
the Director of the Program. A student withdrawing from
a program may apply to another program.

Withdrawal from the College
  In order to withdraw from the college, a student must
contact his/her academic advisor and the Director of
Advisement. Date of official withdrawal from the college
is the date on which written notification of withdrawal
from the college is coordinated through the Director of
Advisement.       Official withdrawal forms must be
processed through the Registrar‟s Office.
  The student‟s financial status will be reviewed during
the withdrawal process.
  A student who unofficially ceases to attend classes
and does not formally notify the college in writing will
receive a grade of “FX” in the course(s) and will liable for
full tuition and fees as originally incurred.         Non-
attendance will not release a student from financial
liability.
  The college reserves the right to request the
withdrawal of any student whose academic work is
unsatisfactory or conduct not in accord with the spirit and
aims of the college.
                                                                                     Degrees and Programs of Study 43




Degrees and Programs of Study
  The college is chartered by the Regents of the                           General Education Courses
University of the State of New York. It is authorized to
award the degrees of Bachelor of Science, Associate in        Mathematics
Arts, Associate in Science and Associate in Applied           MA107 Logical Reasoning & Decision Making
Science. It is further authorized to confer Certificates as   MA111 College Algebra & Statistics with Business
well.                                                               Applications
                                                              MA112 College Algebra with Trigonometry
Trocaire College General Education                            MA120 Statistics I
Requirements                                                  MA130 Calculus I
                                                              MA220 Statistics II
  Trocaire College is committed to preparing its students     MA230 Calculus II
for academic and career success through a strong
foundation in General Education. In keeping with New          Natural Science
York State Educational Requirements each degree               BIO105 Human Biology
offering requires a minimum number of General                 BIO107 Health, Safety and Nutrition for Young Children
Education credits of Liberal Arts course work as follows:     BIO109 Essentials of Anatomy & Physiology with lab
                                                              BIO180 General Biology I with lab
 B.S. 60 credits (1/2) from Liberal Arts courses              BIO181 General Biology II with lab
 A.A.S. 27 credits (1/3) from Liberal Arts courses            BIO205 Environmental Science
 A.S. 30 credits (1/2) from Liberal Arts courses              BIO208 Nutrition and Wellness with lab
 A.A. 45 credits (3/4) from Liberal Arts courses              CH111 General Chemistry I with lab
                                                              CH112 General Chemistry II with lab
  Trocaire College requires a minimum of 27 credits in        CH250 Organic Chemistry with lab
General Education. Students pursuing a two-year               PHY111 General Physics I with lab
General Studies degree will complete a minimum of one-        PHY112 General Physics II with lab
half of their credits in General Education. Students
seeking a four-year transfer degree will complete as          Social Science
many credits of General Education course work as              EC201 Principles of Macroeconomics
possible depending on their degree choice as noted            EC202 Principles of Microeconomics
above.                                                        PSY101 General Psychology
  Degree candidates must complete course work in the          PSY102 Developmental Psychology
following areas in order to complete the General              PSY201 Abnormal Psychology
Education requirements.      Individual programs may          PSY202 Human Sexuality
require particular course work to accommodate for the         PSY301 Health Psychology
academic areas indicated below:                               SOC101 Principles of Sociology
                                                              SOC207 Contemporary Social Problems
College Seminar or College Success (1-3 credits)
Basic Communication (3-6 credits)                             American History (also counts as a Social Science)
     EN101 English Composition, or                           HI201 The American Experience: Pre-Contact to the
     EN200 Advanced Composition                               Civil War
Humanities (3-9 credits)                                      HI202 The American Experience: Reconstruction to the
     Literature Elective (3-9 credits)                        Contemporary Period
     Electives (0-6 credits)                                 HI206 Issues in the American Experience
Philosophy/Religious Studies (6-9 credits)
Social Science (Economics, History, Psychology,               Western Civilization (also counts as a Social Science)
 Sociology) (6-9 credits)                                     HI101 Western Civilization I
Mathematics (3-8 credits)                                     HI102 Western Civilization II
Natural Science (3-8 credits)                                 World Cultures (also counts as a Social Science)
                                                              HI103 World Civilization I
                                                              HI104 World Civilization II
44   Degrees and Programs of Study


                                                             credits and courses in a curriculum composed primarily
Humanities                                                   of courses in liberal arts and sciences, including the
ART100 Art Appreciation                                      General Education core requirements. There should be
ART101 Art History                                           a minimum of 48 semester hours of credits distributed
EN101 English Composition                                    among the humanities, natural sciences, mathematics,
EN102 Introduction to Literature                             and the social sciences, as well as depth in some of
EN201 Readings in World Literature                           these areas.
EN206 Children‟s Literature
EN209 American Literature                                    Associate in Science
EN211 Explorations in Poetry                                   The Associate in Science degree is used primarily for
EN213 Short Story                                            transfer to programs leading to a Bachelor of Science
EN217 Drama                                                  degree. It may also be used for learning and skill
EN225 Film as Literature                                     enhancement in the workplace or for helping those who,
EN240 Creative Writing                                       while working, are preparing for a new career.
MU100 Music Survey Course                                      It is awarded upon completion of the minimum number
MU101 Music Appreciation                                     of semester hours of credits and courses in a curriculum
MU114 Class Piano and Basic Musicianship                     composed primarily of courses in liberal arts and
SP101 Beginning Spanish                                      sciences and including the General Education core
SP102 Intermediate Spanish                                   requirements. Less broad in scope than the Associate in
                                                             Arts, this degree is for students who wish to concentrate
Philosophy and Religious Studies (also counts as             either in the sciences or mathematics.
Humanities)
PH103 Introduction to Philosophy                             Associate in Applied Science
PH107 Logical Reasoning & Decision Making                      The Associate in Applied Science degree is awarded
PH201 Ethics                                                 upon completion of the minimum number of semester
PH207 Marriage & Family                                      hours of credits and the General Education core
PH208 Death and Dying                                        requirements.
PH215 Logic                                                    Intended primarily for career oriented programs it may
RS100 Introduction to Religious Thought                      be appropriate for transfer toward a Bachelor of Science
RS101 Introduction to Scripture                              degree in some areas, such as nursing.
RS103 Introduction to Christian Thought
RS108 Major World Religions                                  Bachelor of Science
                                                               The Bachelor of Science degree is awarded upon
Basic Communications                                         successful completion of the minimum number of
EN101 English Composition                                    semester hour credits and courses in a curriculum
EN200 Advanced Composition                                   composed primarily of courses in liberal arts and
EN205 Communication Arts                                     sciences including the General Education core
                                                             requirements as well as didactic and clinical course work
Physical Education                                           specific to the major field of study.
MT122 Yoga Basics
                                                             Transfer of A.A.S. Degrees
  The College Seminar course (GS100) is required of            The A.A.S. Degree in business, and the health care
matriculated students during their first semester.           area, are designed primarily as career programs.
Students who have previous college work may be               Trocaire maintains articulation and dual admission
exempt.                                                      degree requirements with many four year colleges to
  A cumulative quality point average of 2.00 is required     facilitate transfer of these programs to a four year
for graduation, as well as a cumulative index of 2.00 in     institution. The student is encouraged to discuss transfer
program requirements.                                        options with their academic advisor to provide a
                                                             maximum transfer of credits.
Associate in Arts
  Primarily this degree enables students to transfer their   Requirements for Receiving More than One
Associate in Arts into a variety of four-year Bachelor of    Degree
Arts programs. While used for such transfer programs,          If a student wishes to receive 2 associate degrees
the degree also provides an opportunity for new              from Trocaire College, he/she MUST:
knowledge and skill enhancement, both in the workplace       - Fulfill the degree requirements for each degree.
and for those who are searching for new careers.             - Complete 30 credit hours beyond the basic
  The Associate in Arts degree is awarded upon                   requirements of the first degree
completion of the minimum number of semester hours of        - Discuss this option with the Director of each program.
                                                                                      Degrees and Programs of Study    45



COMPUTER NETWORK                                                                    CURRICULUM
ADMINISTRATION                                A.A.S.                      st
(HEGIS Code 5199)                                           First Year – 1 Semester
                                                            Courses                                                Credits
                                                            BU106         Business Communications….............          3
  Computer networks enable computers to communicate         CNA101        Intro to Computer Hardware…...........         4
with one another, thereby allowing users to share           CNA105        Intro to Computer Networking.………               4
computer resources. It should not be surprising then that   EN101 or      English Composition or
computer networks have become the backbone of every          EN200          Advanced Composition….………….                 3
business, education, and government institution that        GS100 or      College Seminar or
uses computers. Computer network professionals create        GS102          College Success…………….……….                1/3
                                                                          Mathematics Elective…………………                3/4
and support networks to ensure they operate efficiently
                                                                                              Semester Total       18 / 21
and securely.
  Candidates for this program should be naturally                         nd
                                                            First Year – 2 Semester
curious and passionate about computers. Computer            Courses                                                Credits
Network Administration students need to be committed        CNA112        Operating Systems……………………                      3
to a lifelong learning experience as this is an extremely   CNA115        Network Infrastructure………….........            3
dynamic field. This is not a program of study where you                   Business or Computer Network
will learn how to use computers or sit in front of a                        Administration Elective……………..               3
computer      inputting   data   into    pre-programmed                   Literature Elective……………….........             3
applications.                                                             Natural Science Elective……….........       3/4
                                                            PH103         Introduction to Philosophy……………                3
  Students in this program will learn how networks                                              Semester Total     18 / 19
enable computer users to share computer resources and
study how network information is transmitted through                           st
                                                            Second Year – 1 Semester
various media. Instruction includes such areas as:          Courses                                                Credits
network architecture, data integrity, troubleshooting,      CNA208      Linux/UNIX……………………………..                          3
system administration, protocol, security, and future       CNA210      Network Administration………..……..                  4
networking trends.                                          CNA266      Project Management…………..……...                    3
                                                                        Liberal Arts Elective……………..........             3
Admission Requirements:                                     PH204       Business Ethics…………..……………                       3
                                                                        Social Science Elective…..…………..                 3
High school diploma (minimum 75% average) or GED                                              Semester Total           19
Diploma with a minimum score of 2500
                                                                               nd
                                                            Second Year – 2 Semester
Minimum Degree Requirements:                                Courses                                                Credits
1. A total of at least 70 semester hours with a Quality     BU207       Introduction to Management…………                   3
   Point Average of 2.0.                                    CNA260      Advanced Network Administration….                4
   Normal Time to Completion: 24 months                     CNA264      Computer Security……………..……..                     3
2. General Education Requirements:                          CNA274      Seminar & Internship/Capstone
   GS100 College Seminar or GS102 College Success*                        Experience……………………………                         2
                                                                        Social Science Elective……..………..                3
   Basic Communication (EN101 or EN200)                                                      Semester Total            15
   Humanities (Literature Elective: 3 credits)
   Mathematics (3-4 credits)
   Natural Science (3-4 credits)
   Philosophy/Religious Studies (PH103, PH204)
   Social Science (6 credits)
3. Other Requirements:
   Business* (BU106, BU207)
   Liberal Arts (3 credits)
4. Program Requirements:*
   CNA101, CNA105 CNA112, CNA115, CNA208,
   CNA210, CNA260, CNA264, CNA266, CNA274
   Business or Computer Network Administration
     elective (3 credits)

* A minimum grade of “C” (2.0) is required.
46   Degrees and Programs of Study



COMPUTER NETWORK                                                                nd
                                                                 Second Year – 2 Semester
ADMINISTRATION – CERTIFICATE                                     Courses                                           Credits
(HEGIS Code 5199)                                                CNA260      Advanced Network Administration…..          4
                                                                 CNA264      Computer Security…………………….                  3
                                                                 CNA274      Seminar & Internship/Capstone
  This certificate program prepares graduates with the                        Experience……………………………                     2
same Computer Network Administration courses as the                                              Semester Total         9
degree program minus most of the General Education
requirements, Liberal Arts and Business courses found
in the degree program. The computer Network
Administration Certificate program is part-time, four              For more information about our graduation rates, the
semester program offered only in the evening.                    median debt of students who completed the certificate
                                                                 program and other important information, please visit our
Admission Requirements:                                          website at
High school diploma (minimum 75% average) or GED                 www.trocaire.edu/programs/cnt_certificate.html
Diploma with a minimum score of 2500

Minimum Certificate Requirements:
1. A total of at least 37 semester hours with a Quality
   Point Average of 2.0.
  Normal Time to Completion: 24 months
2. General Education Requirements:*
   GS100 College Seminar or GS102 College Success
3. Program Requirements:*
   CNA101, CNA105 CNA112, CNA115, CNA208,
   CNA210, CNA260, CNA264, CNA266, CNA274
   Business or Computer Network Administration
     elective (3 credits)

* A minimum grade of “C” (2.0) is required.


                        CURRICULUM
              st
First Year – 1 Semester
Courses                                                Credits
CNA101        Intro to Computer Hardware…...........         4
CNA105        Intro to Computer Networking.………               4
GS100 or      College Seminar or
 GS102          College Success…………….……….                1/3
                                  Semester Total        9 / 11
              nd
First Year – 2 Semester
Courses                                                Credits
CNA112        Operating Systems……………………                      3
CNA115        Network Infrastructure……….............         3
              Business or Computer Network
               Administration Elective……………..               3
                                   Semester Total           9
                   st
Second Year – 1 Semester
Courses                                                Credits
CNA208      Linux/UNIX…………………….……….                          3
CNA210      Network Administration……………….                    4
CNA266      Project Management………………….                       3
                                Semester Total             10
                                                                                       Degrees and Programs of Study   47



DIAGNOSTIC MEDICAL                                                                   CURRICULUM
SONOGRAPHY – CERTIFICATE
(HEGIS Code 5207)                                              First Semester - Fall
                                                               Courses                                            Credits
                                                               DMS100       Cross Sectional Anatomy………..…..             3
  The Diagnostic Medical Sonographer is a skilled              DMS101       Introduction to Diagnostic
person qualified by academic and clinical preparation to                      Medical Sonography………………...               3
perform ultrasound exams under the supervision of a            DMS106       Physics of Ultrasound I…………..…..            2
qualified physician. The Sonographer may provide this          DMS110       Abdominal Sonography I………..…...             2
service in a variety of medical settings, where the            DMS111       Abdominal Sonography Lab. I…….....          1
physician is responsible for the use and interpretation of     DMS115       Pelvic Sonography………………..…..                2
ultrasound procedures.                                         DMS116       Pelvic Sonography Lab……………….                1
  Specifically, the graduate in Diagnostic Medical             DMS120       Sonography Clinical Practicum I…….          3
                                                                                                 Semester Total        17
Sonography will be prepared with the skills necessary to
perform ultrasound examinations, provide patient care          Second Semester - Spring
and record the anatomic, pathologic and/or physiologic         Courses                                            Credits
data for interpretation by the physician.                      DMS205     Obstetrical Sonography…………..….                3
  The program of study includes thirty-six (36) credit         DMS206     Physics of Ultrasound II…………..….              1
hours of didactic, college laboratory and clinical             DMS210     Abdominal Sonography II……..……..               2
sessions. Learning experiences emphasize ultrasound            DMS211     Abdominal Sonography Lab. II ……..             1
physics, abdominal, and OB/GYN sonography.                     DMS215     Seminar/Research Course………..…                 1
Sonography related to small body structures and special        DMS219     Special Sonographic Procedures…...            2
                                                               DMS220     Sonography Clinical Practicum II……            3
procedures is also included. Extensive clinical
                                                                                               Semester Total         13
experience is provided at WNY health care facilities.
Transportation is the responsibility of the student.           Summer Session
  The graduate is eligible to sit for the American Registry    Courses                                            Credits
of     Diagnostic     Medical     Sonography      Certifying   DMS230    Sonography Clinical Practicum III…..           6
Examinations for Physics, Abdominal and OB/GYN                                      Summer Session Total                6
sonography.

Specific Admissions Requirements for Diagnostic
Medical Sonography Program:
                                                               For more information about our graduation rates, the
  Candidates for admission to this program must be a           median debt of students who completed the certificate
graduate of an A.A.S., B.S. or Diploma Radiologic              program and other important information, please visit our
Technology Program.                                            website at www.trocaire.edu/programs/sonography.html
     Minimum of 3.0 cumulative average. *Diploma
       Graduates: Transcripts will be reviewed to
       determine     compliance       with  academic
       requirements.
     Interview with Program Director
     Official transcripts from secondary and post-
       secondary institutions required.

Minimum Certificate Requirements:
A total of 36 credit hours with a Quality Point Average of
2.0.

Normal Time to Completion: 12 months
48   Degrees and Programs of Study



DIETETIC TECHNOLOGY                             A.A.S.           Mathematics (3-4 credits)**
                                                                 Natural Science (BIO109, BIO109L, CH111, CH111L:
(HEGIS Code 5404)
                                                                  8 credits)*
                                                                 Philosophy/Religious Studies Electives (6 credits)
  A Dietetic Technician is an individual who has been            Social Science Electives (6 credits)
specially trained in the areas of food and nutrition. A       3. Program Requirements:*
Dietetic Technician works as a member of the food                DT101, DT102, DT103, DT104, DT201, DT202,
service or health care team, and may be responsible for          DT203, DT204, DT205, DT206, DT207, DT208,
nutrition assessment, intervention, monitoring and               HM204
evaluating nutrition care under the supervision of a
Registered Dietitian. Combining Trocaire‟s history of         * A minimum grade of “C” (2.0) is required.
excellence in health care education with the Russell J.       ** Math 107 or higher
Salvatore School of Hospitality and Business, the
dietetic technology curriculum combines the science of
nutrition with the knowledge and skills of foodservice                               CURRICULUM
management.
                                                                           st
  A unique aspect of the program is the 450 hour              First Year – 1 Semester
professionally supervised practice in area hospitals, long    Courses                                             Credits
term care facilities and community agencies. This             CH111         General Chemistry I…………………..                3
provides students opportunities to experience “hands-         CH111L        General Chemistry I Lab……….……..             1
                                                              DT101         Nutrition and Wellness………………..              3
on” learning to develop skills and abilities learned in the   DT102         Introductory Foods…………………….                 3
classroom. Transportation to and from supervised              DT103         Nutrition Care Process………………..              2
practice sites is the responsibility of the student.          EN101 or      English Composition or
  Graduates of the program are prepared for entry level        EN200          Advanced Composition……………..              3
positions in clinical care or food service management, or     GS100 or      College Seminar or
may choose to continue their studies by transferring to a      GS102          College Success……………………..             1/3
four year college.                                                                               Semester Total   16 / 18
  The Dietetics Education Program has been granted                         nd
                                                              First Year – 2 Semester
candidate status by the Commission on Accreditation for
                                                              Courses                                             Credits
Dietetics Education of the American Dietetic Association      BIO109        Essentials of Anatomy & Physiology.         3
(CADE). 120 South Riverside Plaza, Suite 2000                 BIO109L       Ess. of Anatomy & Physiology Lab…           1
          Chicago, IL 60606-6995                              DT104         Community Nutrition………………….                 4
          (312) 899-0040, ext. 5400                           DT203         Nutrition Education…...……………….              3
          http://www.eatright.org/CADE                        HM204         Food & Beverage Service and
                                                                            Sanitation………………………...……                    3
Admission Requirements:                                                     Mathematics Elective*………..………           3/4
1. High school diploma (minimum 80% average) or GED                                             Semester Total    17 / 18
   Diploma with a minimum score of 2625                                         st
                                                              Second Year – 1 Semester
2. High school chemistry required with an overall             Courses                                             Credits
   average of 80%. High school Biology is                     DT201       Diet and Disease I…………………….                   3
   recommended.                                               DT202       Supervised Practice -
3. One year high school algebra or integrated                              Long Term Care Settings.………….               4
   mathematics with an overall average of 80%.                DT204       Foodservice Management and
4. Course credit or supervised practice hours may be                       Operations I…………………….........               2
   granted for prior learning (course work and/or                         Literature Elective………………….….                3
   experiential), please contact the program director for                 Philosophy/Religious Studies………..            3
                                                                          Social Science Elective……………….               3
   more information.
                                                                                                Semester Total        18
5. 2.0 cumulative average with minimum grades of “C”
   in laboratory sciences for current and transfer                              nd
                                                              Second Year – 2 Semester
   students.                                                  Courses                                             Credits
                                                              DT205       Diet and Disease II……………………                   3
Minimum Degree Requirements:                                  DT206       Supervised Practice -
1. A total of at least 67 semester hours with a Quality                    Acute Care Settings..………………..               4
   Point Average of 2.0.                                      DT207       Seminar in Dietetic Technology……..           1
   Normal Time to Completion: 24 months                       DT208       Foodservice Management &
2. General Education Requirements:                                         Operations II……………………….....                 2
                                                                          Philosophy/Religious Studies………..            3
   GS100 College Seminar or GS102 College Success*                        Social Science Elective……………….               3
   Basic Communication (EN101 or EN200: 3 credits)                                              Semester Total        16
   Humanities (Literature Elective: 3 credits)
                                                                                       Degrees and Programs of Study   49



ECHOCARDIOGRAPHY –                                                                   CURRICULUM
CERTIFICATE
(HEGIS Code 5217)                                              First Semester - Fall
                                                               Courses                                            Credits
                                                               DMS106       Physics of Ultrasound I……………….              2
  Echocardiography is a specialized concentration within       ECH100       Introduction to Echocardiography…..         1
the field of ultrasound applied to heart structures. The       ECH101       Echocardiography I…………………..                 2
cardiac sonographer is a skilled person qualified by           ECH102       Echocardiography College
academic and clinical preparation to perform                                  Laboratory I…………………………..                 1
echocardiography exams under the supervision of a              ECH103       Echocardiography Principles
qualified physician.                                                          and Instrumentation………………...             3
                                                               ECH104       Anatomy & Physiology of the Heart…         3
  The demands of the cardiac sonographer requires a
                                                               ECH120       Echocardiography Clinical
working knowledge of detailed anatomy and physiology                          Practicum I…………………………...                  3
of the heart and its echogenic appearance as it is                                               Semester Total        15
presented as a 2-D image, as well as scanning
techniques to obtain the optimum image.                        Second Semester - Spring
  The program of study includes thirty-six (36) credit         Courses                                            Credits
hours of didactic, college laboratory and clinical             DMS206     Physics of Ultrasound II……………...              1
sessions. Upon successful completion of the program,           ECH201     Echocardiography II…………………..                  4
the graduate is eligible to sit for the American Registry of   ECH202     Echocardiography College
Diagnostic Medical Sonography Certifying Examinations                      Laboratory II………………………….                    1
                                                               ECH203     Seminar/Research Course…………..                2
for Cardiovascular Principles and Instrumentation, Adult       ECH204     Pathology of the Heart………………..               4
and Pediatric Echocardiography.                                ECH220     Echocardiography Clinical
                                                                           Practicum II…………………………..                     3
Specific Admissions Requirements for                                                           Semester Total          15
Echocardiography Program:
                                                               Summer Session
 Candidates for admission to this program must be an           Courses                                            Credits
Allied Health graduate of an A.A.S., B.S. or Diploma           ECH230    Echocardiography Clinical
                                                                           Practicum III………………………….                    6
program, (i.e., 2 years Radiologic Technology education
                                                                                       Summer Session Total            6
and ARRT, Radiation Therapist, R.N., Occupational
Therapist, Physician Assistant, M.D., or O.D. credential.)
      Minimum 3.0 cumulative average. * Diploma
        Graduates: Transcripts will be reviewed to
        determine      compliance      with     academic
                                                               For more information about our graduation rates, the
        requirements.
                                                               median debt of students who completed the certificate
      College Preparatory course in Physics                   program and other important information, please visit our
      Interview with Program Director                         website at
      Official transcripts from secondary and post-           www.trocaire.edu/programs/echocardiography.htm.
        secondary institutions required.

Minimum Certificate Requirements:
A total of 36 credit hours with a Quality Point Average of
2.0.

Normal Time to Completion: 12 months
50   Degrees and Programs of Study




GENERAL STUDIES                                  A.S.          General Studies (GS201, GS212)
                                                               Humanities (Literature Elective: 3 credits)
(HEGIS Code 5649)
                                                               Mathematics (MA107 or higher)**
                                                               Philosophy/Religious Studies (PH103)
  The General Studies curriculum is designed to provide     3. Program Electives (Choose from):
students with a high level of flexibility in selecting         Art or Music (3 credits)
courses to meet their individual needs. The curriculum         Free Electives (24 credits)
provides a solid foundation in the liberal arts and            Mathematics (0-4 credits)
sciences. Students who already have earned an                  Natural Science (3-8 credits)
academic certificate or those students who have spent a        Philosophy/Religious Studies (3 credits)**
good deal of time in a program, but have decided not to        Social Science (9 credits)
continue in the program, may earn a degree in General
Studies. Students may enroll in the General Studies         * A minimum grade of “C” (2.0) is required.
program in order to take time to explore their career       ** PH107 may not be taken if credit is granted for
options, determine which of our health care programs is        MA107.
the best fit, or allow them time to improve academic
skills before beginning their chosen career program.                               CURRICULUM
Students can also build an individualized program in
                                                                         st
close consultation with an advisor.                         First Year – 1 Semester
                                                            Courses                                              Credits
Career Exploration                                          EN101 or      English Composition or
  Students unsure about their career options and             EN200         Advanced Composition….………….                 3
aptitudes may choose to enter the General Studies           GS100 or      College Seminar or
program in order to explore their options.                   GS102         College Success…………….……….               1/3
                                                                          Free Elective…………………………..                    3
Health Care Career Exploration                                            Free Elective…………………………..                    3
   Students interested in health care but unsure of which                 Mathematics Elective**……………….            3/4
field is best for them might enter General Studies in                     Social Science Elective……………….               3
                                                                                               Semester Total    16 / 19
order to begin their education while exploring their
options and aptitudes.                                                   nd
                                                            First Year – 2 Semester
                                                            Courses                                              Credits
Transitional Studies                                                      Free Elective…………………………..                     3
  Students who may need to improve their academic           GS201         Information Fluency & Research…….             2
skills before beginning their chosen programs may begin                   Literature Elective……………….........            3
in General Studies until the time that they are ready to                  Natural Science Elective……………..           3/4
begin their programs.                                       PH103         Introduction to Philosophy……………               3
                                                                                                Semester Total    14 / 15
Individual Studies and Transfer Opportunity                                   st
  Students who would like to determine their own            Second Year – 1 Semester
programs of study may choose this option.                   Courses                                              Credits
                                                                        Art or Music Elective………………….                   3
  Students who choose this degree option should do so
                                                                        Free Elective…………………………..                       3
in close consultation with an advisor. Those who choose                 Free Elective…………………………..                       3
this option as a means to transfer to a four year college               Math or Natural Science Elective……          3/4
should review the requirements of that college in close                 Social Science Elective………………                   3
consultation with an advisor and a transfer counselor.                                       Semester Total       15 / 16
                                                                              nd
Admission Requirements:                                     Second Year – 2 Semester
High school diploma (minimum 75% average) or GED            Courses                                              Credits
Diploma with a minimum score of 2500                                    Free Elective…………………………..                      3
                                                                        Free Elective…………………………..                      3
Minimum Degree Requirements:                                            Free Elective…………………………..                      3
                                                            GS212       General Studies Seminar…………….                  1
1. A total of at least 61 semester hours with a Quality
                                                                        Philosophy/Religious Studies………..              3
   Point Average of 2.0.                                                Social Science Elective……………….                 3
   Normal Time to Completion: 24 months                                                      Semester Total          16
2. Program Requirements:*
   GS100 College Seminar or GS102 College Success
   Basic Communication (EN101 or EN200)
                                                                                           Degrees and Programs of Study   51


     GENERAL STUDIES PROGRAM
         Transfer Opportunity                                                               History

  The General Studies A.S. program may provide a                 EN201       Readings in World Literature
general academic preparation for the student who plans           HI201       The American Experience: Pre-Contact to
to seek a four-year degree in a Liberal Arts program,                          Civil War
including but not limited to majors such as english,             HI202       The American Experience: Reconstruction to
psychology, history, or social work.                                           the Contemporary Period
  Students intending to transfer their coursework should         SP101       Beginning Spanish
select electives that are acceptable at the four-year            SP102       Intermediate Spanish
college or university to which they plan to transfer.
                                                                 Other 200 level electives in History and Social Science
Since the requirements of the four-year institutions may
                                                                 dependent on requirements of transfer institution.
vary, it is necessary to choose an intended transfer
college as soon as possible and carefully follow the
program described in that college‟s catalog. A student
should work closely with his/her academic advisor and
the college transfer coordinator to insure the maximum
transfer of credit.                                                                      Social Work
  In addition to program requirements, the following
                                                                 HI201       The American Experience: Pre-Contact to
courses are suggested for transfer option:
                                                                               Civil War
                                                                 HI202       The American Experience: Reconstruction to
                                                                               the Contemporary Period
                    English Literature                           PSY201      Abnormal Psychology
                                                                 SOC101      Principles of Sociology
EN201       Readings in World Literature                         SP101       Beginning Spanish
EN225       Film as Literature                                   SP102       Intermediate Spanish
EN209       American Literature
HI201       The American Experience: Pre-Contact to
              Civil War
HI202       The American Experience: Reconstruction to
              the Contemporary Period
SP101       Beginning Spanish
SP102       Intermediate Spanish

Other 200 level electives in English are based on requirements
of transfer institution.




                        Psychology

BU132       Information Technology I
HI201       The American Experience: Pre-Contact to
              Civil War
PSY201      Abnormal Psychology
PSY202      Human Sexuality
PSY301      Health Psychology
SOC101      Principles of Sociology
SP101       Beginning Spanish
SP102       Intermediate Spanish

Social Science electives dependent on requirements of
transfer institution.
52   Degrees and Programs of Study



HEALTH INFORMATION                                              an articulation agreement with SUNY Institute of
                                                                Technology in Utica, New York. They have agreed to
TECHNOLOGY                                        A.A.S.        accept credits from the Health Information Technology
(HEGIS Code 5213)                                               program toward their online Bachelor‟s degree.

  A career in Health Information Technology is a                Accreditation:
combination of health care, business and information              The Health Information Technology program is
technology. Health Information Technicians collect,             accredited by the Commission on Accreditation for
organize, analyze, report, and maintain patient health          Health Informatics and Information Management
information for completeness and accuracy for                   Education (CAHIIM).
physicians, nurses, and other health care providers who
rely on that data to deliver quality healthcare. They           Certification:
assign codes to diseases, procedures, and supplies for            Graduates may apply to write the national certification
billing purposes and compile statistics for health              examination administered by the American Health
information indices, disease registries, and research           Information Management Association (AHIMA). Upon
studies. Using manual and computerized storage and              passing this exam, the individual earns the credential of
retrieval systems, Health Information Technicians input         Registered Health Information Technician (RHIT).
and retrieve computerized health data and manage the            Students may also apply to write coding certification
release of health information.                                  exams offered by AHIMIA and the American Academy of
                                                                Professional Coders. There are also other specialty
Potential Work Sites:                                           certifications available from AHIMA.
  Professionals in this field work wherever health
information is collected, organized and analyzed                Admission Requirements:
including:                                                      1. High school diploma (minimum 80% average) or GED
      Hospitals, physician offices, nursing homes,                Diploma with a minimum score of 2625
        home health agencies, and ambulatory care               2. High School or College Biology with a lab – minimum
        clinics, etc.                                              grade of “C” (75%)
      Insurance companies and HMOs                             3. Keyboarding experience
      Research and Government Agencies                         4. 2.0 semester average with minimum grades of “C”
      Accounting, legal and consulting firms                      in laboratory sciences for current and transfer
      Software vendors                                            students.
  There are many different job titles available in this field
which affords health information professionals numerous         Minimum Degree Requirements:
options and opportunities for growth. Two very good             1. A total of at least 74 semester hours with a Quality
sources for information are www.ahima.org and                      Point Average of 2.0.
www.hicareers.com                                                  Normal Time to Completion: 24 months
                                                                2. General Education Requirements:
Course Schedule:                                                   GS100 College Seminar or GS102 College Success*
  All Health Information Technology courses are offered            Basic Communication (EN101 or EN200)
in the evening, thus supporting the working professional           Humanities (Literature Elective: 3 credits)
in their quest to enhance their career options. Students           Mathematics (MA111)*
are given the opportunity to continue their education and          Natural Science BIO130/BIO130L, BIO131/BIO131L,
practice their skill in a realistic environment by                   BIO140, BIO333)*
completing two Clinical Practicums. The Clinical                   Philosophy (PH103, PH205)
Practicums are 90 hours each consisting of 45 hours                Social Science (6 credits)
onsite at an organization and the other 45 is spent             3. Other Requirements*:
completing        assignments.     Health     Information          BU132, MB119, MB265
Management departments are generally only open                  4. Program Requirements*:
during regular business hours, students will be required           HIT101, HIT103, HIT104, HIT200, HIT202, HIT204,
to complete their Professional Practices experiences one           HIT208, HIT209, HIT216, HIT220, HIT222, HIT225
or more days of the normal work week. Every effort is
made to accommodate students‟ work schedules so they            * A minimum grade of “C” (2.0) is required.
will be able to complete the required hours.
Transportation to and from the internship is the
responsibility of the student.
  While intended to prepare individuals for immediate
employment, this program is also appropriate for a
transfer to a four-year Bachelor of Science degree in
Health Information Management. Trocaire College has
                                                                 Degrees and Programs of Study 53




                        CURRICULUM
              st
First Year – 1 Semester
Courses                                                Credits
BIO130        Anatomy & Physiology I………………                   3
BIO130L       Anatomy & Physiology I Lab…………                 1
BU132         Information Technology I…………….                 3
EN101 or      English Composition or
 EN200          Advanced Composition….………….                 3
GS100 or      College Seminar or
 GS102          College Success…………….……….                1/3
HIT101        Intro to Health Information Systems...         4
MB119         Medical Terminology………………….                    3
                                    Semester Total     18 / 20
              nd
First Year – 2 Semester
Courses                                                Credits
BIO131        Anatomy & Physiology II……………...                3
BIO131L       Anatomy & Physiology II Lab………..               1
HIT104        Legal Aspects of Health
                Information Technology…………….                3
HIT202        Health Statistics……………………….                   3
MA111         College Algebra & Statistics with
                Business Applications……………….                3
PH103         Introduction to Philosophy……………               3
              Social Science Elective……………….                3
                                    Semester Total         19
                   st
Second Year – 1 Semester
Courses                                                Credits
BIO140     Pharmacology…………………….........                     3
           English Literature Elective…………….                 3
HIT103     Health Information Systems………….                   3
HIT204     Inpatient Coding Systems…………….                    4
HIT208     Quality Assurance & Improvement…..                2
HIT200     Clinical Practicum I…………………….                     2
MB265      Insurance & Reimbursement
             Processing…………………………….                         2
                                  Semester Total           19
                   nd
Second Year – 2 Semester
Courses                                                Credits
BIO333     Pathophysiology………………………..                        3
HIT209     Clinical Practicum II……………………                     2
HIT216     Ambulatory Care Coding……………...                    3
HIT220     Management Principles for
            Health Information……………………                      2
HIT222     Survey of Healthcare Delivery………..               1
HIT225     Health Information Seminar…………..                 1
PH205      Ethics in Health Care………………….                    3
           Social Science Elective………………..                  3
                                 Semester Total            18
54 Degrees and Programs of Study



HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT                                         3. Other Requirements:
                                                                  BU132, BU203
A.A.S.                                                         4. Program Requirements*:
(HEGIS Code 5010)                                                 HM101, HM102**, HM103, HM204**, HM205,
                                                                  HM207, HM210, HM212, HM276/HM277***,
  Are you creative? A people person? Enjoying helping             Hospitality Electives (6 credits)
others? The hospitality industry is dynamic, global and
expanding and the hospitality climate in Western New           * A minimum grade of “C” (2.0) is required.
York is strong and growing. Our program is small and           ** Lab fees apply
intimate, yet vibrant and challenging and it is full of
opportunity and personal fulfillment. We are located at        Uniforms consisting of a chefs coat, black pants, safety
our brand new state of the art facility on Transit Road in     shoes, chef hat, name tag, dress white shirt and bow tie
Williamsville.                                                 are required for this program.
  The Hospitality Management curriculum is designed to
serve both students who plan to enter the workforce            ***HM276/HM277 work hours may be challenged if a
upon graduation as well as students who wish to pursue         student has appropriate hospitality work experience.
a baccalaureate degree. Trocaire College has                   Portfolio presentation required.
articulation agreements with Niagara University and
Mercyhurst College and is updating agreements with
S.U.N.Y. Buffalo State College and Paul Smith‟s
College.                                                                               CURRICULUM
  The Russell J. Salvatore School of Hospitality                             st
Management at Trocaire College offers students “hands          First Year – 1 Semester
                                                               Courses                                                Credits
on” experience with our unique partnership at
                                                               BU132         Information Technology I……………..                3
Salvatore‟s Grand Hotel and Russell‟s Steaks, Chops &          EN101 or      English Composition or
More Restaurant. The curriculum is designed to develop          EN200          Advanced Composition….………….                 3
the skills and abilities required for a successful career in   GS100 or      College Seminar or
hospitality management. Career opportunities exist for          GS102          College Success…………….……….                 1/3
managers in hotels, restaurants, clubs, catering               HM101         Introduction to Hospitality…………….             3
operations, foodservice providers, sales, production,          HM102         Introduction to Food & Beverage
travel and tourism and many other areas of this dynamic,                       Management………………………....                      3
growing and rapidly evolving industry.                                       Mathematics Elective………………....             3/4
                                                                                                   Semester Total     16 / 19
  The hospitality industry is one of the top economic
drivers in the Western New York economy. Development                         nd
                                                               First Year – 2 Semester
and employment opportunity in this field is projected to       Courses                                                Credits
continue a growth pattern through at least 2020 with           HM103         World Travel Geography &
outstanding positions available for our graduates in                          Cultural Awareness………………….                   3
Western New York. Our combination of meaningful                HM204         Food & Beverage Services
classroom instruction, “hands on” experience, and our                         and Sanitation………………………..                    3
valuable hospitality internship culminates in a quality        HM205         Principles of Hotel & Resort
education for tomorrow‟s industry leaders.                                    Service and Management…………..                 3
                                                                             Literature Elective……………………..                 3
                                                                             Social Science Elective……………….                3
Admission Requirements:                                                                            Semester Total         15
High school diploma (minimum 75% average) or GED
Diploma with a minimum score of 2500.                                             st
                                                               Second Year – 1 Semester
                                                               Courses                                                Credits
Minimum Degree Requirements:                                   BU203       Principles of Accounting……………...                 3
1. A total of at least 65 semester hours with a Quality        HM210       Hospitality Sales and Marketing.........         3
   Point Average of 2.0                                        HM212       Human Resources Management
   Normal Time to Completion: 24 months                                     in Hospitality………………………….                       3
2. General Education Requirements:                                         Hospitality Elective……………………                     3
                                                                           Natural Science Elective……………..              3/4
   GS100 College Seminar or GS102 College Success*                         Philosophy/Religious Studies………..                3
   Basic Communication (EN101 or EN200)                                                          Semester Total       18 / 19
   Humanities (Literature Elective: 3 credits)
   Mathematics (3-4 credits)
   Natural Science (3-4 credits)
   Philosophy/Religious Studies (6 credits)
   Social Science (6 credits)
                                                                                         Degrees and Programs of Study 55




                nd
                                                              * A minimum grade of “C” (2.0) is required.
Second Year – 2 Semester                                      ** Lab fees apply
Courses                                             Credits
HM207       Leadership & Management in                        ***HM276/HM277 work hours may be challenged if a
             Hospitality…………………………….                     3
HM276 or    Hospitality Internship or
                                                              student has appropriate hospitality work experience.
HM277        Disney Internship Experience***.….       4/6     Portfolio presentation required.
            Hospitality Elective……………………                  3
            Philosophy/Religious Studies………..             3
            Social Science Elective……………….                3
                                   Semester Total   16 / 18
                                                                                       CURRICULUM
                                                                            st
                                                              First Year – 1 Semester
                                                              Courses                                                  Credits
                                                              GS100 or      College Seminar or
                                                               GS102          College Success…………….……….                   1/3
HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT –                                      HM101         Introduction to Hospitality…………….               3
                                                              HM102         Introduction to Food & Beverage
CERTIFICATE                                                                   Management…………………………                          3
(HEGIS Code 5010)                                             HM210         Hospitality Sales and Marketing.........        3
                                                              HM212         Human Resources Management
  This certificate prepares graduates with the same                           In Hospitality…………………………                       3
Hospitality Management courses as the A.A.S. degree                         Hospitality Elective……………………                     3
                                                                                                  Semester Total       16 / 18
minus most of the Business and General Education
courses. Furthermore, this certificate program will allow                   nd
                                                              First Year – 2 Semester
students to focus all of their academic work in the core      Courses                                                  Credits
hospitality curriculum. This may be ideal for someone         HM103         World Travel Geography &
looking for re-training to enter the industry or for                         Cultural Awareness………………….                     3
someone who has been in the industry and would like to        HM204         Food & Beverage Services
enhance their academic credentials and advance their                         and Sanitation………………………..                      3
career. As with our Hospitality Management A.A.S.             HM205         Principles of Hotel & Resort
degree, we combine traditional classroom learning,                           Service and Management…………..                   3
                                                              HM207         Leadership & Management in
hands on activities and industry internship experiences
                                                                             Hospitality…………………………….                        3
to create a well-rounded learning experience for our          HM276 or      Hospitality Internship or
students.                                                     HM277          Disney Internship Experience***.….          4/6
  A student may also elect to add on the general                            Hospitality Elective……………………                     3
education and business requirements in another two                                                 Semester Total      19 / 21
semesters and they may be eligible for our Associate in
Applied Science degree in Hospitality Management.

Admission Requirements:
High school diploma (minimum 75% average) or GED
Diploma with a minimum score of 2500                          For more information about our graduation rates, the
                                                              median debt of students who completed the certificate
Minimum Program Requirements:                                 program and other important information, please visit our
1. A total of at least 35 semester hours with a Quality       website at www.trocaire.edu/programs/hospitality.html
   Point Average of 2.0.
  Normal Time to Completion: 12 months
2. General Education Requirements:
   GS100 College Seminar or GS102 College Success*
3. Program Requirements*:
   HM101, HM102**, HM103, HM204**, HM205,
   HM207, HM210, HM212, HM276/HM277***,
   Hospitality Electives (6 credits)
4. Other Requirements:
   Uniforms consisting of a chefs coat, black pants,
   safety shoes, chef hat, name tag, dress white shirt
   and bow tie are required for this program.
   Transitional Studies courses if applicable.
56   Degrees and Programs of Study



HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT                                   Minimum Degree Requirements:
                                                            1. A total of at least 65 semester hours for the associate
A.A.S. or CERTIFICATE                                          degree; 35 semester hours for the Certificate, the with
(HEGIS Code 5004)                                              Quality Point Average of 2.0.
                                                               Normal Time to Completion: 24 months (degree)
   The Human Resource Management Program provides                                             12 months (certificate)
its successful graduates with the skills necessary for      2. General Education Requirements:
entry level employment or the ability to transfer to both      GS100 College Seminar or GS102 College Success*
local and national four-year Human Resource programs.          Basic Communication (EN101 or EN200)
   The Human Resource Management program will                  Humanities (Humanities Elective – 3 credits and
prepare graduates:                                               Literature Elective: 3 credits)
      To be employed as entry-level Human Resource            Mathematics (3-4 credits)**
        assistants or managers for small companies.            Natural Science (6-8 credits)
      For active participation in the Human Resource          Philosophy/Religious Studies (6 credits)
        profession as leaders and/or mentors.                  Social Science (6 credits)
      To develop an interest in lifelong learning that     3. Program Requirements*:
        will enable graduates to meet the challenging          BU101, BU106, BU132, BU201, BU274, HR101,
        needs of industry.                                     HR105, HR204, HR210, HR215, HR220

Possible Employment Titles:                                 * A minimum grade of “C” (2.0) is required.
    Human Resource Generalist                              ** Math 107 or higher
    Human Resource Office Assistant /
        Administrative Assistant
    Recruiter
                                                                                    CURRICULUM
    Compensation Assistant
    Diversity Coordinator                                                st
                                                            First Year – 1 Semester
    Employee Relations Advisor                             Courses                                                 Credits
    Work / Life Coordinator                                BU101         Intro to Contemporary Business……..              3
                                                            BU106         Business Communications…………..                   3
  In addition, we have partnered with local organization    BU132         Information Technology I…………….                  3
                                                            GS100 or      College Seminar or
such as The Amherst Chamber of Commerce, The
                                                             GS102          College Success…………….……….                  1/3
Lancaster Chamber of Commerce, InfoTech Niagara,            HR101         Introduction to Human Resources…..              3
and The Buffalo Niagara Partnership to bring real-world     HR105         Recruitment, Selection & Ethics……..             3
experiences to the Human Resource Management                                                   Semester Total        16 /18
program. An internship with local business will provide
                                                                          nd
the opportunity to apply the concepts that you have         First Year – 2 Semester
learned from your studies to real workplace situations.     Courses                                                 Credits
There is also an agreement with the Disney Corporation      BU201         Business Law………………………….                         3
for internships all over the world.                         BU274         Seminar and Internship………………                    4
  The program includes a minimum of 65 credit hours of      HR204         Organizational Behavior……………..                  3
                                                            HR210         Workplace Learning & Performance..              3
course work over two years (a minimum of 35 credit          HR215         Employee and Labor Relations……..                3
hours only for the certificate program). The course         HR220         Benefits and Compensation…………                   3
selection is a mix of core college requirements and                                           Semester Total            19
specially selected courses in business – giving you the
skills you need to succeed in the business world.           A Human Resource certificate student will have the option of
Human Resource Management students are also invited         also receiving an Associate‟s Degree. Due to the nature of the
to join the Trocaire student chapter of the Society of      program, a student may enroll in this option after the Human
Human Resource Management, the premier professional         Resource certificate is earned, not concurrently. This is to
organization for H.R. practitioners.                        ensure that the students take the certificate in a cohort and in
                                                            the right sequence. Below are listed the additional classes
  Students may pursue this program on a full time or        required to complete the Associate degree. A student may take
part time basis.                                            these in any order.

Admission Requirements:
High school diploma (minimum 75% average) or GED
Diploma with a minimum score of 2500
                                                             Degrees and Programs of Study 57




               st
Second Year – 1 Semester
Courses                                           Credits
EN101 or    English Composition or
 EN200       Advanced Composition….………….                3
            Humanities Elective…………………..                3
            Literature Elective……………………..               3
            Philosophy/Religious Studies……….            3
            Philosophy/Religious Studies………..           3
                                 Semester Total        15
               nd
Second Year – 2 Semester
Courses                                           Credits
            Mathematics Elective**……………….            3/4
            Natural Science Elective……………..          3/4
            Natural Science Elective……………..          3/4
            Social Science Elective………………                3
            Social Science Elective………………                3
                                 Semester Total    15 / 18


For more information about our graduation rates, the
median debt of students who completed the certificate
program and other important information, please visit our
website at www.trocaire.edu/programs/HRCert.html
58 Degrees and Programs of Study



MASSAGE THERAPY                                                 3. Program Requirements*:
                                                                   BIO243, BIO333, MT101, MT105, MT106, MT110,
A.A.S. or CERTIFICATE                                              MT111, MT205, MT206, MT211, MT212, MT230,
(HEGIS Code 5299)                                                  MT240, MT245 and one, 3 credit “hands-on”
                                                                   Massage Therapy elective
   For almost 50 years, Trocaire College has been                  (Other electives in the department are considered to
preparing individuals for the health care professions.              be free electives.)
Building on this tradition of excellence in health care,
Trocaire now offers the first Massage Therapy Program           * A minimum grade of “C” (2.0) is required.
in WNY available in a higher education setting.                 ** Math 107 is recommended and can be completed
   The Massage Therapy program was developed to                    at any time during the four semesters.
meet the increasing demand for qualified Massage
Therapists in the community. With the current changes
in health care and the growing use of complementary                                    A.A.S. CURRICULUM
therapies, Trocaire is uniquely positioned to create and                     st
                                       st
develop hands-on therapy for the 21 century.                    First Year – 1 Semester
                                                                Courses                                               Credits
   Massage Therapy is a profession in which the
                                                                BIO130        Anatomy & Physiology I………………                  3
practitioner applies manual techniques for the purpose of       BIO130L       Anatomy & Physiology I Lab…………                1
improving muscle tone and circulation with the intention        EN101 or      English Composition or
of positively affecting the health and well-being of the         EN200          Advanced Composition….………….                3
client. Massage is both an art and a science of healing         GS100 or      College Seminar or
which dates back more than 4,000 years.                          GS102          College Success…………….……….               1/3
   Trocaire‟s program combines lecture, college                 MT101         Introduction to Massage Therapy……             3
laboratory experiences, and a clinical component                MT105         Western Massage Therapy I…………                 4
providing practical experience. The program is                  MT110         Myology…………………………………                          4
                                                                                                   Semester Total     19 / 21
comprehensive it its coverage of both Eastern and
Western massage therapy techniques.                                          nd
                                                                First Year – 2 Semester
   An individual can enroll in this program as either a full-   Courses                                               Credits
time or a part-time student and earn a Certificate or an        BIO131        Anatomy & Physiology II……………...               3
Associate in Applied Science degree. Graduates will be          BIO131L       Anatomy & Physiology II Lab………...             1
eligible to sit for the NYS board licensure exam for            EN102         Introduction to Literature……………...            3
professional massage therapists.                                MT106         Eastern Massage Therapy I………….                3
                                                                MT111         Myology/Kinesiology………………….                   4
Admission Requirements:                                         MT205         Western Massage Therapy II………...              4
                                                                                                     Semester Total       18
1. High school diploma (minimum 75% average) or GED
   Diploma with a minimum score of 2500.                                          st
                                                                Second Year – 1 Semester
2. Biology                                                      Courses                                               Credits
3. Minimum final semester average of 2.0 with minimum           BIO243     Neurology………………………………                            3
   grades of “C” in laboratory sciences for current and         BIO333     Pathophysiology……………………….                        3
   transfer students.                                           MT206      Eastern massage Therapy II…………                   3
4. Cardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR) is required prior        MT230      Clinical Practicum I……………………                     1
   to clinical experiences.                                     PH103      Introduction to Philosophy……………                  3
                                                                PSY101     General Psychology…………………..                      3
                                                                                                 Semester Total           16
Minimum Degree Requirements:
1. A total of at least 71 semester hours for the associate                        nd
                                                                Second Year – 2 Semester
  degree; 50 semester hours for the Certificate, with a         Courses                                               Credits
  Quality Point Average of 2.0.                                 MT211      Professional Development…………..                   1
  Normal Time to Completion: 24 months (degree)                 MT212      Applied Pathophysiology…………….                    3
                                 24 months (certificate)        MT240      Clinical Practicum II…………………..                   1
2. General Education Requirements:                              MT245      Massage Therapy Seminar…….........               1
   GS100 College Seminar or GS102 College Success*                         Massage Therapy Elective…………...                  3
   Basic Communication (EN101 or EN200)                                      Mathematics Elective**…………..               3/4
   Humanities (EN102)                                           PH205        Ethics in Health Care……………..                   3
   Mathematics (3-4 credits)**                                               Social Science Elective…………..                  3
   Natural Science* (BIO130/BIO130L, BIO131/                                                   Semester Total         18 / 19
    BIO131L,)
   Philosophy (PH103, PH205)
   Social Science (PSY101 and one 3 credit social
    science elective)
                                                                                     Degrees and Programs of Study 59




                                                              For more information about our graduation rates, the
                  CERTIFICATE CURRICULUM                      median debt of students who completed the certificate
                                                              program and other important information, please visit our
             st
First Year – 1 Semester                                       website at www.trocaire.edu/programs/massage.html
Courses                                             Credits
BIO130        Anatomy & Physiology I………………                3
BIO130L       Anatomy & Physiology I Lab…………              1
GS100 or      College Seminar or
 GS102          College Success…………….……….             1/3
MT101         Introduction to Massage Therapy……           3
MT105         Western Massage Therapy I…………               4
MT110         Myology…………………………………                        4
                                   Semester Total   16 / 18
             nd
First Year – 2 Semester
Courses                                             Credits
BIO131        Anatomy & Physiology II……………...             3
BIO131L       Anatomy & Physiology II Lab………...           1
MT106         Eastern Massage Therapy I……….....           3
MT111         Myology/Kinesiology………………….                 4
MT205         Western Massage Therapy II………...            4
                                 Semester Total         15
                  st
Second Year – 1 Semester
Courses                                             Credits
BIO243     Neurology………………………………                          3
BIO333     Pathophysiology……………………….                      3
MT206      Eastern massage Therapy II…………                 3
MT230      Clinical Practicum I……………………                   1
                                Semester Total          10
                  nd
Second Year – 2 Semester
Courses                                             Credits
MT211      Professional Development…………..                 1
MT212      Applied Pathophysiology…………….                  3
MT240      Clinical Practicum II…………………..                 1
MT245      Massage Therapy Seminar…….........             1
           Massage Therapy Elective…………..                 3
                                 Semester Total           9


Part Time Schedule is available.
60   Degrees and Programs of Study




MEDICAL ASSISTANT                           A.A.S.                                  CURRICULUM
(HEGIS Code 5214)
                                                                          st
                                                           First Year – 1 Semester
  The Medical Assistant Program leads to an Associate      Courses                                                   Credits
in Applied Science Degree. Graduates of the program        BOT103        Keyboarding I and
may sit for the national accrediting exam C.M.A. (AAMA)                    Document Processing…………….…                     3
to become a Certified Medical Assistant.                   EN101 or      English Composition or
  Specifically, the graduate will be prepared with the      EN200          Advanced Composition….………….                    3
                                                           GS100 or      College Seminar or
knowledge and skills necessary to assist with patient       GS102          College Success…………….……….                   1/3
care management, to perform administrative and clinical    MAS134        Orientation to Medical Assisting.........         2
procedures, and, when necessary, assist in the             MB119         Medical Terminology………………….                       3
supervision of office personnel.                           PH103         Introduction to Philosophy……………                   3
  The student, upon successful completion of the           PSY101        General Psychology…………………..                       3
program, will be prepared for employment in clinics,                                           Semester Total        18 / 20
hospitals, and particularly, in medical group practices,                  nd
where experience and expertise in the clinical             First Year – 2 Semester
                                                           Courses                                                   Credits
administrative skills are required.
                                                           BIO130        Anatomy & Physiology I………………                      3
  The Trocaire College Medical Assistant Program is        BIO130L       Anatomy & Physiology I Lab…………                    1
accredited by the Commission on Accreditation of Allied    BU132         Information Technology I……….........              3
Health Education Programs (www.caahep.org), on             EC201 or      Principles of Macroeconomics or
recommendation of the Medical Assisting Education           SS EL          Social Science Elective……………..                 3
Review Board (MAERB).                                      EN102         Introduction to Literature……………..                3
                                                           MAS233        Medical Assistant Diagnostic &
Admission Requirements:                                                    Clinical Laboratory Procedures…….              3
1. High school diploma (minimum 75% average) or GED                                             Semester Total           16
   Diploma with a minimum score of 2500                                        st
                                                           Second Year – 1 Semester
2. Natural Science                                         Courses                                                   Credits
                                                           BIO131      Anatomy & Physiology II……………..                      3
Minimum Degree Requirements:                               BIO131L     Anatomy & Physiology II Lab………..                    1
1. A total of at least 65 semester hours with a            BU106       Business Communications…………..                       3
  Quality Point Average of 2.0.                            BU203       Principles of Accounting……………..                     3
  Normal Time to Completion: 24 months                     MAS234      Medical Assistant Clinical
2. General Education Requirements:                                       Procedures…………………………...                          3
   GS100 College Seminar or GS102 College Success*         MB265       Insurance & Reimbursement
   Basic Communication (EN101 or EN200)                                  Processing……………………………                            2
                                                                                             Semester Total              15
   Humanities (EN102)
   Natural Science* (BIO130/BIO130L, BIO131/                                   nd
                                                           Second Year – 2 Semester
    BIO131L)                                               Courses                                                   Credits
   Philosophy (PH103, PH205)                               BOT108      Word Processing I…………………….                          3
   Social Science (PSY101 and EC201 or one, 3 credit       MAS235      Medical Assistant Clinical
    social science elective)                                            Seminar & Externship……………….                       4
3. Program Requirements*:                                  MB213       Medical Office Systems &
   BOT103, BOT108, BU106, BU132, BU203, MAS134,                         Procedures…..……………………….                           3
                                                           MB221       Medical Transcription I………….........               3
   MAS233, MAS234, MAS235, MB119, MB213,
                                                           PH205       Ethics in Health Care…………………                       3
   MB221, MB265                                                                             Semester Total               16

* A minimum grade of “C” (2.0) is required.
                                                                                     Degrees and Programs of Study 61



NURSING                                        A.A.S.        Admission Requirements:
(HEGIS Code 5208.10)                                         1. High School diploma (minimum 85% average) or
                                                                GED Diploma with a minimum score of 2750
   The Nursing Program at Trocaire College offers a          2. Math I (Algebra), Biology and Chemistry (minimum
curriculum leading to an Associate in Applied Science           grades of 75% or higher)
Degree. The Program focus is on theory and clinical          3. 2.75 cumulative average with minimum grades of “C”
experiences to prepare the graduate for a beginning             in all courses for current and transfer students.
level of professional practice within a diverse and          4. All candidates for the Nursing program must take the
changing health care system.                                    Accuplacer test and the Test of Essential Academic
   The curriculum emphasizes knowledge and skills               Skills (TEAS). The TEAS Test is a pre-professional
needed to promote, maintain or restore health. It               requirement that must be successfully completed
prepares the graduate to provide and manage care in             prior to the first semester‟s course work.
structured settings for clients across the life span.        5. Anatomy & Physiology I with Lab is a pre-
   The Nursing program offers both a day program and            professional requirement that must be successfully
an evening program. The evening curriculum is identical         completed prior to the first semester‟s nursing course
in content to the day curriculum. However, the evening          work.
curriculum is distributed over a 6 semester (3 year) time    6. Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation certificate is required
period including two summer sessions. In addition to the        for clinical experiences.
regularly scheduled evening experiences, selected            7. Students applying for programs in the health
clinical laboratory experiences for both day and evening        professions are required to participate in two stages
programs are scheduled during daytime/weekend hours.            of academic preparedness. Initial admittance to a
These clinical days provide a comprehensive experience          health science program places a student into a “pre-
of nursing care activities which occur during the day.          professional” component. Admittance into the
   Clinical experiences are provided in a variety of WNY        “professional” component is not guaranteed.
health care settings including hospitals and community          Students must meet established academic standards
health care agencies. Transportation to and from the            and are ranked for admission in the nursing program
College and/or the clinical affiliates is the                   based on cumulative G.P.A., grades in Anatomy &
responsibility of the individual student.                       Physiology I with lab and the TEAS score. The
   To assist students in managing the academic load,            Nursing admission guidelines and ranking criteria can
NU124 (second semester), NU217 (third semester),                be found on the Trocaire web site at
NU216 and NU220 (fourth semester) will begin before             www.trocaire.edu. Click on Nursing under Academic
the regular semester begins and continue through mid-           Programs. Students should speak to an
semester. Classes will begin early August for the fall          admissions counselor or to the Program Director
semester and the first week in January for the spring           prior to registration to insure they understand all
semester.                                                       of the academic requirements for advancement in
   The program includes a strong foundation in the liberal      the program of their choice.
arts. This enables the student to discover and confront      8. Students who wish to pursue the Nursing program
their own values, beliefs and ideas and to sharpen their        must be aware of the following deadlines:
skills of critical analysis and expression. Students are          Applicants who anticipate beginning their studies
encouraged to develop their critical thinking and decision             in Spring or Summer – all materials must be
making skills as they participate in their own learning                                   st
                                                                       submitted by the 1 Monday in October.
experiences.                                                      Applicants who anticipate beginning their studies
   Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation Certification (CPR) is                in Fall – all materials must be submitted by the
required for all students before beginning NU112 and                     st
                                                                       1 Monday in March.
certification must remain current throughout the                Application will continue to be reviewed on a space
program.                                                        availability basis.
   The Program is registered by the New York State              Please Note: Applicants who have been
Education Department and is fully accredited by the             unsuccessful in a course (required for the nursing
National League for Nursing. (National League for               program) more than once within the past 5 years will
Nursing Accrediting Commission, 3343 Peachtree Road             not be considered for the program (This includes
NE, Suite 500, Atlanta, Georgia 30326, (404)975-5000,           grades of W, WF, F, FX)
www.nlnac.org). At the completion of the program,            9. Maintenance of “C” or better in all course work is
graduates are eligible to write the National Council            required in order to progress within the program.
Licensure Examination for registered nurse licensure.
                                                             Minimum Degree Requirements:
                                                             1. A total of at least 67 semester hours with a Quality
                                                                Point Average of 2.0
                                                                Normal Time to Completion: 24 months
62   Degrees and Programs of Study



                                                                                   nd
2. General Education Requirements*:                            Second Year – 2 Semester
                                                               Courses                                               Credits
   GS100 College Seminar or GS102 College Success              NU216      Professional Issues II………………….                   0
   Basic Communication (EN101 or EN200)                        NU220      Mental Health Nursing…………………                     2
   Humanities (EN102)                                          NU222      Health Restoration III…………….........             7
   Natural Science (BIO130/BIO130L, BIO131/BIO131L,            PH205      Ethics in Health Care………………….                    3
    BIO223/BIO223L)                                                                             Semester Total           12
   Philosophy/Religious Studies (PH103, PH205)
   Social Science (PSY101, PSY102, SOC101)
3. Program Requirements*:
   NU110, NU112, NU114, NU115, NU116,                                               EVENING CURRICULUM
   NU122, NU124, NU214, NU216, NU217, NU220,                                 st
   NU222                                                       First Year – 1 Semester
                                                               Courses                                               Credits
                                                               BIO130        Anatomy & Physiology I………………                  3
* A minimum grade of “C” (2.0) is required.
                                                               BIO130L       Anatomy & Physiology I Lab…………                1
                                                               EN101 or      English Composition or
                                                                EN200         Advanced Composition……………..                 3
Pre Professional Requirement                                   GS100 or      College Seminar or
Courses                                             Credits     GS102         College Success…………….……….                1/3
BIO130       Anatomy & Physiology I……………....              3    PSY101        General Psychology…………………..                   3
BIO130L      Anatomy & Physiology I Lab………....            1                                      Semester Total      11 / 13
                                         Total            4
                                                                             nd
                                                               First Year – 2 Semester
Students should make arrangements to take the TEAS Test        Courses                                               Credits
prior to entering the professional component of the program.   BIO131        Anatomy & Physiology II……………...               3
                                                               BIO131L       Anatomy & Physiology II Lab………...             1
                       DAY CURRICULUM                          EN102         Introduction to Literature……………..             3
             st                                                PSY102        Developmental Psychology………….                 3
First Year – 1 Semester                                                                             Semester Total       10
Courses                                             Credits
BIO131        Anatomy & Physiology II……………..              3    First Year – Summer Session
BIO131L       Anatomy & Physiology II Lab………...           1    Courses                                               Credits
EN101 or      English Composition or                           BIO223       Microbiology…………………………….                       3
 EN200         Advanced Composition……………..                3    BIO223L      Microbiology Lab……………………….                     1
GS100 or      College Seminar or                               PH103        Introduction to Philosophy…………….               3
 GS102         College Success…………….……….               1/3                                 Summer Session Total            7
NU110         Health Assessment & Promotion…….             1
NU112         Nursing Concepts……………………..                   5   Second Year – 1st Semester
NU114         Medication Essentials I……………….               1   Courses                                               Credits
NU116         Professional Issues I………………….                1   NU110      Health Assessment & Promotion…….                 1
PSY101        General Psychology………………….                   3   NU112      Nursing Concepts………………………                        5
                                   Semester Total    19 / 21   NU114      Medication Essentials I………….........             1
             nd                                                NU116      Professional Issues I…………………..                   1
First Year – 2 Semester                                                                         Semester Total             8
Courses                                             Credits
BIO223        Microbiology…………………………..                    3                        nd
                                                               Second Year – 2 Semester
BIO223L       Microbiology Lab….…………………..                 1    Courses                                               Credits
NU115         Medication Essentials II………………              1    NU115      Medication Essentials II……………….                  1
NU122         Health Restoration I…………………...              6    NU122      Health Restoration I……………………                     6
NU124         Maternal Newborn Nursing………….               2    NU124      Maternal Newborn Nursing…………..                   2
PSY102        Developmental Psychology………….               3                                     Semester Total             9
                                   Semester Total       16
                  st
                                                               Second Year – Summer Session
Second Year – 1 Semester                                       Courses                                               Credits
Courses                                             Credits    PH205      Ethics in Health Care…………………..                   3
EN102      Introduction to Literature………………               3    SOC101     Principles of Sociology………………..                  3
NU214      Health Restoration II…………………...                5                              Summer Session Total              6
NU217      Pediatric Nursing……………………….                    2
PH103      Introduction to Philosophy…………….               3                   st
                                                               Third Year – 1 Semester
SOC101     Principles of Sociology………………..                3    Courses                                               Credits
                                   Semester Total       16     NU214        Health Restoration II…………………...                5
                                                               NU217        Pediatric Nursing……………………….                    2
                                                                                                  Semester Total           7
                                                                              Degrees and Programs of Study 63




Third Year – 2nd Semester
Courses                                                          Credits
NU216        Professional Issues II…………………                             0
NU220        Mental Health Nursing………………..                             2
NU222        Health Restoration III………………….                            7
                                   Semester Total                      9


When a Nursing student completes an application for licensure and
first registration as a licensed practical nurse or registered professional
nurse, questions are asked by the State Education Department about
conviction of a crime and pending charges. These questions appear on
the application form. If the answers are in the affirmative, there is an
automatic referral to the State Education Department, Office of
Professional Discipline and the case is assigned to an investigator.
Depending upon the results of the investigation, the case may or may
not require a hearing. The National Council Licensure Examination
may be taken. However, the licensing process and issuance of a
license will be held until the process described above is completed.
64   Degrees and Programs of Study




NURSING                                           B.S.       3. Applicants must have earned a minimum cumulative
                                                                grade point average (GPA) of 2.75 in their prior
(HEGIS Code 1203.10)
                                                                nursing program, and must have earned a minimum
                                                                grade of “C” in all nursing courses.
   The Bachelor of Science Degree with a major in            4. All students must meet the health requirements of the
Nursing was created to provide currently licensed               college and collaborative health agencies.
Registered Nurses with strong leadership skills in              Satisfactory health clearance and a copy of the
collaborating with clients, other professional groups, and      current CPR registration must be on file with the
the community for the purpose of promoting, maintaining         Nursing Department prior to taking any classes.
and restoring health. The program extends beyond the         5. Students who have not acquired the requisite number
clinical aspects of nursing to provide a background in          of liberal arts credits (30) prior to being admitted into
patient education, health promotion, community health,          this upper division program will have the opportunity
health care across the life span, and technology                to enroll into lower division liberal arts courses
integration. Graduates of this baccalaureate program will       already being offered at Trocaire.
base their practice on theories, critical thinking, and
research findings from nursing science as well as other      Minimum Degree Requirements:
disciplines. Courses, all of which are offered as distance
education, in the hybrid or blended format, are designed       The Nursing B.S. program requires a total of 123
specifically for the registered nurse, drawing from and      academic credits for completion. 63 of these credits
expanding      upon     real-life   professional   nursing   must be in nursing and the remainder in the liberal arts.
experiences.                                                 Candidates may transfer up to a total of 33 nursing
                                                             credits. Exceptions may be granted to students
Program Highlights                                           transferring from a baccalaureate degree program in
     A minimum of 33 credits will be awarded for your       nursing. Liberal Arts credits have no limit for transfer and
      previous learning, validated by successful             are based on individual transcripts. Graduates of
      completion of the NCLEX-RN                             diploma nursing programs will be granted 33 transfer
     Four 15 week modules with rolling admissions in        credits in nursing and must complete the liberal arts
      the fall, spring, and summer sessions                  requirements
     Hybrid distance education formatting for all
      courses                                                 Normal Time to Completion: 48 months
     Dean‟s scholarships awarded to college alumni
      and other eligible students                            A minimum quality point average of 2.5 is required
     Fully equipped health assessment and nursing           for successful completion of the B.S. major in
      skills laboratories                                    Nursing.
     Simulation center equipped with state-of-the-art
      patient simulators.
     Access to educational technology including                                   CURRICULUM
      health care databases                                                st
     Students progress together in small groups             Third Year – 1 Semester
                                                             Courses                                             Credits
     Students will be allowed to complete clinical
                                                             BIO333       Pathophysiology………………………                     3
      rotations / assignments at pre-approved facilities     EN304        Race, Gender & Literature……………               3
      in their local communities.                            MA200        Statistical Methods…………………….                 3
                                                             NU300        Comprehensive Health Assessments
Admission Requirements:                                                    for Nursing Practice………………….                 4
1. Applicants must hold a current R.N. License valid         NU318        Nursing Theory & Practice Issues…...          3
   within the U.S. or a U.S. Territory                                                         Semester Total          16
2. Applicants must be a graduate of an accredited                          nd
   diploma nursing program or hold an Associate‟s            Third Year – 2 Semester
                                                             Courses                                             Credits
   Degree in nursing from an accredited institution.
                                                             BIO208       General Nutrition & Wellness………...           3
   Applicants, who have graduated from a program that        NU304        Intro to Nursing Care Informatics……          2
   is not accredited, but which is approved and              NU308        Research Procedures in
   registered with the New York State Education                             Nursing Practice……………………..                  3
   Department, are also eligible for admission. All          NU310        Family Nursing Care Across a
   students must present an official transcript copy of                     Lifespan………………………………                        3
   their academic credentials in order to be considered.     SOC301       Sociology of Health and Medicine…...          3
                                                                                                Semester Total         14
                                                             Degrees and Programs of Study 65




               st
Fourth Year – 1 Semester
Courses                                            Credits
NU402        Community Health Nursing…………..              3
NU450        Leadership & Management for
              Professional Practice………………..             3
NU470        Pharmacology for the
              Registered Nurse…………………….                 3
PSY303       Organizational Psychology…………..            3
SOC311       Coping with Illness…………………….               3
                                  Semester Total       15
               nd
Fourth Year – 2 Semester
Courses                                            Credits
GS499        Multiculturalism………………………..                 3
NU484        Clinical Seminar………………………                   2
NU486        Professional Nursing
              Syntheses/Clinical Capstone……….           4
PH301        Philosophy of World Religions……….          3
PSY315       Social Psychology…………………….                 3
                                  Semester Total       15
66   Degrees and Programs of Study



PRACTICAL NURSING –                                          2. General Education Requirements*:
                                                                GS100 College Seminar or GS102 College Success
CERTIFICATE                                                     Basic Communication (EN101 or EN200)
(HEGIS Code 5209.20)                                            Natural Science (BIO130/BIO130L, BIO131/BIO131L)
                                                                Social Science (PSY101, SOC101)
  The Practical Nursing Program will prepare the
graduate for a position as a licensed practical nurse        3. Program Requirements*:
(LPN). Licensed practical nurses function as an integral        NU114, NU115, PN104, PN105, PN106, PN107
and important part of the health team, providing patient
care under the supervision of registered nurses.             * A minimum grade of “C” (2.0) is required.
  The licensed practical nurse performs tasks and
responsibilities within the framework of case finding,
health teaching, and health counseling and provides                                      CURRICULUM
supportive and restorative care under the direction of the
registered professional nurse or licensed physician.         First Semester (Summer, Fall or Spring)
                                                             Courses                                                          Credits
  Clinical experiences are provided in a variety of WNY
                                                             BIO130      Anatomy & Physiology I…….………...                            3
health care settings including hospitals and community       BIO130L     Anatomy & Physiology I Lab….……...                          1
health care agencies. (Transportation to and from the        EN101 or    English Composition or
college and/or the clinical affiliates is the                 EN200        Advanced Composition……………..                                3
responsibility of the individual student.)                   GS100 or    College Seminar or
  Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation Certification (CPR) is        GS102        College Success…………….……….                             1/3
required for all students before beginning Fundamentals      PSY101      General Psychology…………………..                                 3
of Practical Nursing (PN104).                                SOC101      Principles of Sociology……………….                              3
  The Practical Nursing program is accredited by the                                           Semester Total                  14 / 16
National League for Nursing Accrediting Commission.
                                                             Second Semester (Fall or Spring)
                                                             Courses                                                          Credits
        National League for Nursing                          BIO131    Anatomy & Physiology II……………...                              3
        Accrediting Commission                               BIO131L   Anatomy & Physiology II Lab………..                             1
        3343 Peachtree Road, NE, Suite 500                   NU114     Medication Essentials I……………….                               1
        Atlanta, GA 30326                                    PN104     Fundamentals of Practical Nursing…                           7
        (404) 975-5000                                       PN105     Practical Nursing II…………………….                                7
        Fax: (404) 975-5020                                                                  Semester Total                       19
        www.nlnac.org
                                                             Third Semester (Fall or Spring)
                                                             Courses                                                          Credits
Upon successful completion of the program, graduates         NU115      Medication Essentials II……………….                             1
will be eligible to take the National Council Licensure      PN106      Practical Nursing III…………………….                              7
Examination for Practical Nurse Licensure.                   PN107      Practical Nursing IV……………………                                7
                                                                                              Semester Total                      15
Admission Requirements:
1. High School diploma (minimum 75% average) or
  GED Diploma with a minimum score of 2500                   When a Nursing student completes an application for licensure and
2. One unit in high school or Math 096                       first registration as a licensed practical nurse or registered professional
                                                             nurse, questions are asked by the State Education Department about
3. Biology or Chemistry                                      conviction of a crime and pending charges. These questions appear
4. Anatomy& Physiology I with Lab is a pre-professional      on the application form. If the answers are in the affirmative, there is
   requirement that must be successfully completed           an automatic referral to the State Education Department, Office of
   prior to the Practical Nursing courses.                   Professional Discipline and the case is assigned to an investigator.
                                                             Depending upon the results of the investigation, the case may or may
5. Minimum cumulative average of 2.5 with minimum            not require a hearing. The National Council Licensure Examination
   grades of “C” in all course work for current and          may be taken. However, the licensing process and issuance of a
   transfer students                                         license will be held until the process described above is completed.
6. Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) is required for
   clinical experiences
                                                             For more information about our graduation rates, the
Minimum Program Requirements:                                median debt of students who completed the certificate
1. A total of at least 48 semester hours with a Quality      program and other important information, please visit our
   Point Average of 2.0.                                     website at www.trocaire.edu/programs/nursing_lpn.html
  Normal Time to Completion: 18 months
                                                                                        Degrees and Programs of Study 67


                                                                 registration to insure they understand all of the
RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY                                            academic requirements for advancement in the
A.A.S.                                                           program of their choice.
(HEGIS Code 5207)
                                                              Minimum Degree Requirements:
  The Radiologic Technology Program prepares the              1. A total of at least 81 semester hours with a Quality
graduate to assume the duties and responsibilities of an         Point Average of 2.0. This includes an 8 week
entry level Diagnostic Radiographer with confidence and          summer clinical component following the first and
ability. The Radiologic Technologist, as a skilled               second year‟s course work.
professional, and, as a member of the health care team,          Normal Time to Completion: 24 months
exercises independent judgment and discretion in              2. General Education Requirements:
technical radiographic procedures.                               GS100 College Seminar or GS102 College Success*
  The Radiologic Technology course is a two year                 Basic Communication (EN101 or EN200)
program with lecture and laboratory components                   Humanities (Literature Elective: 3 credits)
provided at the college. Related clinical experience is          Mathematics (3-4 credits)
obtained at area hospitals or health agencies affiliated         Natural Science* (BIO130/BIO130L, BIO131 /
with Trocaire. In addition to basic entry level skills, the       BIO131L)
student also has the opportunity to observe the latest           Philosophy/Religious Studies (PH205 and one 3
advanced imaging modalities. (Transportation to and               credit philosophy or religious studies elective)
from the college and/or the clinical affiliates is the           Social Science (One 3 credit Sociology elective and
responsibility      of    the     individual    student.)         one 3 credit social science elective)
Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation Certification (CPR) is          3. Other Requirements:
required for all students before a student begins the first      BU132
day of the Radiologic Technology program.                     4. Program Requirements*:
  The Radiologic Technology program is accredited by             RT101, RT102, RT102L, RT103, RT104, RT105,
the JRC/ERT Joint Review Committee on Education in               RT106, RT106L, RT107, RT108, RT109, RT201,
Radiologic Technology.                                           RT202, RT203, RT205, RT206, RT207, RT208,
                  20 N. Wacker Drive, Suite 2850                 RT209, RT210, RT211, RT212, RT215
                  Chicago, IL 60606-3182
                  (312) 704-5300                              * A minimum grade of “C” (2.0) is required.
                  Fax: (312) 704-5304
                  www.jrcert.org
                                                                                        Curriculum
 Upon completion of the academic and clinical                               st
                                                              First Year – 1 Semester
requirements, the graduate receives an associate in           Courses                                               Credits
applied science degree, and, is eligible to take the          BIO130        Anatomy & Physiology I……………....               3
National credentialing examination for both New York          BIO130L       Anatomy & Physiology I Lab…………                1
State Licensure and the American Registry of Radiologic       EN101 or      English Composition or
Technologists (A.R.R.T.)(R).                                   EN200          Advanced Composition……………..                3
                                                              GS100 or      College Seminar or
Admission Requirements:                                        GS102          College Success…………….……….                1/3
                                                              RT101         Image Acquisition & Evaluation I……           3
1. High School diploma (minimum 85% average) or
                                                              RT102         Radiographic Procedures I…………..              2
   GED Diploma with a minimum score of 2750                   RT102L        Applied Radiographic
2. Two Units in high school or college algebra, Biology,                      Procedures I………………………….                     1
   Chemistry, Physics                                         RT103         Patient Care & Management I……….               1
3. 2.75 cumulative average with minimum grades of “C”         RT104         Clinical Education I……………………                  2
   in laboratory sciences for current and transfer                                               Semester Total     17 / 19
   students                                                                 nd
4. Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) is required for        First Year – 2 Semester
   clinical experiences                                       Courses                                               Credits
5. Students applying for programs in the health               BIO131        Anatomy & Physiology II……………...               3
                                                              BIO131L       Anatomy & Physiology II Lab…….…..             1
   professions are required to participate in two stages      BU132         Information Technology I……………..               3
   of academic preparedness. Initial admittance to a                        Literature Elective……..………………                 3
   health science program places a student into a “pre-       RT105         Image Acquisition & Evaluation II……           3
   professional” component. Admittance into the               RT106         Radiographic Procedures II…….........         2
   “professional” component is not guaranteed.                RT106L        Applied Radiographic
   Students must meet established academic standards.                         Procedures II…………………………                    1
   Students should speak to an admissions                     RT107         Patient Care & Management II………              1
   counselor or to the Program Director prior to              RT108         Clinical Education II…………………...              2
                                                                                                  Semester Total        19
68   Degrees and Programs of Study




First Year – Summer Session
Courses                                                        Credits
RT109        Applied Radiologic Technology I
              Clinical Education…………………….                             6
              (Eight Weeks)
                           Summer Session Total                       6

Second Year – 1st Semester
Courses                                                        Credits
           Mathematics Elective…………….........                     3/4
           Philosophy/Religious Studies Elective.                    3
RT201      Equipment Operation &
            Maintenance I…………………………                                   2
RT202      Radiation Physics & Protection……….                         3
RT203      Applied Radiologic Pathology I……….                         2
RT205      Clinical Education III…………………...                           2
           Sociology Elective……………………...                              3
                                  Semester Total                18 / 19
                   nd
Second Year – 2 Semester
Courses                                                        Credits
PH205      Ethics in Health Care…………….........                       3
RT206      Equipment Operations &
            Maintenance II………………………...                                1
RT207      Radiation Biology………………………                                 2
RT208      Applied Radiologic Pathology II………                         1
RT209      Special Imaging Topics……………….                              1
RT210      Clinical Education IV…………………..                             2
RT212      Sectional Anatomy for the
            Radiographer………………………….                                   1
RT215      Capstone Course………………………                                   1
           Social Science Elective………….........                       3
                                 Semester Total                      15

Second Year – Summer Session
Courses                                                        Credits
RT211      Applied Radiologic Technology II
            Clinical Education…………………….                               6
                         Summer Session Total                         6


When a Radiologic Technology Student completes an application for
New York State Licensure, and, the A.A.R.T.(R), questions are asked
about conviction of a crime and pending charges. These questions
appear on both application forms. If the answers are in the affirmative,
particulars and disposition of each charge must be listed. A conviction
is not an automatic bar to licensure and registry, however, each case is
considered and investigated on its individual merits.
                                                                                       Degrees and Programs of Study 69


                                                              degree. With the additional education and experience
RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY                                         afforded by the B.S. RT degree, graduates will be better
B.S.                                                          prepared for employment as tomographic imaging
(HEGIS Code 5207)                                             specialists, radiologic administrators, clinical and basic
                                                              science researchers and teachers. B.S. RT graduates
  Radiologic Technology represents a dynamic health           may also decide to further their education in any number
care profession that plays an integral role in the delivery   of graduate programs currently available at the Master‟s
of health care services. Radiologic Technologists (RT‟s)      (M.S.) and Doctorate (Ph.D.) levels in medical physics
perform a variety of radiographic procedures that involve     and medical imaging disciplines.
ionizing and non-ionizing radiation such as X-ray,
ultrasound (US), computed tomography (CT) and                 Admission Requirements:
nuclear medicine techniques including single photon           1. All general admission requirements and policies for
emission computed tomography (SPECT) and positron                non-matriculated students in to Trocaire College must
emission tomography (PET) as well as magnetic                    be fulfilled. Students should apply first to Trocaire for
resonance imaging (MRI). These methods are routinely             admission and then matriculate into the B.S. RT
used in the diagnosis and treatment of disease.                  program as soon as their pre-requisite courses,
Employment opportunities for RT‟s with the American              clinical experience and certification are successfully
Registry of Radiologic Technologists (ARRT) certification        completed.
are available throughout New York State, and nationally       2. A.A.S. Degree in Radiologic Technology, or
at sites including hospitals, clinics, doctor‟s offices and      successful completion of a hospital based RT
public health institutions. However, the professional            program and required liberal arts course work, or
practice of utilizing CT and other tomographic                   demonstration of equivalent academic and clinical
techniques requires specific knowledge and skills that           course work as determined by the B.S. RT Program
cannot be obtained in basic educational programs. The            Director. All other programs of study that result in
core content of Trocaire‟s Bachelor of Science (B.S.) in         ARRT Certification will be subject to the approval of
Radiologic Technology program represents curriculum              B.S. RT Program Director and the subsequent
elements that are considered essential in educating              completion of all liberal arts and core RT
technologists for state-of-the-art careers in CT and MRI         requirements equivalent to Trocaire‟s A.A.S.
as well as multimodality based techniques such as CT-            Radiologic Technology program.
SPECT, CT-PET and MRI-PET.                                    3. Current ARRT Certification (or proof of temporary
                                                                 New York State License and work permit as a
B.S. with a Major in Radiologic Technology (RT) and              Radiologic Technologist).
Specialization in Computed Tomography (CT)                    4. Current Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR)
                                                                 certification (or satisfactory documentation that
  Trocaire College is registered with the New York State         certification was successfully completed prior to first
Education Department (NYSED) for a Bachelor of                   clinical practicum).
Science (B.S.) degree with a major in Radiologic              5. Personal interview with the B.S. RT Program
Technology (RT) and a specialty in Computed                      Director is required before formal admission into the
Tomography (CT). Trocaire‟s B.S. in Radiologic                   program is complete.
Technology program will build upon and complement the
Associate in Applied Science (A.A.S.) degree in               Minimum Degree Requirements:
Radiologic Technology currently available at Trocaire           The core liberal arts requirements for the B.S. degree
and other colleges. The B.S. RT program is an                 consists of 22 credit hours beyond that required for the
undergraduate degree designed to prepare skilled entry-       A.A.S. in RT degree. An additional 30 credit hours at the
level RT‟s for positions as CT specialists. Moreover, the     300 and 400 level specific to CT and essential medical
application of applied physical and biological sciences at    imaging course work are also required to complete the
the B.S. level extends career opportunities beyond the        B.S. in RT degree. (81-84 credit hours minimum for
RT profession into the broader sphere of biomedical           A.A.S. in RT degree) + (52 credit hours for B.S. in RT
imaging.                                                      specialization) = 133 to 136 total college credit hours
  Trocaire‟s B.S. RT program is designed on a 2+2             required for a B.S. degree with a major in RT and a
format, whereby interested students that are licensed         specialization in CT. A minimum Quality Point Average
radiologic technologists possessing a two year A.A.S.         of 2.0 (C average) is required for successful completion
degree in RT with ARRT certification or equivalent, can       of the B.S. with a major in RT and specialization in CT.
successfully obtain their B.S. degree by completing two
additional years of study with courses offered in the         Normal Time to Completion: 48 months
evening and/or on weekends. This provides the flexibility
for RT‟s to continue working while completing their
70   Degrees and Programs of Study



Specific courses required for a B.S. degree with a major in
Radiologic Technology (RT) and specialization in
Computed Tomography (CT) are:

Courses                             Title                 Credits
RT300      Computed Tomography Procedures Protocols             4                   nd
                                                                    Fourth Year – 2 Semester
RT301      Computed Tomography Physics &
                                                                    Courses                                               Credits
           Instrumentation                                      3
RT302      Sectional Anatomy & Imaging Applications             3
                                                                    HIT400       Health Care Law and Compliance…..              3
RT400      Pathology Correlation in Computed Tomography         4   MA455        Quantitative Methods for Research…             3
RT402      Advanced Imaging Practicum (Clinical)                2   PH304        Social / Political Philosophy………….             3
RT403      Advanced Patient Care & Pharmacology                 1   RT402        Advanced Imaging Practicum
RT404      Computed Tomography-Capstone Seminar                 1                 (Clinical)………………………………                       2
Total Number of RT Credits Required                            18   RT403        Advanced Patient Care and
BIO333     Pathophysiology                                      3                 Pharmacology………………………..                      1
BIO340     Concepts of Pharmacology                             3   RT404        Computed Tomography -
BIO310     Advanced Sectional Anatomy                           3                 Capstone Seminar…………………..                    1
HIT400     Health Care Law and Compliance                       3                                        Semester Total       13
Total Number of Other Required Courses                         12
EN300      Public Relations Writing                             3
HI300      History of Technology in Modern Society              3
MA455      Quantitative Methods for Research                    3
PH304      Social / Political Philosophy                        3
PHY111 Physics I with Lab                                       4
PSY315 Social Psychology                                        3
PSY320 Research Methods                                         3
Total Number of General Education Courses                      22
Total Number of Credits Required for A.A.S.                81/84
Total Number of Credits for 3rd and 4th Year                   52
Total Number of Credits for B.S. with a major in RT and
 Specialization in CT                                   133 / 136



                         CURRICULUM
               st
Third Year – 1 Semester
Courses                                                 Credits
BIO310       Advanced Sectional Anatomy……….                   3
EN300        Public Relations Writing………………                   3
HI300        History of Technology in
              Modern Society………………………                          3
PHY111       Physics I………………………………..                           3
PHY111L      Physics I Lab…………………………..                         1
                                   Semester Total             13
               nd
Third Year – 2 Semester
Courses                                                 Credits
BIO333       Pathophysiology………………………                         3
PSY320       Research Methods……………………                         3
RT300        Computed Tomography
              Procedure Protocols…………………                       4
RT301        Computed Tomography Physics
              and Instrumentation…………………                       3
                                 Semester Total               13
                    st
Fourth Year – 1 Semester
Courses                                                 Credits
BIO340       Concepts of Pharmacology………….                    3
PSY315       Social Psychology…………………….                       3
RT302        Sectional Anatomy and
              Imaging Applications………………..                     3
RT400        Pathology Correlation in
              Computed Tomography……….........                  4
                                  Semester Total              13
                                                                                         Degrees and Programs of Study 71


                                                                (including two summer sessions) for the evening
SURGICAL TECHNOLOGY                               A.A.S.        program. The program consists of a balance of general
(HEGIS Code 5211)                                               education and Surgical Technology courses.               The
                                                                Surgical Technologist‟s professional role and concepts
  The Surgical Technology Program offers an Associate           relating to patient needs, surgical conditions, asepsis,
in Applied Science Degree. The program is accredited            surgical routines, human behavior, communication, and
by the Accreditation Review Committee on Education in           caring provide the framework for the curriculum. As the
Surgical Technology and Surgical Assisting in                   student progresses through the curriculum, classroom
cooperation with the Commission on Accreditation of             theory is applied to clinical practice in the operating room
Allied Health Education Programs (CAAHEP).                      setting. A mix of laboratory practice and hospital
                                                                operating room experiences during the first year,
         ARC-STSA                      CAAHEP                   introduces the student to the operating room
6 West Dry Creek Circle        1361 Park Street                 environment. In the laboratory setting, no more than 12
Suite 110                      Clearwater, FL 33756             students will be paired with a qualified Surgical
Littleton, CO 80120            (727) 210-2350                   Technology instructor. The second year emphasizes
(303) 694-9262                                                  clinical experiences in a broad range of surgical
                                                                specialties and operating room settings to prepare the
  The mission of the ARC-STSA is to provide recognition         student for future practice as a surgical technologist.
for the quality of the education programs in its system to
the public.                                                     Admission Requirements:
   The degree program prepares the student to be a              1. High School diploma (minimum 85% average) or
practitioner with a broad knowledge base from which to              GED Diploma with a minimum score of 2750
draw and apply to the diverse, ever changing and                2. Two units in high school or College Algebra, Biology
advancing field of Surgical Technology. National                    and Physics (minimum grade of 80% or higher)
certification is available to graduates through the             3. Cumulative average of 2.5 with minimum grades of
National Board of Surgical Technology and Surgical                 “C” in laboratory sciences for current and transfer
Assisting. Senior Surgical Technology students are                  students
eligible to sit for the CST Examination at Trocaire             4. ST100-Medical Terminology for the Surgical
College. Students are eligible for student membership in            Technologist is a pre-professional requirement that
the Association of Surgical Technologist‟s Organization.            must be successfully completed prior to the first
   The Surgical Technology program is offered either in             semester‟s Surgical Technology course work. This
the day or evening. The evening curriculum is identical in          course is offered for two weeks prior to the start of
content to the day program. However, the evening                    each semester.
curriculum is distributed over a six semester (2 year)          5. Student is required to participate in an onsite
time period including two summer sessions. In addition              interview with the Surgical Technology Department
to the regularly scheduled evening experiences, selected            prior to acceptance into the program.
clinical laboratory experiences may be scheduled during         6. Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR) certificate is
the daytime and/or weekend hours. These clinical days               required for clinical experiences.
provide a comprehensive experience of surgical cases            7. Students applying for programs in the health
which normally occur during the day.                                professions are required to participate in two stages
   Surgical Technologists are crucial members of the                of academic preparedness. Initial admittance to a
surgical team, working closely with surgeons, registered            health science program places a student into a “pre-
nurses, and anesthesiologists to provide the best                   professional” component. Admittance into the
possible care for the patient undergoing a surgical                 “professional” component is not guaranteed.
intervention. The primary role of the “Scrub Tech” is to            Students must meet established academic standards.
prepare a sterile field and pass instruments to the                 Students should speak to an admissions
surgeon during the surgical procedure. A Surgical                   counselor or to the Program Director prior to
Technologist should possess a stable temperament,                   registration to insure they understand all of the
manual dexterity, physical stamina, and the ability to              academic requirements for advancement in the
integrate and prioritize a variety of activities. Lecture and       program of their choice.
laboratory experiences are offered at the college and           8. Acceptance into the program is based on clinical
experience in a hospital setting is provided. Students              space availability and successful completion of all
are responsible for their own transportation to and                 prerequisites.
from clinical sites.
   The curriculum leading to the A.A.S. degree is
comprised of 68 credits distributed over four (4)
semesters for the day program and six (6) semesters
72 Degrees and Programs of Study




Minimum Degree Requirements:
1. A total of at least 68 semester hours with a Quality                             DAY CURRICULUM
   Point Average of 2.0
                                                                          st
  Normal Time to Completion: 24 months                       First Year – 1 Semester
2. General Education Requirements:                           Courses                                              Credits
   GS100 College Seminar or GS102 College Success*           BIO130        Anatomy & Physiology I………………                 3
                                                             BIO130L       Anatomy & Physiology I Lab…………               1
   Basic Communication (EN101 or EN200)                      EN101 or      English Composition or
   Humanities (EN102)                                         EN200          Advanced Composition…………….                 3
   Mathematics (3-4 credits)                                 GS100 or      College Seminar or
   Natural Science* (BIO130/BIO130L, BIO131 /                 GS102          College Success…………….………                1/3
    BIO131L, BIO223/BIO223L)                                 ST100         Medical Terminology for the
   Philosophy/Religious Studies (PH103, PH205)                               Surgical Technologist***……………              1
   Social Science (PSY101, and one 3 credit social           ST101         Introduction to Surgical Technology…         4
    science elective)                                        ST102         Concepts of Surgical Patient Care…..         2
3. Other Requirements:                                       ST103         Clinical Education I……………………                 2
                                                                                                 Semester Total   17 / 19
   Free Elective (one 3 credit course)
4. Requirements for Program Completion:                                   nd
                                                             First Year – 2 Semester
In order for students to successfully complete the           Courses                                              Credits
Surgical Technology Program, they MUST show                  BIO131        Anatomy & Physiology II……………..               3
evidence of the following:                                   BIO131L       Anatomy & Physiology II Lab………..             1
    1. Completion of ALL courses according to the            EN102        Introduction to Literature…………                3
        Surgical Technology Degree Audit (with a grade       PSY101       General Psychology…………………..                   3
        of “C” or better in all Surgical Technology Core     ST104        Fundamentals of Surgical
        Courses)                                                           Technology…………………………...                      4
    2. The total number of cases the student must            ST105        Surgical Pharmacology……………….                  2
        complete is 120 and are defined as follows:          ST106        Clinical Education II…………..……….               2
    3. Students are required to complete 30 cases in                                            Semester Total         18
        General Surgery. Twenty of the cases must be                           st
                                                             Second Year – 1 Semester
        in the First Scrub Role.                             Courses                                              Credits
    4. Students are required to complete 90 cases in         BIO223     Microbiology…………………………….                         3
        various surgical specialties. Sixty of the cases     BIO223L    Microbiology Lab……………………….                       1
        must be in the First Scrub Role and evenly                      Mathematics Elective…………….........           3/4
        distributed between a minimum of 5 surgical          PH103      Introduction to Philosophy…………….                 3
        specialties. However, 15 is the maximum              ST201      Advanced Surgical Technology………                  5
        number of cases that can be counted in any one       ST202      Clinical Education III…………………..                  2
        surgical specialty.                                                                    Semester Total      17 / 18
    5. The surgical technology program is required to                          nd
                                                             Second Year – 2 Semester
        verify      through    the      surgical  rotation   Courses                                              Credits
        documentation the student‟s progression in First                Free Elective……………………………                        3
        and Second Scrubbing surgical procedures of          PH205      Ethics in Health Care………………….                   3
        increased complexity as he/she moves towards                    Social Science Elective……………….                  3
        entry-level graduate abilities.                      ST203      Specialized Surgical Technology…….              5
    6. Diagnostic endoscopy cases and vaginal                ST204      Clinical Education IV…………………..                  2
        delivery cases are not mandatory. But up to 10                                        Semester Total          16
        diagnostic endoscopic cases and 5 vaginal
        delivery cases can be counted towards
        maximum number of Second Scrub Role cases.           ***ST100 is taken prior to the beginning of the semester.
    7. Observation cases must be documented, but
        do not count towards the 120 required cases.
    8. The potential graduate student from the Surgical
        Technology program must participate in taking
        the web based CST examination offered on
        campus.

* A minimum grade of “C” (2.0) is required.
                                                                Degrees and Programs of Study 73




                    EVENING CURRICULUM
              st
First Year – 1 Semester
Courses                                               Credits
BIO130        Anatomy & Physiology I………………                  3
BIO130L       Anatomy & Physiology I Lab…………                1
GS100 or      College Seminar or
 GS102          College Success…………….……….                1/3
ST100         Medical Terminology for the
                Surgical Technologist***…………….             1
ST101         Introduction to Surgical Technology…         4
ST102         Concepts of Surgical Patient Care…..         2
ST103         Clinical Education I……………………                 2

                                   Semester Total     14 / 16
              nd
First Year – 2 Semester
Courses                                               Credits
BIO131        Anatomy & Physiology II……………...               3
BIO131L       Anatomy & Physiology II Lab………..              1
ST104         Fundamentals of Surgical
               Technology…………………………...                     4
ST105         Surgical Pharmacology……………….                 2
ST106         Clinical Education II**………..………..            2
                                     Semester Total       12
**Clinical Experiences will continue into the
summer

First Year – Summer Session
Courses                                               Credits
EN101 or      English Composition or
EN200          Advanced Composition……………..                 3
              Mathematics Elective…………………                3/4
                          Summer Session Total           6/7
                   st
Second Year – 1 Semester
Courses                                               Credits
EN102      Introduction to Literature………………                 3
PSY101     General Psychology……………………                       3
ST201      Advanced Surgical Technology….                   5
ST202      Clinical Education III………………                     2
                                   Semester Total         13
                   nd
Second Year – 2 Semester
Courses                                               Credits
BIO223     Microbiology………………………                            3
BIO223L    Microbiology Lab…………………                          1
PH103      Introduction to Philosophy……….                   3
ST203      Specialized Surgical Technology.                 5
ST204      Clinical Education IV……………..                     2
                                  Semester Total          14

Second Year – Summer Session
Courses                                               Credits
           Free Elective……………………….                          3
PH205      Ethics in Health Care……………...                    3
           Social Science Elective…………..                    3
                         Summer Session Total               9


***ST100 is taken prior to the beginning of the semester.
74   Course Descriptions




Course Descriptions
  The number of semester credit hours            BIO109 Essentials of Anatomy and                 BIO140 Introduction to
given for each course is indicated in            Physiology (3)                                   Pharmacology (3)
parenthesis after each course title.               A one semester course designed for the           This course is an overview of
  The      course     description     states     allied health careers. It gives an               pharmacology and medication as it pertains
prerequisites if any. Unless otherwise           introductory treatment of the structure and      to the allied health professions. Major
noted, the course will be offered as stated.     function of the human body including cell,       classifications of drugs and their indications
Information about class offerings is printed     skeletal, muscular, nervous, endocrine,          will be examined, as well as the role of the
in the course schedule each semester.            respiratory,    cardiovascular,   digestive,     health professions. Three lecture hours.
Copies are available in the Registrar‟s          urinary and reproductive systems. Three            Prerequisites: BIO130/BIO130L, or
Office.                                          lecture hours.                                   BIO131/BIO131L
  Cross Registration opportunities with all        Co-requisite: BIO109L
Western New York Colleges are readily
                                                                                                  BIO180 General Biology I (3)
available to Trocaire students. Contact the
                                                 BIO109L Essentials of Anatomy and                  A study of the general principles of
Registrar‟s Office regarding application
                                                 Physiology Laboratory (1)                        biological science. Topics include the
forms and policies.
                                                   Laboratory experience coincides        with    scientific method, structure of molecules,
                                                 lecture topics. Two laboratory hours.            the origin of life, biology of the cell,
                  ART                              Co-requisite: BIO109                           energetics, reproduction and heredity,
                                                                                                  molecular genetics and evolution. Three
                                                 BIO130 Anatomy & Physiology I (3)                lecture hours.
ART100 Art Appreciation (1)                        An introduction to the general principles        Co-requisite: BIO180L
  An introduction to the elements and            of human anatomy and physiology with
principles which form the basis of the visual    emphasis on the structure and function of        BIO180L General Biology I
arts. Course content focuses on developing       the cell, tissues, and the skeletal, muscular,   Laboratory (1)
visual awareness and an appreciation of art      cardiovascular, and lymphatic systems.             Laboratory experience coincides          with
and artists through discussion, AV               (Fall, Spring and Summer). Three lecture         lecture topics. Two laboratory hours.
presentation and a gallery tour.                 hours.                                             Co-requisite: BIO180
                                                   Prerequisites: high school biology with a
ART101 Art History (3)                           minimum of 75% average (or equivalent),          BIO181 General Biology II (3)
   A survey of the visual arts within a          or, BIO105 or BIO109 with a grade of “C” or        A continued study of biological principles
historical and cultural framework. Emphasis      better, or director‟s permission                 a evidenced in the diversity of organisms.
is placed on the development of visual             Co-requisite:       BIO130L or director‟s      Topics include the morphology, phylogeny,
perception      and      expanding    critical   (Natural Sciences) permission upon second        physiology and ecology of major taxa with
awareness of selected works of the major         attempt.                                         evolution as the unifying principle. Three
periods in the history of art. Includes                                                           lecture hours.
discussion, AV presentation, and field           BIO130L Anatomy & Physiology I                     Prerequisites: BIO180/BIO180L
trip(s) to area museums and galleries.           Laboratory (1)                                     Co-requisite: BIO181L
                                                   Laboratory experience coincides with
ART299 Independent Study (3)                     lecture topics. Two laboratory hours.            BIO181L General Biology II
  Study by a qualified student of a more           Co-Requisite: BIO130 or director‟s             Laboratory (1)
advanced phase of art on a tutorial basis.       (Natural Sciences) permission upon second          Laboratory experience coincides          with
Previous art history or experience required.     attempt.                                         lecture topics. Two laboratory hours.
Plans must be approved by the Director of                                                           Co-requisite: BIO181
Liberal Arts.                                    BIO131 Anatomy & Physiology II (3)
                                                   A continuation of Anatomy & Physiology I.      BIO205 Environmental Science (3)
                                                 Study of the respiratory, nervous,                 This course is an introduction to how
            BIOLOGY                              endocrine,     digestive,   urinary    and       nature works, how the environment has
                                                 reproductive systems. Fluid and electrolyte      been and is being used and abused, and
                                                 balance also studied. (Fall, Spring and          what you can do to protect and improve it
BIO105 Human Biology (3)                         Summer). Three lecture hours.                    for yourself, and for future generations.
  A study of life structure and function from      Prerequisites: BIO130/BIO130L with a           Some topics of study include: Ecosystems,
a human perspective. Human organ                 grade of “C” or better                           Wildlife      and      the      Environment,
systems, human evolution and ecology will          Co-requisite: BIO131L or director‟s            Environmental Risk and Human Pollution:
be presented with a focus on homeostasis,        (Natural Sciences) permission upon second        soil, water and air, Population Dynamics,
bioethics, and ecology. Three lecture hours.     attempt.                                         Waste and Waste Disposal, and past and
(Fall, Spring and Summer semesters)
                                                                                                  present attitudes toward the environment
                                                 BIO131L Anatomy & Physiology II                  and environmental problems. Three lecture
BIO107 Health, Safety and Nutrition              Laboratory (1)                                   hours.
for Young Children (3)                             Laboratory experience coincides with
  This course provides an in-depth view of       lecture topics. Two laboratory hours.            BIO208 Nutrition and Wellness (3)
the interactions of health, safety, and            Prerequisites: BIO130/BIO130L with a             A study of the principles of the science of
nutrition in relation to the developmental       grade of “C” or better.                          nutrition, as it relates to daily life and well-
stages of infancy through childhood.               Co-Requisite: BIO131 or director‟s             being. Topics include personal wellness,
Geared toward the child care provider, this      (Natural Sciences) permission upon second        digestion, absorption and metabolism of
course is of great value to anyone in            attempt.                                         nutrients, planning and evaluating dietary
contact with young children. Three lecture                                                        intake. The course will consider social,
hours.                                                                                            economic, and psychosocial factors in
                                                                                                                  Course Descriptions        75


relationship to dietary practices. This          BIO333 Pathophysiology (3)                       letters, memorandum, email, and reports
course provides an opportunity to explore          A conceptual approach to the dynamic           will be stressed. Human relations in
areas of special interest such as nutrition      aspects of disease and how it affects            business writing and oral reporting will be
for various age levels, weight control, and      normal physiology in relation to alterations,    covered. (Fall and Spring Semesters)
physical performance. (Fall semester)            derangements, and mechanisms involved
                                                 in disease. (Fall, Spring and Summer             BU132 Information Technology I (3)
BIO208L Nutrition and Wellness                   Semesters)                                         This      course    includes     practical
Laboratory (1)                                     Prerequisites: BIO130/BIO130L and              applications of microcomputers through the
  Laboratory experience coincides        with     BIO131/BIO131L or equivalent                    use of software packages. Topics include
lecture topics. Two laboratory hours.                                                             an overview of microcomputer hardware
                                                 BIO340 Concepts of                               and the operating system, an overview of
BIO210 Sectional Anatomy (3)                     Pharmacology (3)                                 application software including expected
  This course focuses on the practical             This course will provide a core of             features,    comparative    analysis    and
application of sectional anatomy for the         fundamental information related to, and the      integration. Hands-on experience in the use
Health Science student. The use of               general principles underlying, the use of        of the operating system, a major
sectional anatomy imaging such as                pharmacological agents in the health             spreadsheet package, a major word
Computed Tomography (CT) and MRI will            occupations. Emphasis on sites of                processing package and a major database
be stressed. Three lecture hours.                mechanism of action, toxicity, fate, and the     package. (Fall and Spring Semesters)
  Prerequisites: BIO130/BIO130L and              uses of major therapeutic and diagnostic
BIO131/BIO131L                                   agents. (Fall Semester)                          BU201 Business Law (3)
                                                   Prerequisites: BIO130/BIO130L,                   This course is designed to acquaint the
BIO223 Microbiology (3)                          BIO131/BIO131L, Chemistry and                    student with an overview of the American
  The study of scientific principles of          Microbiology preferred.                          legal system and courts. Areas to be
Microbiology emphasizing the isolation and                                                        covered are the nature and function of law,
identification of pathogenic organisms to                                                         legal rights and obligations, formation,
man in areas of bacteriology, mycology,                     BUSINESS                              operation and discharge of contracts, and
                                                                                                  the law of sales under the Uniform
virology and parasitology. The culture,
morphology,         general    physiology,                                                        Commercial       Code     and     business
immunology and applied aspects of the
                                                 BU099 Computer Literacy (1)*                     organization. (Spring Semester)
                                                   This course is an introduction to
representative micro-organisms will be
                                                 microcomputers,         Windows      operating   BU203 Principles of Accounting (3)
studied. Three lecture hours. (Fall, Spring
                                                 system, microcomputer applications and             A sound basic knowledge of accounting
and Summer Semesters)
                                                 the Internet. This course is one credit with     terms, concepts, and procedures is
  Prerequisites: BIO109/BIO109L, or
                                                 one hour learning laboratory. (Fall and
BIO130/BIO130L, or BIO180/BIO180L, “C”                                                            stressed in this course. It offers a practical
                                                 Spring Semesters)                                background in accounting for students
grades or better is required.
                                                   *Institutional credit only                     embarking on business careers covering
  Co-requisite: BIO223L
                                                   *Placement is based on a computer              the full accounting cycle for a sole
                                                     literacy placement test                      proprietorship service business. A full
BIO223L Microbiology Laboratory                    *Students must receive a grade of “C”          accounting cycle for merchandising firms,
(1)                                                 (2.0) or higher to pass this course.          as well as the impact of microcomputers
  Laboratory experience coincides        with
                                                                                                  and their effect on the accounting work
lecture topics. Two laboratory hours.            BU101 Introduction to                            environment is also provided.            (Fall
  Co-requisite: BIO223
                                                 Contemporary Business (3)                        Semester)
                                                   This is an introductory course which will
BIO243 Neurology (3)                             familiarize the student with the following       BU207 Introduction to Management
  An examination of the structure and            topic areas: contemporary business and its
function of neural tissue, the anatomy and                                                        (3)
                                                 environment – blending people and                  This course provides an overview of the
physiology of the components of the              technology, the social responsibility of
Central Nervous System and the Peripheral                                                         management process with an emphasis on
                                                 business and ethical behavior, economic          basic management principles and their
Nervous System, embryology of the spinal         challenges, competition in global markets,
cord and brain, nerve plexuses, spinal                                                            application to realistic situations. Various
                                                 options or organizing large and small            types of management styles will be studied
reflexes, and sensory and motor pathways.        businesses, the entrepreneur, the Internet
(Fall Semester)                                                                                   with special emphasis on the differences
                                                 and the online business environment. This        between the domestic and various
  Prerequisites: BIO130/BIO130L and              course also explores marketing, business
BIO131/BIO131L. Massage Therapy                                                                   international management styles. (Fall
                                                 management, and e-commerce. (Fall                Semester)
students have additional prerequisites of        Semester)
MT110 and MT111.
                                                                                                  BU274 Seminar and Internship (4)
                                                 BU106 Business Communications                      A supervised on-the-job work experience
BIO310 Advanced Sectional                        (3)                                              in a business setting provides the student
Anatomy (3)                                        Principles and mechanics of effective          with the opportunity to apply skills. One
  Advanced cross sectional anatomy               written and oral communication will be           hour weekly seminars will be used to review
provides an integrated approach to learning      studied in relationship to work and the          the work experience. Students will receive
anatomy      by means         of   correlating   process using electronic technology and          one hour of credit for the seminar and three
cryosections and radiographic cross              working with teams. International                hours of credit for 120 hours of internship.
sectional imaging. This course focuses on        communication will be introduced and             (Spring Semester)
the practical application of sectional           studies of listening skills as well as the
anatomy for the health science student.          writing process will be explored. Review of
Emphasis is placed on vessels and organs         basic English grammar emphasizing
orientation and relations to other anatomical    principles of punctuation, capitalization,
structures. (Fall Semester)                      sentence     structure   and     vocabulary;
  Prerequisites: BIO130/BIO130L and              organizing, developing, and stylization of
 BIO131/BIO131L
76 Course Descriptions


                                                Students may be exempted by passing a           compounds will be           achieved.    Two
  MEDICAL BUSINESS                              proficiency test. (Fall Semester)               laboratory hours.
                                                                                                  Co-requisite: CH112
    COURSES (MB)                                BOT108 Word Processing I (3)
                                                  This introductory course provides the         CH250 Organic Chemistry (3)
MB119 Medical Terminology (3)                   student with hands-on experience in the           An introduction to the chemistry of
  This course is a study of the language of     use of word processing software. Students       carbon-containing    compounds.   Topics
medicine as it relates to all body systems.     will learn the fundamentals such as             include: nomenclature, organic functional
Emphasis is placed on the understanding of      creating, editing, saving, naming,              groups, physical properties, chemical
word roots, prefixes, suffixes and              formatting, and printing a document, as well    bonds, molecular structure, synthesis,
abbreviations. Terminology related to           as spell check, pagination, and mail merge.     reaction mechanisms and stereochemistry.
anatomy, physiology, laboratory, clinical       (Spring Semester)                               Three lecture hours.
procedures and pharmacology will be               Prerequisite: BOT103 or equivalent              Prerequisites: CH111/CH111L
covered. Pronunciation and spelling will be                                                       Co-requisite: CH250L
emphasized. (Fall and Spring Semesters)
                                                        CHEMISTRY                               CH250L Organic Chemistry
MB213 Medical Office Systems &                                                                  Laboratory (1)
Procedures (3)                                                                                    Laboratory experiments will include areas
                                                CH100 Introduction to Chemistry (3)
  This course covers the responsibilities                                                       of separation and synthesis of various
                                                  An introduction to chemical concepts for
performed by the medical administrative                                                         compounds. Students will also explore the
                                                students who have little or no background
assistant in a contemporary medical office                                                      practical application of these techniques in
                                                in chemistry. Topics include: measurement
including patient relations, appointment                                                        research and industry. Two laboratory
                                                and numbers, chemical terminology, atomic
scheduling, insurance billing and collection,                                                   hours.
                                                theory, the Periodic Table, chemical
management of medical records, and report                                                         Co-requisite: CH250
                                                bonding, types of chemical reactions,
generation. Various simulated office
                                                phases of matter and chemical solutions.
procedures are included. (Spring Semester)
                                                  Prerequisite:   High school algebra or
  Prerequisites: BU132 and MB119
                                                MA096                                               COMPUTER
MB221 Medical Transcription I (3)
                                                CH111 General Chemistry I (3)
                                                                                                    NETWORK
  This introductory course gives the student
the opportunity to acquire skills in the
                                                  A detailed introduction to the basic
                                                principles and theories of chemistry. Topics
                                                                                                  ADMINISTRATION
growing field of medical transcription.
                                                include: physical measurements, matter,
Various medial documents such as
                                                atomic     theory,    chemical     reactions,   CNA101 Introduction to Computer
histories and physicals, operative reports,
                                                stoichiometry, gas laws, thermochemistry,       Hardware (4)
pathology reports, radiology reports, and
                                                quantum theory, periodicity, chemical             This course focuses on computer
discharge summaries will be transcribed.
                                                bonding, molecular geometry and chemical        hardware, in particular, the components of
Formatting and proofreading skills are
                                                solutions. Three lecture hours.                 a personal computer. The specific
emphasized in this course (Spring
                                                  Prerequisites: High school algebra and        component        areas     covered    include:
Semester)
                                                high school chemistry or CH100.                 processors,       motherboards,      memory,
  Prerequisites: BU132 and MB119
                                                  Co-requisite: CH111L                          storage, peripherals, portable hardware,
                                                                                                and tools and test equipment. General
MB265 Insurance & Reimbursement
                                                CH111L General Chemistry I                      areas/activities       include:     concepts,
Processing (2)                                                                                  specifications,          upgrading,       and
                                                Laboratory (1)
  This course covers the principles and                                                         troubleshooting. The course has a highly
                                                  This lab designs a course of action based
practice of health insurance billing and                                                        hands-on orientation. A major activity is the
                                                on what the student knows about the
reimbursement. Students will learn what                                                         selection of computer components by the
                                                principles and theories in order to solve
impact managed care and state and federal                                                       class leading to the building of a personal
                                                problems by the test results of techniques
regulations have on health insurance billing.                                                   computer by each student (which then they
                                                employed relating to laboratory procedures.
Guidelines for completing claims for                                                            own). (Fall Semester)
                                                Students will interpret results of laboratory
inpatient,       outpatient,      emergency
                                                experiences and relate their procedures
department,       and     physician   office
                                                and findings to principles covered in the       CNA105 Introduction to Computer
encounters using the appropriate forms will
                                                course. Topics relating to classroom lecture    Networking (4)
be covered. Students will learn about
                                                to will be presented. Two laboratory hours.       This course provides the introduction to
claims submission using Electronic Data
                                                  Co-requisite: CH111                           the field of computer networking. Topics
Interchange (EDI). Simulations, real world
examples and review exercises will give                                                         include: standards, protocols, media,
students the opportunity to apply learned       CH112 General Chemistry II (3)                  hardware devices, network operating
material. (Fall Semester)                         A continuation of General Chemistry I.        systems, security, and troubleshooting.
                                                Topics include: kinetics, equilibrium, acids    Hands-on activities include: creating
                                                and bases, solubility, electrochemistry,        network cabling configurations, building
OFFICE TECHNOLOGY                               nuclear chemistry and chemistry of selected
                                                elements. Three lecture hours.
                                                                                                network configuration, and working with
                                                                                                network hardware components such as:
  COURSES (BOT)                                   Prerequisites: CH111/CH111L                   hubs, switches, routers, firewalls, and
                                                  Co-requisite: CH112L                          wireless equipment. (Fall Semester)
BOT103 Keyboarding I and
                                                CH112L General Chemistry II                     CNA112 Operating Systems (3)
Document Processing (3)                                                                           This course covers both theoretical
  This is an introductory course focusing on
                                                Laboratory (1)
                                                  Laboratory experiences are based on           concepts and their practical application in
a thorough understanding of the computer
                                                topics covered in lecture which include         all computers. A number of major operating
keyboard with touch typing techniques.
                                                basic techniques and procedures for             systems are covered. General topics
Formatting of basic documents such as
                                                identification  of     various     chemical     include: concepts, system management,
business letters, envelopes,
                                                substances. An understanding of proper          security,    installation,   configuration,
memorandums, and reports as well as
                                                procedures for determining specific             maintenance, and troubleshooting. The
proofreading skills will be developed.
                                                                                                                   Course Descriptions 77


course is hands-on and students will work         conducting an analysis, and designing
with computers running the different              solutions.                                              DIAGNOSTIC
operating systems. Students will install and        Prerequisite: CNA105
configure an operating system on the                                                                        MEDICAL
personal computer that they built in a            CNA255 Computer Architecture (3)
previous class. (Spring Semester)                   This course focuses on the design of                 SONOGRAPHY
  Prerequisite: CNA101                            computer processors. Topics include:
                                                  digital   electronics,   integrated   circuit
CNA115 Network Infrastructure (3)                 manufacture,     design     of   processors,
                                                                                                   DMS100 Cross Sectional Anatomy
  This course covers the key network              introduction to machine language, and            (3)
services that are supported by the Network        multiprocessor configurations. This is a          This course will focus on the basic
Administrator and required to allow a client-     hands-on course where students build             sectional anatomy of the neck, abdomen
server network to function. Specific topics       operating digital circuitry using electronic     and pelvis building upon the basic
include:    network      addressing,   name       components on prototyping equipment and          knowledge of anatomy. It will prepare the
resolution, routing, remote access, and           practice machine language programming            student to recognize sectional anatomy of
security. General areas/activities include:       on personal computers.                           major human structures amenable to
concepts,      installation,   configuration,       Prerequisite: CNA101                           sonographic technique. (Fall Semester)
management,           maintenance,       and
troubleshooting. The course is hands-on           CNA260 Advanced Network                          DMS101 Introduction to Diagnostic
with operating computer networks used to          Administration (4)                               Medical Sonography (3)
practice the concepts presented. (Spring            This course, along with CNA210, are the          This course provides the student with an
Semester)                                         capstone courses of the program. This            orientation to the field of Diagnostic Medical
  Prerequisite: CNA105                            course continues the coverage of CNA210          Sonography followed by the techniques for
                                                  Network Administration. The course is            assisting and monitoring patients. Ethics
CNA208 Linux/UNIX (3)                             hands-on and operating computer networks         and patient care procedures pertinent to
  This course covers the major alternatives       are used to practice the concepts                sonography will be covered. Chart reading
to Microsoft‟s current client and server          presented. (Spring Semester)                     and record keeping relative to clinical
operating systems – Linux and UNIX. This            Prerequisite: CNA210                           medicine will be presented. The student will
important family of operating systems plays                                                        study and investigate the principles
a key role in the Internet. Coverage                                                               underlying sonographic visualization. This
                                                  CNA264 Computer Security (3)                     will include the theoretical concepts of
includes both Linux and UNIX as a                   Computer security is a critical issue in the
workstation operating system and as a                                                              image reproduction, pertinent equipment
                                                  computer and network field. This course          considerations and alternative methods of
network operating system. The open source         covers the full range of threats and the
software business model is covered. The                                                            information storage and display.
                                                  responses for both networks and individual         This course includes college laboratory
course is hands-on and personal computers         devices on the networks. Hardware,
and operating computer networks are used                                                           experience on basic scanning technique
                                                  software, and procedural security solutions      relative to college lecture material. (Fall
to practice the concepts presented. (Fall         are covered. The course is hands-on and
Semester)                                                                                          Semester)
                                                  operating computer networks are used to
  Prerequisite: CNA112                            practice the concepts presented. (Spring
                                                  Semester)                                        DMS106 Physics of Ultrasound I (2)
CNA210 Network Administration (4)                   Prerequisite: CNA105                             Fundamental principles of acoustical
  This course, along with CNA260, are the                                                          physics including wave propagation,
capstone courses of the program. Typical                                                           acoustical impedance properties, and
                                                  CNA266 Project Management (3)                    transducer characteristics will be presented.
Network Administrator‟s responsibilities are        This course covers general project
covered          including:      installation,                                                     Basic     types      of   equipment      and
                                                  management      concepts,     tools  and         instrumentation are discussed. Doppler
configuration, security, resource allocation,     techniques. A popular project management
storage         management,          backup,                                                       Principles are introduced. (Fall Semester)
                                                  software package is used to practice the
maintenance, and troubleshooting. The             techniques.
course is hands-on and operating computer                                                          DMS110 Abdominal Sonography I
networks are used to practice the concepts                                                         (2)
presented. Server hardware is covered and         CNA274 Seminar & Internship /
                                                                                                     Abdominal Sonography I provides the
the class will select server components and       Capstone Experience (2)                          student with information necessary to
then students will build individual servers         A supervised 120 hour, on-the-job work         perform    an      abdominal     sonographic
(which they then own). (Fall Semester)            internship experience in a computer              examination. Normal anatomy will be
  Prerequisite: CNA115                            networking setting. The internship provides      viewed as well as an emphasis on the
                                                  the student with the opportunity to apply        detection of pathology, anomalies and
                                                  skills. As a second option, an approved
CNA220 Visual Basic (3)                                                                            deviation from the normal sonographic
                                                  research project may be completed in lieu        appearance. Correlation with clinical tests
  This course is an introduction to computer
                                                  of the internship. The seminars will be used     and related clinical signs and symptoms will
programming using Visual Basic. The
                                                  to review the work/project experience and        be included. (Fall Semester)
general programming topics of data types,
                                                  cover career preparation skills. (Spring
input/output, calculation, flow of control, and
                                                  Semester)
program structure are covered. Event-                                                              DMS111 Abdominal Sonography
driven and object-oriented programming                                                             Laboratory I (1)
along with user interface controls are            CNA299 Independent Study (3)
                                                                                                     The student is provided with college
covered in the context of Visual Basic.             Study of a more advanced nature based
                                                                                                   laboratory experiences on abdominal
                                                  on previous computer network course work,
                                                                                                   scanning techniques and protocol relative
                                                  developed and applied by individual
CNA250 Network Planning and                                                                        to the abdominal structures and their
                                                  students on a tutorial basis. Plans must be
Design (3)                                        approved by the Director of the Program.
                                                                                                   physiology. (Fall Semester)
  This course involves applying network
concepts in planning and designing
functional networks. Emphasis is placed on
recognizing the need for a network,
78    Course Descriptions


DMS115 Pelvic Sonography (2)                      DMS211 Abdominal Sonography                       transducer characteristics. Basic types of
  Pelvic sonography provides the student          Laboratory II (1)                                 equipment      and    instrumentation   are
with information necessary to perform a             The student is provided with college            discussed       along      with     Doppler,
pelvic sonographic examination. Normal            laboratory experiences on advanced                cardiovascular physics and vascular
anatomy will be reviewed as well as               abdominal scanning techniques and                 physics. (Offered as needed)
emphasis on the detection of pathology,           protocol relative to the abdominal structures       Prerequisite: Currently employed in the
anomalies and deviation from the normal           and their physiology. (Spring Semester)           ultrasound field.
sonographic appearance. Correlation with            Prerequisites: DMS100, DMS101,
clinical tests and related signs and              DMS106, DMS110, DMS111, DMS115,                   DMS255 Abdominal Sonography (3)
symptoms will be included. (Fall Semester)        DMS116, DMS120                                      This course will provide the student with
                                                                                                    the information necessary to perform an
DMS116 Pelvic Sonography                          DMS215 Seminar/Research Course                    abdominal       sonographic     examination.
Laboratory (1)                                    (1)                                               Normal anatomy will be reviewed as well as
  The student is provided with college              This course is devised to help the student      an emphasis on the detection of pathology,
laboratory experiences on pelvic scanning         become       familiar    with      describing     anomalies and deviation from normal
techniques and protocol relative to the           sonographic images and correlating the            appearance. Correlation with clinical tests
pelvic structures and their physiology. (Fall     descriptions with clinical histories. This is     and related clinical signs and symptoms will
Semester)                                         accomplished        with     case      study      be included. The basic knowledge
                                                  presentations. The student will also develop      necessary      to    perform    examinations
                                                  research skills by writing a paper on an          classified as “small parts” will also be
DMS120 Sonography Clinical
                                                  approved topic. A brief presentation of their     included. (Offered as needed)
Practicum I (3)                                                                                       Prerequisite: Currently employed in the
  This course concentrates on the                 topic will complete the course. (Spring
                                                  Semester)                                         ultrasound field.
development of initial practical skills in
basic sonographic procedures. Emphasis is           Prerequisites: DMS100, DMS101,
on the role of initial observer to assistant      DMS106, DMS110, DMS111, DMS115,                   DMS260 Obstetrical and
under the close supervision of faculty and        DMS116, DMS120                                    Gynecological Sonography (3)
sonography staff, and is provided at area                                                             This course will provide the student with
diagnostic medical sonography clinical            DMS219 Special Sonographic                        the information necessary to perform a
sites. (Fall Semester)                            Procedures (2)                                    pelvic    and     obstetrical   sonographic
  Twenty four hours per week.                        This course introduces the student to the      examination.      Normal anatomy will be
                                                  field of vascular sonography with the main        reviewed as well as an emphasis on the
                                                  focus on carotid arterial and lower               detection of pathology, anomalies and
DMS205 Obstetrical Sonography (3)
                                                  peripheral venous system. Obstetrical and         deviation    from    normal     appearance.
  This course provides the student with the
                                                  Gynecological Doppler applications will also      Correlation with clinical tests and related
fundamentals of obstetrical scanning of
                                                  be presented. (Spring Semester)                   clinical signs and symptoms will be
normal and abnormal anatomy. Fetal
                                                     Prerequisites: DMS100, DMS101,                 included. (Offered as needed)
development, including abnormal etiology
                                                  DMS106, DMS110, DMS111, DMS115,                     Prerequisite: Currently employed in the
and diagnostic techniques are presented.
                                                  DMS116, DMS120                                    ultrasound field.
The detection of abnormalities, pathologies,
and deviation from normal are stressed.
(Spring Semester)                                 DMS220 Sonography Clinical                        DMS265 Vascular Sonography (3)
  Prerequisites: DMS100, DMS101,                  Practicum II (3)                                    This course will thoroughly examine the
DMS106, DMS110, DMS111, DMS115,                      This supervised off-campus experience          anatomy      and    physiology     of    the
DMS116, DMS120                                    continues     to   provide    the   student       cerebrovascular, arterial and venous
                                                  development of skills in scanning                 system. Testing to evaluate these
                                                  abdomens, with progression into the areas         structures and techniques to do so will be
DMS206 Physics of Ultrasound II (1)
                                                  of     obstetrical    and      gynecological      presented. Two-dimensional Doppler and
  This course focuses on practical
                                                  applications. Small parts and Doppler             pressure readings will be explained. Finally,
applications of principles and concepts
                                                  techniques will be introduced. (Spring            therapeutic intervention will be discussed.
presented in “Physics of Ultrasound I”. In
                                                  Semester)                                         (Offered as needed)
addition,     the    student   is    provided
                                                     Twenty four hours per week                       Prerequisite: Currently employed in the
opportunities for preparation for the
                                                     Prerequisites: DMS100, DMS101,                 ultrasound field.
American Registry of Diagnostic Medical
Sonographers        (ARDMS)       certification   DMS106, DMS110, DMS111, DMS115,
examination in Ultrasound Physics and             DMS116, DMS120
Instrumentation. (Spring Semester)                                                                          DIETETIC
  Prerequisites: Grades of “C” or better in       DMS230 Sonography Clinical
all first semester Diagnostic Medical             Practicum III (6)                                       TECHNOLOGY
Sonography or Echocardiography courses.             In this final and extended period of clinical
                                                  study, the student progresses to full             DT101 Nutrition and Wellness (3)
DMS210 Abdominal Sonography II                    independence under the supervision of               A study of the principles of the science of
(2)                                               faculty and sonography staff. Upon                nutrition, as it relates to daily life and well-
  This is a continuation of the in-depth          demonstration of full competency, the             being. Topics include personal wellness,
study of abdominal sonography. The                student will have an opportunity to refine        digestion, absorption and metabolism of
didactic and clinical knowledge necessary         his/her skills through more independent           nutrients, planning and evaluating dietary
to perform basic sonographic examinations         practice. (Summer)                                intake. The course will consider social,
of anatomy classified as “small parts” will         Forty hours per week for twelve weeks.          economic, and psychosocial factors in
also be presented. (Spring Semester)                Prerequisite: DMS220                            relationship to dietary practices. This
  Prerequisites: DMS100, DMS101,                                                                    course provides an opportunity to explore
DMS106, DMS110, DMS111, DMS115,                   DMS250 Ultrasound Physics and                     areas of special interest such as nutrition
DMS116, DMS120                                    Instrumentation (3)                               for various age levels, weight control, and
                                                    This course will provide the student with       physical performance. (Fall Semester)
                                                  the fundamental principles of acoustical
                                                  physics including wave propagation,
                                                  acoustical impedance properties and
                                                                                                                     Course Descriptions        79


DT102 Introductory Foods (3)                      DT202 Supervised Practice – Long-                   Skills in resume preparation, interviewing
  Examines the basic concepts related to          Term Care Settings (4)                              techniques, review for the national
the preparation of food. Studies the                The student will participate in planned           registration exam, preparing a professional
principles of food preparation based on           supervised practice experiences located at          portfolio and participation in professional
knowledge of both chemical and physical           local long term care facilities, as a student       dietetic association activities. (Spring
properties as well as consideration of            member of the Nutrition Care Team, under            Semester)
cultural influences. Highlights the function      the supervision of a Registered Dietitian.
of recipe ingredients and their effect on final   The student will participate in the Nutrition       DT208 Foodservice Management
product with special attention to focus on        Care Process including:                 nutrition   and Operations II (2)
dietary modifications for disease prevention      assessment, diagnosis, intervention and               Advanced studies in foodservice which
and treatment. Laboratory will include basic      evaluation, as well as participate in               exploring management and leadership
food preparation skills, sensory analysis of      foodservice operations and management               theory, trends in marketing, human
food and investigation of a variety of            activities. The student will have the               resources, fiscal management, state
cultural foods. (Fall Semester)                   opportunity to participate in professional          regulations, and quality management.
                                                  association activities. (Fall Semester)             (Spring Semester)
DT103 Nutrition Care Process (2)                    Co-requisite: DT201                                 Prerequisite: DT204
  The Nutrition Care Process and Model is
the framework for the critical thinking           DT203 Nutrition Education (3)
process used by dietetics professionals as          Promotion of healthy eating and guiding           ECHOCARDIOGRAPHY
they provide nutrition services to their          behavior change is the central goal of
clients/patients. This course will introduce      nutrition intervention. Motivating clients and
the student to the process including:                                                                 ECH100 Introduction to
                                                  employees requires knowledge of a variety
nutrition       assessment,        diagnosis,     of techniques. Students will learn theories         Echocardiography (1)
intervention, evaluation and monitoring.          and methods of learning, communication                This course provides the student with an
This course will include a review of              and counseling as they apply to individuals         overview to the field of echocardiography,
essential knowledge and skills needed such        and groups in nutrition education and               medical terminology related to procedures
as understanding medical terminology and          employment settings. (Spring Semester)              and instrumentation, and indications for
abbreviations, interpreting laboratory values                                                         use. Areas covered will include role of
and food-drug interactions, obtaining                                                                 echocardiographer, legal/ethical issues and
                                                  DT204 Foodservice Management                        universal precautions. An overview of the
anthropometric data, the fundamentals of
                                                  and Operations I (2)                                program will be given. (Fall Semester)
medical record documentation, Code of
                                                    This course is designed to explore                  Prerequisite: 2 years Allied Health
Ethics and Standards of Professional
                                                  aspects of foodservice beginning with menu          Degree, B.S., Degree, M.D., D.O.
Performance for Dietetic Technicians. (Fall
                                                  planning and development as well as food
Semester)
                                                  purchasing, storage, preparation, service
                                                  and delivery systems. Concepts can be
                                                                                                      ECH101 Echocardiography I (2)
DT104 Community Nutrition (4)                                                                           This course includes a study of
                                                  applied to both the institutional setting as
  Introduces students         to community                                                            examinations, techniques, measurements,
                                                  well as in client counseling situations. (Fall
nutrition programs serving vulnerable                                                                 equipment and patient preparation for 2-D
                                                  Semester)
populations throughout the lifecycle.                                                                 Imaging, M-Mode, Doppler and Color
                                                    Prerequisite: DT103
Legislative decisions impacting food and                                                              Doppler of the normal adult and pediatric
nutrition policies, both historical perspective                                                       hearts. Correlation with other cardiac
                                                  DT205 Diet and Disease II (3)                       evaluation methods will be presented such
and current events will be studied. Students
                                                     This course will examine the role nutrition      as:      angiography         and      cardiac
will plan and present a nutrition program to
                                                  and the dietetic technician play in the             catheterization, electrocardiograph, electro-
a community audience, and have an
                                                  management of the client with complex               physiologic studies, Holter monitoring,
opportunity to participate in a public policy
                                                  nutrition diagnosis such as kidney disease,         stress testing, radionuclide studies, other
workshop regarding federal and state
                                                  liver disease, cancer, HIV, and multiple            topographic imaging procedures, phono-
nutrition concerns. The student will
                                                  medical diagnoses. Enteral and Parenteral           cardiography, external pulse recordings,
participate in planned community nutrition
                                                  nutrition will be studied. (Spring Semester)        Thallium     tests    and     Stress    echo-
practice experiences which may include
                                                     Prerequisite: DT201                              cardiography. (Fall Semester)
programs such as WIC, school lunch,
hunger relief organizations, senior nutrition                                                           Prerequisite: 2 years Allied Health Degree,
programs       and     community       wellness   DT206 Supervised Practice – Acute                   B.S., Degree, M.D., D.O.
programs (Spring Semester)                        Care Settings (4)
  Prerequisite: DT103                               The student will participate in planned           ECH102 Echocardiography College
                                                  supervised practice experiences at local            Laboratory I (1)
DT201 Diet and Disease I (3)                      health care facilities, as a student member           This course includes college laboratory
  This course examines the role nutrition         of the Nutrition Care Team, under the               experience on basic scanning techniques
and the dietetic technician play in the           supervision of a Registered Dietitian. The          as presented in lecture. (Fall Semester)
prevention and treatment of illness and           student will participate in the Nutrition Care        Prerequisite: 2 years Allied Health
chronic disease. Nutrition assessments and        Process including: nutrition assessment,            Degree, B.S., Degree, M.D., D.O.
dietary modifications for the management of       diagnosis, intervention and evaluation as             Co-requisites: ECH100, ECH103
diseases such as cardiovascular disease,          well as participate in foodservice operations
diabetes, and GI disorders will be studied.       and management activities. The student will         ECH103 Echocardiography
A focus on nutrition care of the elderly, and     have the opportunity to participate in
                                                  professional association activities. (Spring
                                                                                                      Principles and Instrumentation (3)
populations with developmental and                                                                    A study of the principles of Ultrasound
cognitive deficiencies will be included. (Fall    Semester)
                                                                                                      instruments, modes of operation, operator
Semester) Prerequisite: DT104                       Co-requisite: DT205
                                                                                                      control options, frequency selection,
                                                                                                      scanning motions and planes in a cardiac
                                                  DT207 Seminar in Dietetic                           examination, patient histories and physical
                                                  Technology (1)                                      signs, patient preparations and Doppler vs.
                                                    Preparation for the student to enter the          Color Doppler protocols are a few of the
                                                  profession of dietetic technology. Students         areas to be covered. Basic generalized
                                                  will conduct a research review of current
                                                  topics in nutrition and nutrition professions.
80 Course Descriptions


pathology of the different organs will be            Prerequisite: Grade of “C” or better in all
covered. (Fall Semester)                          first semester courses.                                    ECONOMICS
  Prerequisite: 2 years Allied Health
Degree, B.S., Degree, M.D., D.O.                  ECH204 Pathology of the Heart (4)
                                                                                                     EC201 Principles of
                                                     This course will give the student an in-
ECH104 Anatomy and Physiology of                  depth study of the cardiac pathologies, their      Macroeconomics (3)
the Heart (3)                                     physiological symptoms, outcomes, and                The course focuses on using economic
                                                  their sonographic appearance. Special              methodology       in    the    study     of
  This course provides the student with the
                                                  attention will be given to the mitral and          macroeconomic principles. Topics include
normal anatomy of the pericardial and
                                                  tricuspid values, acquired aortic and              derivation of the GNP, the impact of fiscal
thoracic cavities, including the skeletal
                                                  pulmonic       valvular    heart     disease,      and     monetary     policy   on    output,
framework, the normal anatomy of the
                                                  cardiomyopathies, coronary artery disease,         employment, and cost level. Current
heart‟s    large      vessels,    embryology
                                                  pericardial       disease,     inflammatory,       economic issues will be discussed. (Spring
development, cardiac physiology, the
                                                  neoplastic and thrombotic disease. Other           Semester)
function of circulation, coronary circulation,
parameters       of      arterial    pressure     areas covered will include cardiac trauma,
measurement       and     heart    pressures.     prosthetic heart valves and pediatric              EC202 Principles of
Students will study the normal sonographic        congenital heart disease. Pediatric                Microeconomics (3)
appearances. (Fall Semester)                      congenital heart disease will be presented.           This course offers an explanation of how
  Prerequisite: 2 years Allied Health             (Spring Semester)                                  the market system operates in the context
Degree, B.S., Degree, M.D., D.O.                     Prerequisite: Grade of “C” or better in all     of limited resources. Emphasis is placed
                                                  first semester courses.                            on the manner in which individual business
ECH120 Echocardiography Clinical                                                                     firms and consumers determine what to
Practicum I (3)                                   ECH220 Echocardiography Clinical                   produce, how to produce and for whom to
                                                  Practicum II (3)                                   produce. (Spring Semester)
  This course concentrates on the
development of initial practical skills in           This supervised off-campus experience
basic       echocardiography    procedures.       continues     to   provide    the    student
Emphasis is on the role of the initial            development of skills in scanning                              ENGLISH
observer to assistant under the close             procedures. (Spring Semester)
supervision of faculty and sonography staff          Twenty four hours per week
                                                     Prerequisite: Grade of “C” or better in all
                                                                                                     EN095 Intermediate Reading (3)*
and is provided at area echocardiography
                                                  first semester courses.                              This course is a reading comprehension
clinical sites. (Fall Semester)
                                                                                                     and critical reasoning course that covers
  Twenty four hours per week
                                                                                                     essential reading comprehension skills.
                                                  ECH230 Echocardiography Clinical                   These skills include: understanding literal
ECH201 Echocardiography II (4)                    Practicum III (6)                                  and figurative meaning, identifying the main
   This course will focus on the recognition         In this final and extended period of clinical   idea, recognizing supporting details and
and identification of cardiac pathologies         study, the student progresses to full              transitions and identifying quotes and
with their hemodynamics in different types        independence under the supervision of              paraphrases. Topics include: fact and
of heart disease. Students will learn their       faculty and sonography staff. The student          opinion, purpose and tone, patterns of
echographic structures. Echocardiography          will be prepared to function as a beginning        organization, critical thinking, inferences
diagnostic procedures will be discussed           Echocardiographer and will be ready to sit         and argument. (Fall, Spring and Summer
such as: stress, transesophageal and              for the RDCS examination given in October.         Semesters)
intraoperative echocardiography giving            This course is an extension to the learning        *Institutional credit only.
indications,       limitations,    technical      that the student encountered during the first      *Placement is based on Accuplacer scores.
procedures and clinical pharmacology.             and second semesters. (Summer)                     *Students must receive a grade of “C” (2.0)
Fetal echocardiography will be introduced.           Forty hours per week for twelve weeks             or higher to pass this course.
Registry style examinations will be given.           Prerequisite: Grade of “C” or better in all
(Spring Semester)                                 first semester courses.                            EN099 Basics of Composition (3)*
   Prerequisite: Grade of “C” or better in all
                                                                                                       This course emphasizes sentence
first semester courses.                           ECH250 Pediatric                                   structure, paragraph development and the
                                                  Echocardiography (3)                               basic elements of composition. Students
ECH202 Echocardiography College                     This course includes a study of                  are assigned to this class according to
Laboratory II (1)                                 examinations, techniques, measurements,            performance on the College Placement
   The student is provided with college           equipment      and   patient  preparation.         Test. (Fall, Spring and Summer Semesters)
laboratory experience on basic scanning           Correlation with other cardiac evaluation          *Institutional credit only.
techniques related to college lecture             methods will be presented. Cardiac                 *Placement is based on Accuplacer scores.
material (Spring Semester)                        pathologies and hemodynamics as well as            *Students must receive a grade of “C” (2.0)
   Prerequisite: Grade of “C” or better in all    fetal echocardiography will be discussed.            or higher to pass this course.
first semester courses.                           (Offered as needed)
                                                    Prerequisite: Currently employed in the          EN101 English Composition (3)
ECH203 Seminar/Research Course                    ultrasound field                                    The      course     seeks   to    aid    the
(2)                                                                                                  communication process by developing the
  This course is designed to help the             ECH255 Adult Echocardiography (3)                  ability to write clear, concise, expository
student become familiar with describing             This course includes a study of                  prose, with emphasis on pre-writing and
sonographic images and correlating the            examinations, techniques, measurements,            revision. It assists the student in finding a
descriptions with clinical histories. This is     equipment      and  patient    preparation.        voice and an audience. A research paper is
accomplished        with       case       study   Correlation with other cardiac evaluation          required, thus techniques of writing a formal
presentations. Student case presentations         methods will be presented. Cardiac                 research paper are reviewed. (Fall, Spring
and literature reviews will be required. The      pathologies and hemodynamics as well as            and Summer Semesters)
student will also develop research skills by      stress echocardiography will be discussed.           Prerequisite: Students will be required to
writing a paper on an approved topic. A           (Offered as needed)                                achieve a satisfactory score on the
brief presentation of their topic will complete     Prerequisite: Currently employed in the          Placement Writing Sample or successfully
the course. (Spring Semester)                     ultrasound field                                   complete EN099.
                                                                                                                    Course Descriptions 81


EN102 Introduction to Literature (3)             techniques, themes, and symbolic language        readings will showcase the nexus between
   A study of the basic elements of short        through a study of selected works.               the literary and the political. The course will
fiction, poetry, and drama. By exploring           Prerequisite: EN101                            deal with the categories of „race‟ and
form and design in the arts, this course                                                          „gender‟‟     as    sociological    constructs
provides opportunities for students to           EN213 Short Story (3)                            propagated within the political framework of
discover inter-relatedness of theme and             An examination of a cross-section of short    „othering‟. The lectures and readings will
type, to develop critical analysis skills, and   fiction by both American and inter-              examine the varied representations and
to make connections with elements in other       continental authors. Cultural connections,       negations of the general understanding of
disciplines. Critical reading and analysis       themes, and principles basic to the              these concepts, and how literary writers
papers are required. (Fall, Spring and           structure of short story will be explored.       articulate their specific concerns to
Summer Semesters).                                  Prerequisite: EN101                           challenge the ideological tropes of our
   Prerequisite: EN101 or EN200                                                                   mainstream society. To explore the issues
                                                                                                  of race and gender, students will be
                                                 EN217 Drama (3)
EN200 Advanced Composition (3)                                                                    introduced to works by the twentieth
                                                   The study of drama through a variety of
   The course develops critical thinking,                                                         century      African,   Caribbean,     African
                                                 plays to the conventions of drama and
reading, and writing skills as they apply to                                                      American writers, Black feminists, Queer
                                                 drama‟s role in reflecting the human
the analysis of primary and secondary non-                                                        theory, and Gay and Lesbian writing.
                                                 situation. Focus is on connections within
fiction books, articles, and essays from a                                                          Prerequisite: EN101 or permission of
                                                 and beyond cultural differences.
range of academic and cultural contexts.                                                          instructor
                                                     Prerequisite: EN101
The course emphasizes the techniques and
principles of effective research-based           EN225 Film as Literature (3)
writing.                                            An investigation and focus on elements of               GENERAL
   Prerequisite: EN101                           film literature such as theme, character
                                                 development, plot structure, narration, point             EDUCATION
EN201 Readings in World Literature               of view, and purpose.
(3)                                                 Prerequisite: EN101                           GS100 College Seminar (1)*
  A survey course focusing on selected                                                              The College Seminar is a course
classics of literature from Eastern, Western,    EN240 Creative Writing (3)                       designed to provide students strategies for
and African cultures. Selections include           An opportunity for the student to              successful learning in college and beyond.
works from ancient, medieval, and modern         experience the process of imaging and            Topics in the course include: learning
societies. The goal of this course is to         creating various forms of prose and poetry       styles, learning and study strategies,
enable student to understand the                 with emphasis on original works.                 cognitive strategies, time management,
similarities that surround the human               Prerequisite: EN101                            goal-setting,     note-taking,      test-taking
condition and to appreciate the differences                                                       strategies, overcoming test anxiety, cultural
evidenced in each culture‟s response to the      EN299 Independent Study (3)                      diversity, and other issues that focus on
complexities of human life.                        Study of a more advanced nature based          enabling students to become better
  Prerequisite: EN101                            on previous English course work,                 achievers.
                                                 developed and applied by individual                The course is one credit with one hour
EN205 Communication Arts (3)                     students on a tutorial basis. Plans must be      laboratory. Students are required to take
  An opportunity to develop the art of           approved by the Director of Liberal Arts.        this course in their first semester at Trocaire
communicating with ease in business and                                                           College.      (Fall, Spring and Summer
professional situations. Students will           EN300 Public Relations Writing (3)               Semester)
examine the relationship of speaker and            This course surveys various elements of        * Students must receive a grade of “C” (2.0)
audience, noting techniques of effective         public relations and public relations writing.   or higher to pass this course.
communication. This course will focus on         It involves exploring the foundations and
multicultural verbal and non-verbal skills.      meaning of public relations, the ethical and     GS101 Information and Research
                                                 legal issues involved in public relations        Basics (1)
EN206 Children’s Literature (3)                  writing, the principles of public relations         This course is an introduction to the
   An introduction to the qualities of style,    writing, writing persuasively, writing for       organization of the physical and electronic
theme, and illustrations demonstrated in the     specific publics, writing for mass media and     library through hands-on electronic tutorials
finest children‟s literature. Throughout the     writing for speeches and presentations.          and library research exercises. The student
semester, students will read and evaluate a      Additionally,     the      course    requires    will learn the basic skills needed to access,
variety of stories, fantasies, tales, and        concentrated practice in writing for a variety   retrieve,     organize,      evaluate,   and
poetry written by past and current writers of    of public relations circumstances: news          communicate information in any academic
literature focusing on children‟s needs,         releases, video news releases, public            library setting. Specific areas covered
interests, and concerns. This course             service announcements, advertising copy,         include topics such as: how to search, find,
includes authors and illustrators from           broadcast media, print media, e-mails,           and use the resources of the libraries at
various cultures and ethnic groups.              memos, letters, reports, proposal, and           Trocaire College and the libraries within the
   Prerequisite: EN101                           speeches. (Fall Semester)                        Buffalo and Erie County Library system;
                                                   Prerequisite: EN101                            how to request an item using College‟s
EN209 American Literature (3)                                                                     inter-library loan system; how to find and
  The study and exploration of writings that     EN304 Race, Gender, and Literature               evaluate information on the internet and
have contributed significantly to the unique     (3)                                              within various databases; and how to
quality of American Literature. Well known         This course will seek to explore the ways      properly format bibliographic citations. At
poems, stories, and other selections as well     in which literature addresses the issues of      the completion of this course, the student
as lesser known works will be examined.          Race and Gender in the postmodern /              will understand information literacy basics
  Prerequisite: EN101                            postcolonial context. Breaking free from the     and will have had an introduction to various
                                                 traditional understanding of literature as an    resources and the technology at work
EN211 Explorations in Poetry (3)                 imaginative work of art, the selected            behind them. (Fall and Spring Semesters)
  The study and appreciation of poetry
through a consideration of poetry as an art
form. This course examines poetic
82   Course Descriptions


GS102 College Success (3)*                       western perspectives. This can be                acquired during the first year of the program
  The College Success is a course                addressed within the parameters of the           to include: chart assembly, file, and retrieval
designed to provide students strategies for      varied fields within the Liberal Arts            control procedures; chart analysis and
successful learning in college and beyond.       including, but not limited to; English,          deficiency tracking; compilation           and
It is part of the Transitional Studies           History, Philosophy, Psychology, Sociology,      quantitative analysis of health statistics;
curriculum. Central to the course is             and any branches within each.                    NYS required registries; release of
students‟ intensive work in learning               * Students must be in their fourth year of     information and correspondence; discharge
strategies and the use of the diagnostic         study (90 credits completed) to take this        data abstracting; utilization review/case
tool, Learning and Study Strategies              course.                                          management; quality assessment and
Inventory (LASSI). Topics in the course                                                           improvement; credentialing and compliance
include: learning styles, learning and study                                                      / risk management. (Spring Semester)
strategies, cognitive strategies, time                    HEATLH                                     Prerequisites: HIT101, HIT202, HIT204
management, goal-setting, note-taking,
test-taking strategies, overcoming test                INFORMATION                                HIT202 Health Statistics (3)
anxiety, cultural diversity, and other issues                                                        This course introduces students to a
that focus on enabling students to become              TECHNOLOGY                                 study of methods for compiling statistics for
better achievers. This course is three                                                            hospital administration, medical staff, and
credits and is open only to new Trocaire                                                          licensing and accreditation agencies. Vital
Students who participate in Transitional         HIT101 Introduction to Health                    statistics, public health statistics, and
Studies. They are required to take this          Information Systems (4)                          hospital statistics are covered. An
course their first semester at Trocaire            This course is designed to provide an          introduction to research techniques with
College. (Fall and Spring Semesters)             introduction to the field of Health              graphic presentation of medical data is also
* Placement is based on participation in         Information (Medical Record) Science.            covered. (Spring Semester)
Transitional Studies                             Topics include: history of the development          Prerequisite: HIT101
*Students must receive a grade of “C” (2.0)      of the Health Information profession,
or higher to pass this course.                   organization and structure of healthcare         HIT204 Inpatient Coding Systems
                                                 facilities; Medical Staff organization;
                                                 analysis of the functions of a Health
                                                                                                  (4)
GS201 Information Fluency and                                                                       This course introduces students to
Research Skills (2)                              Information Department in a health facility
                                                 such as confidentiality, file/retrieval/record   principles and application of the ICD-9-CM
  The student will study the research                                                             and CPT coding system and will be
                                                 control systems, indexes and registers,
process in depth through the application of                                                       discussing the ICD-10 coding system.
                                                 storage and retention of health records,
critical/analytical thinking skills. Students                                                     There will be an Introduction to the Official
                                                 qualitative and quantitative analysis. (Fall
will learn how to formulate effective                                                             Coding Guidelines for Coding and
                                                 Semester)
standard searches and understand the                                                              Reimbursement. The theory and practice of
organization and evaluation of information                                                        coding medical records using manual
in print, electronic, and other formats. The     HIT103 Health Information Systems                methods and encoder software systems will
class will learn skills needed to access,        (3)                                              be used. (Fall Semester)
retrieve, and organize information in any          Students learn to utilize software               Prerequisites: BIO130/BIO130L, BIO131
academic library. Students will evaluate the     applications in the healthcare industry and      /BIO131L
quality of print information and web-based       specific   to the      Health Information
information. At the completion of this course    department of a healthcare facility.             HIT208 Quality Assurance &
the student will know how information is         Hardware      and     Software       systems,
                                                 databases, electronic health records will be
                                                                                                  Improvement (2)
produced, organized, and accessed within
                                                 included. Overview of selection and                This course introduces students to the
the practical and ethical aspects of
                                                 development of a system, data quality,           areas of a Quality Management (QA). Other
intellectual     freedom     and     copyright
                                                 security control, confidentiality, and report    highlights of this course include projects
guidelines.
                                                 management will be emphasized. (Fall             where students apply the tools for
                                                 Semester)                                        identifying and displaying health care data
GS212 General Studies Seminar (1)                                                                 and utilize quality improvement tools. (Fall
  This course is designed to assist the            Prerequisite: BU132, HIT101
                                                                                                  Semester)
student in the transition from college to                                                           Prerequisite: HIT202,
career by developing the knowledge and           HIT104 Legal Aspects of Health                     Co-requisite: HIT204
skills necessary for future success. Topics      Information (3)
include: establishing career goals, work-          Students become familiar with the health       HIT209 Clinical Practicum II (2)
related values, skills and job search            record as a legal document, the role of the
                                                                                                     Students will complete 45 hours over 15
strategies. A professional portfolio will be     Health Information department in legal
                                                                                                  weeks in classroom lab setting and they will
developed in the class. Students will meet       proceedings, laws pertaining to the release
                                                                                                  complete the other 45 hours over 9 weeks
individually or in small groups with the         of information, security, and confidentiality
                                                                                                  (8 hours per day, 1 day per week) onsite at
instructor. (Offered as needed)                  of health records. The course includes a
                                                                                                  an alternate care setting under the
                                                 study of the U.S. court system. Bioethical
                                                                                                  supervision of a qualified Allied Health
GS499 Multiculturalism (3)                       issues which supplement the course in
                                                                                                  Professional. The student competencies/
   The course in Multiculturalism takes an       Ethics in Health Care are presented for
                                                                                                  objectives of this course include application
interdisciplinary perspective that addresses     discussion. (Spring Semester)
                                                                                                  of knowledge acquired during the first year
the major issues of culture including;                                                            of the program to include: chart assembly,
race/ethnicity, social class, worldviews,        HIT200 Clinical Practicum I (2)                  file and retrieval control procedures; chart
generational differences, sexual orientation,      Students will complete 45 hours over 15        analysis      and     deficiency    tracking;
disabilities, religion, and geographic           weeks in classroom lab setting and will          compilation and quantitative analysis of
location. Culture is addressed through the       complete the other 45 hours over 6 weeks         health statistics; NYS required registries;
integration of related issues of personal        (8 hours per day, 1 day per week) onsite at      release of information and correspondence;
identity development and experiences and         a hospital under the supervision of a            ICD-9-CM and PPS coding; CPT and
the resultant choices of preferred styles of     qualified Allied Health Professional. The        HCPCS coding; discharge data abstracting;
life, morals, ethics, and values from a          student competencies/objectives of this          utilization review / case management;
western      perspective,   but    also    an    course include application of knowledge          quality assessment and improvement;
appreciation of how this varies from non-
                                                                                                                   Course Descriptions 83


credentialing and compliance / risk                                                                American historical experience. Recent
management. (Spring Semester)                                HISTORY                               topics have included “The City and
  Prerequisite: HIT200                                                                             Change”, “War and its Meanings”, and
  Co-requisites: HIT216, HIT220, HIT225                                                            “Race and Its Implications for Americans”.
                                                 HI101 Western Civilization I (3)                  This course emphasizes a core of common
HIT216 Ambulatory Care Coding (3)                  A survey of the history of Western              readings, discussion and participation,
                                                 Civilization. Proceeds from the ancient early     guest lecturers, and a final formal paper.
  This course introduces student a study of
                                                 civilizations of Mesopotamia and Egypt            (Offered as needed)
CPT-4 and ICD-9-CM and will discuss the
                                                 through the Classical Ages up to the                Prerequisite: HI201
ICD-10 coding system as it relates to
                                                 Renaissance and contact between the New
ambulatory coding. An overview of
                                                 and Old Worlds. Examines themes, notions,         HI300 History of Technology in
ambulatory coding and data collection will
                                                 personalities and events of that epoch.
be included. (Spring Semester)                                                                     Modern Society (3)
  Prerequisites: HIT204                                                                              Course content will provide an in-depth
                                                 HI102 Western Civilization II (3)                 look at the history of technology with a
HIT220 Management Principles for                   A survey of the Reformation to modern           particular focus on the impact of
                                                 times. Examines the evolution of religion,        technology,      science     and    medical
Health Information (2)                           politics, social realities, the Great Wars, and
   This course introduces students to                                                              instrumentation on American society. The
                                                 more recent global implications of the            most important technological advances in
supervisory concepts including planning,         Western experience.
organizing, controlling, and actuating                                                             medical imaging will be discussed and
                                                   Prerequisite: HI101                             topics posed for detailed presentation by
techniques. Areas of focus will include
staffing,    communication,      productivity,                                                     students     pertaining   to    tomographic
motivation, leadership styles, committee         HI103 World Civilizations I (3)                   visualization, molecular imaging, CT, PET,
activities, and the role and the functions of      A survey of certain proto-civilizations and     MRI, fluorescence imaging and/or other
the Health Information management team.          early     cultures  beginning       with   the    topics previously approved by the
This course also introduces students to          emergence of settled agricultural societies       instructor. Emphasis will be placed on
quality management, utilization review, and      in Mesopotamia, Egypt, and China ranging          conceptual content and the impact of
risk management. (Spring Semester)               up to about A.D.1492. HI 103 will focus           technology in society as new technologies
   Prerequisites: HIT200, HIT208                 broadly on those experiences which                are continuing to be developed and applied
                                                 contributed key ingredients to early              to improve our quality of life. (Fall
HIT222 Survey of Health Care                     civilizations and, thus, to the rich global       Semester)
                                                 mosaic of cultures from which many
Delivery (1)                                     modern societies derive their unique
   This course introduces students to the
study of regulatory issues, content, use and
                                                 personalities and histories.                           HOSPITALITY
structure of healthcare data and date sets
as they relate to long term care facilities,     HI104 World Civilizations II (3)                       MANAGEMENT
home health agencies, hospice, mental              This course addresses certain general
health     facilities,  ambulatory      care,    cultural and historical aspects of more
                                                 recent civilizations and societies. Focuses       HM101 Introduction to Hospitality
physician‟s offices and others. The
                                                 on the effects of permanent contact               (3)
financing of health care services will be
                                                 between the Old and New Worlds, the                 This course takes a management
discussed as it relates to the various
                                                 emergence of independent nation states            perspective in introducing students to the
payment and reimbursement system.
(Spring Semester)                                (and nationalities), the so-called “Third         organization and structure of hotels,
   Prerequisite: HIT101                          World” of former colonial dependencies,           restaurants, food service operations, clubs,
                                                 and the recent trend toward an increasingly       cruise    ships,    convention     bureaus,
HIT225 Health Information Seminar                diverse, “global” society.                        conference centers and casino hotels.
                                                   Prerequisite: HI103                             Other topics include: business ethics,
(1)                                                                                                franchising, management contracts, and
  This course introduces students to the                                                           areas of management responsibility such
principle of health information consulting       HI201 The American Experience:
                                                                                                   as human resources, marketing and sales,
and business requirement for self-               Pre-Contact to Civil War (3)
                                                                                                   and advertising. (Fall Semester)
employment. Resume preparation and                 A survey of the early American
interviewing techniques demonstrated.            experience. Ranges from an analysis of
                                                 pre-Contact aboriginal cultures through           HM102 Introduction to Food &
Certification exam preparation. (Spring
Semester)                                        Independence to and including the Civil           Beverage Management (3)
  Prerequisite: HIT209                           War. Emphasizes the social, cultural, and           This course will give students a basic
                                                 intellectual aspects of that experience.          understanding of the working of a
HIT400 Health Care Law &                                                                           commercial kitchen. Topics covered
                                                 HI202 The American Experience:                    include: culinary professionalism, knife
Compliance (3)                                                                                     skills, food preparation skills, kitchen
  This course focuses on the legal and           Reconstruction to the
                                                                                                   management, kitchen safety, food handling
compliance issues that directly affect both      Contemporary Period (3)                           and     equipment     identification.   (Fall
the employer and the employee regarding            A survey of the more recent American            Semester)
accreditation and compliance issues. In          experience. Ranges from Reconstruction              Lab fee applied and uniform required.
addition, information is given on risk           (with its social and racial implications) to
management techniques including reporting        and through the emergence of capitalism,
that can help mitigate non-compliance.           imperialism,    the   Great    Wars,     the      HM103 World Travel Geography and
(Spring Semester)                                Depression, up to the modern era of Civil         Cultural Awareness (3)
  Prerequisites:   Completion of A.A.S.          Rights and Women‟s Rights Movements                 From high level business negotiations to
Radiologic Technology program; current                                                             casual conversations among friends, every
New York State X-ray License, ARRT                                                                 interpersonal interaction is shaped by
                                                 HI206 Issues in the American
certification.                                                                                     cultural norms and expectations. Seldom is
                                                 Experience (3)                                    this more clearly brought to light than in
                                                   A seminar-type course which selects and         encounters between people from different
                                                 examines an important topic or issue in the       cultural backgrounds, when dissimilar
                                                                                                   communication practices may lead to
84   Course Descriptions


frustration and misunderstanding. This           HM209 Hospitality Information                  baking. Sanitation, proper storage and
thought-provoking class will present a new       Systems (3)                                    handling of food, and creative presentation
framework for understanding the impact of          Provides an overview of the information      of food are also discussed.
culture on communication and to help             needs of lodging properties and food             Lab fee applied and uniform required.
students build intercultural communication       service      establishments;    addresses
and       awareness      competence.      With   essential aspects of computer systems,         HM241 Culinary Foundations II (3)
illustrative examples from around the globe,     such as hardware, software, and generic          This course provides a continuation into
frequent hands-on experiences of different       applications; focuses on computer-based        food preparation and is intended for
cultures, this class will show that verbal and   property management systems for both           students who have a strong desire to enter
non-verbal communication involves much           front office and back office functions;        into the food and beverage sector of the
more than transmitting a particular              examines      features  of    computerized     industry. Students in this course will learn
message – it also reflects each participant‟s    restaurant management systems; describes       additional skills in banquet and catering
self-image group identification and values,      hotel sales computer applications, revenue     preparation, regional cuisine and various
and privacy and relational needs. The class      management strategies, and accounting          world fusion cuisines.
will learn to move effectively and               applications; addresses the selection and        Lab fee applied and uniform required.
appropriately though a wide range of             implementation of computer systems;
transcultural situations by combining            focuses on managing information systems;       HM276 Hospitality Internship (4)
culture-specific knowledge with mindful          and examines the impact of the Internet          Students will be exposed to practical field
listening and communication skills. (Spring      and private intranets on the hospitality       experience by being placed at one of our
Semester)                                        industry.                                      internship host sites. The basis of this
                                                                                                course is for student to gain valuable
HM202 Planning & Control for Food                HM210 Hospitality Sales and                    hands-on experience by rotating through a
& Beverage Operations (3)                        Marketing (3)                                  variety of positions at the host site.
  This course will cover the principles and        This course is designed to provide           Salvatore‟s Grand Hotel and Russell‟s
procedures involved in an effective food         students with a solid background in            Restaurant are the preferred locations for
and beverage control system, including           hospitality   sales,     advertising,  and     students to complete their internship
product cost, labor cost, controllable and       marketing. The textbook‟s main focus is on     experience. Areas such as hotel and
non-controllable    cost,   profit   margin      practical sales techniques for selling to      restaurant     operations,    front   desk,
analysis, break even analysis, menu              targeted markets. (Fall Semester)              housekeeping, culinary arts, restaurant and
pricing, electronic controls, operating                                                         foodservice management and banquet
budgets, and computer applications.                                                             preparation and service are all examples of
                                                 HM212 Human Resources
                                                                                                the areas of concentration.
                                                 Management in Hospitality (3)
HM204 Food and Beverage Service                    This course presents a systematic
and Sanitation (3)                               approach to human resources management         HM277 Disney Internship
  This course is focused on service              in the hospitality industry. Student will      Experience (6)
techniques, responsible alcohol service and      analyze contemporary issues and practices,       Also known as the Walt Disney World
safe food handling. The course presents          as well as employment laws that have an        College Program, the Disney Internship
principles and theories to support and           impact on the way people are managed.          Experience is designed to allow a Trocaire
reinforce the practical aspects. ServSafe        (Fall Semester)                                student to work in an industry position at
Certification (safe food handling) and                                                          Disney World in Orlando, Florida. This
T.I.P.S.     Certification   (Training    for                                                   takes place during the fall or spring
                                                 HM220 Event Planning in Action (3)
Intervention      Procedures:     responsible                                                   semester and students may take up to two
                                                   This course is designed to equip the
alcohol service) are taught during this                                                         classes from Disney to earn academic
                                                 student with the skills necessary to market,
course. (Spring Semester)                                                                       credit. This is a cooperative education
                                                 plan, and implement meetings and events.
  Lab fee applied and uniform required.                                                         experience designed to integrate classroom
                                                 Site selection, program planning, logistics,
                                                 material development, transportation, and      theory and practical work experience, lend
HM205 Principles of Hotel & Resort               food and beverage service, and lodging will    increased relevancy to learning, and
Service and Management (3)                       be considered.                                 provide the student with realistic exposure
  This course focuses on the flow of                                                            to career opportunities with Disney.
business through a hotel, from the                                                              Interested students must attend the Disney
                                                 HM221 Current Trends in Hospitality            presentation and apply for a Disney
reservations process to check-out and
                                                 and Tourism Management Research                internship     position.   Candidates   are
settlement. The course will highlight the
different departments that are within a          (3)                                            interviewed and selected by the Disney
hotel, while explaining the        proper          This research based course will analyze      Internship recruiter.    Students generally
management techniques and service that           current trends in the Hospitality and          work a minimum of 600 hours, and are
must be rendered to guests. (Spring              Tourism industry locally, domestically, and    required to submit a written journal and an
Semester)                                        internationally. Each semester a topic, case   oral presentation to the internship
                                                 study, or problem will be submitted to         instructor.    Disney will     complete   a
                                                 students. In collaboration with faculty        performance evaluation on the student.
HM207 Leadership and Management                  members, students, as a team, will develop     Students must meet all of the Disney
in Hospitality (3)                               a hypothesis, conduct primary and              requirements to enroll in this course.
   Students will learn how to improve their      secondary research, analyze and interpret      Expenses for travel, lodging and recreation
leadership abilities and develop an              research, and report their findings.           will be incurred.
understanding of high performance teams                                                         Course can be taken in place of HM276.
and     employee      empowerment.    New
                                                 HM240 Culinary Foundations I (3)
information will provide students with an
                                                   Students master the basics of food
understanding of diversity and cultural
                                                 production, learn many creative ideas, and
change. Practical information prepares
                                                 understand not only how to use ingredients
them to put management tools into action to
                                                 and processes, but why they are used.
enhance service and boost business.
                                                 Describes     essential    knowledge     for
Principles and mechanics of effective
                                                 understanding       professional    culinary
written and oral communication, active
                                                 preparation, including hot food preparation,
listening skills and human relations are
                                                 cold food preparation (garde manger), and
developed. (Spring Semester)
                                                                                                                 Course Descriptions        85


                                                                                                  MT211 Professional Development
HUMAN RESOURCE                                              MASSAGE                               (1)
                                                                                                    This course provides an in-depth study of
  MANAGEMENT                                                THERAPY                               professional ethics and business practices.
                                                                                                  (Spring Semester)
                                                                                                    Prerequisite: MT230
HR101 Introduction to Human                      MT101 Introduction to Massage
Resources (3)                                    Therapy (3)
  This is an introductory course that will         This course provides an introduction to
                                                                                                  MT212 Applied Pathophysiology (3)
develop theoretical and practical knowledge      massage therapy, communication skills,             This course provides an overview of
in the major areas of human resource             client interaction and ethics. (Fall Semester)   procedures for treating complicating
management,         including      recruiting,                                                    pathological conditions, working with other
selecting, training, developing, evaluating                                                       healthcare providers, and developing
                                                 MT105 Western Massage Therapy I                  massage therapy treatment plans. (Spring
and     compensating employees.          (Fall   (4)
Semester)                                                                                         Semester)
                                                   This course provides an introduction to          Prerequisites: BIO130/BIO130L,
                                                 the practice of western massage therapy.         BIO131/BIO131L, BIO333 and MT230
HR105 Recruitment, Selection &                   Special emphasis on the movements of
Ethics (3)                                       massage, as well as positioning, muscle          MT216 Sports & Rehab Massage
  This is an introductory course that will       groups, and bony landmarks. The course
take a strategic approach to the                 provides an opportunity for demonstration,
                                                                                                  Therapy (3)
identification,    attraction,  selection,       practice and evaluation of skills.     (Fall        This course will present the basics of
deployment, and retention of talent within       semester)                                        sports and rehab massage. Myofascial and
an environment that emphasizes ethical,            Co-requisite: MT110                            trigger point therapy work will be explored
just and fair treatment of those involved.                                                        through demo and practice. The course will
(Fall Semester)                                                                                   be offered as a 3 credit hands-on massage
                                                 MT106 Eastern Massage Therapy I                  therapy elective. (Spring Semester)
                                                 (3)                                                 Prerequisites: MT205
HR204 Organizational Behavior (3)                  This course is an introduction to Asian
  This course explores the systematic            massage, specifically 5-Element Theory
interrelation of economic, technological,
                                                                                                  MT217 Thai Massage (3)
                                                 and the philosophy of Shiatsu. The course
psychological, and sociological variables                                                           This course offers a fundamental
                                                 will provide demonstration and practice.
useful in observing, predicting, and                                                              introduction to Nuad Bo-Rarn, the
                                                 (Spring Semester)
influencing     organizational    behavior.                                                       traditional massage of Thailand, levels I
Students develop ways of thinking about                                                           and II. Thai massage incorporates
                                                 MT110 Myology (4)                                facilitated stretching similar to assisted
organizational problems to increase their          This course provides an in-depth study of
effectiveness. The course will focus on                                                           yoga. Students completing levels I and II
                                                 muscle terminology and micro anatomy and         will be able to perform a full body Thai
HR‟s role in understanding and shaping           physiology of the skeletal muscle tissue.
culture within their organizations. (Spring                                                       massage including front, back, side and
                                                 The college lab focuses on the body as a         seated position. (Spring Semester)
Semester)                                        whole and how the component parts                  Prerequisite: MT206
                                                 function. (Fall Semester)
HR210 Workplace Learning and
                                                                                                  MT218 Pregnancy Massage (3)
Performance (3)                                  MT111 Myology/Kinesiology (4)                      This course will provide an opportunity to
  This course combines the theory and              This course provides a comprehensive           learn massage techniques specifically for
application surrounding the learning-            study of muscle terminology and gross            pregnancy. Other aspects that will be
teaching experience to give the practitioner     anatomy      and   physiology   of    the        addressed, but will not be limited to, are:
the ability to create training programs that     appendicular musculature. The student is         anatomy      and    physiology,   cautions/
advance organizational outcomes. In so           introduced     to  kinesiology.   (Spring        contraindications, emotional aspects of
doing, it pays particular attention to           Semester)                                        pregnancy, postpartum massage and
planning, learner motivation, the training         Prerequisite: MT110                            marketing. (Spring Semester)
process – needs analysis, training design,
                                                                                                    Prerequisite: MT205
validation, implementation, and evaluation,
                                                 MT205 Western Massage Therapy II
and training methods. (Spring Semester)
                                                 (4)                                              MT219 Reflexology (3)
                                                   This course provides an in-depth study of        This course will provide students with a
HR215 Employee and Labor                         advanced massage therapy techniques,             working knowledge of the basics of
Relations (3)                                    range of motion and stretching techniques,       reflexology, a hands-on body work
  This course examines the environment of        palpation, client assessment, medical            technique designed to promote health and
labor relations, the activity of collective      massage and pain management and                  wellness. The history, development, and
bargaining, and the need for administering       treatment plans. The course provides             application of this approach will be studied,
an agreement after it is signed. (Spring         demonstration and practice. (Spring              as well as the specific treatment
Semester)                                        Semester)                                        techniques. Students will be able to provide
                                                   Prerequisites: MT105, MT110                    a full treatment upon completion of the
HR220 Benefits and Compensation                    Co-requisite: MT111                            course which is both therapeutic and
(3)                                                                                               relaxing. (Spring Semester)
  This is a course that will explore the art     MT206 Eastern Massage Therapy II                   Prerequisite: MT205
and science of compensation practice –           (3)
including      compensation         criteria,      This course presents a continuation of         MT230 Clinical Practicum I (1)
compensation system design issues,               Eastern Massage Therapy I, including Yin           The first clinical practicum experience,
employee      benefits,   challenges       of    and Yang Meridians as well as finger-            only offered to third semester students,
compensating key employee groups, and            pressure massage. The course provides            provides the opportunity to practice
global affects – and its role in promoting       demonstration and practice of these              massage therapy in a clinical setting under
companies‟ competitive advantage. (Spring        techniques as well as charting and intake        the supervision of a clinical instructor. The
Semester)                                        skills. (Fall Semester)                          clinic is open to the public and provides
                                                   Prerequisite: MT106                            hands-on practice in an environment similar
                                                                                                  to the workplace. (Fall Semester)
86 Course Descriptions


 Prerequisites: MT101, MT105, MT106,             decisions for given situations. Topics           MA130 Calculus I (4)
MT110, MT111, MT205                              include: informal logical games, logical           This is a study of differential and integral
 Co-requisites: BIO243, BIO333, MT206            fallacies, truth tables, logical equivalence,    calculus with analytic geometry. Various
                                                 sentential logic with proofs, categorical        types of functions with their derivatives,
MT240 Clinical Practicum II (1)                  logic, probability, expected value, and          applications including curve plotting,
  The second clinical practicum experience,      decision making.                                 maxima and minima problems, and related
only offered to fourth semester students,        (This course is cross listed in Philosophy       rates. Integration problems, including the
continues    practice    opportunities     for   PH107 – credit will not be granted for both      area between two curves and the
massage therapy in a clinical setting under      PH107 and MA107)                                 trapezoidal rule.
the supervision of a clinical instructor. The      Prerequisite:     Exit level high school
Clinic is open to the public and provides        Regents mathematics or equivalent;               MA200 Statistical Methods (3)
hands-on practice in an environment similar      successful completion of MA096; and/or             This introductory statistics course focuses
to the workplace. (Spring Semester)              placement test.                                  on several topics: population and samples;
  Prerequisites: BIO243, BIO333, and                                                              data organization and representation;
MT230                                            MA111 College Algebra and                        measure of central tendency, variation, and
  Co-requisites: MT212, MT245                    Statistics with Business                         position; basic probability and probability
                                                 Applications (3)                                 distribution; normal distribution; confidence
MT245 Massage Therapy Seminar I                    This      course      provides     students    interval; hypothesis testing of one
(1)                                              foundations in algebra and statistics as         population: z-test and t-test; type I and type
  This fourth semester course offers             preparation for the demands of quantitative      II errors; linear regression; and non-
students an opportunity to integrate             reasoning in the field of business. Topics on    parametric statistics. Statistics applications
knowledge gained throughout the program          algebra include: function, linear, quadratic,    are drawn from several disciplines such as
in a review process in preparation for the       radicals, exponential, logarithmic, and          sociology, business economics ecology,
state licensing exam. (Spring Semester)          inverse functions. Topics on statistics          health science, and psychology. This
  Co-requisite: MT240                            include: measures of central tendency,           course uses a graphing calculator and
                                                 measures of variations, measures of              computer statistical software.
                                                 positions, counting principles, probability,       Prerequisites: MA097 with C” grade or
     MATHEMATICS                                 expected       value     and     regressions.
                                                 Applications to business and finance
                                                                                                  better; or equivalent. A passing grade from
                                                                                                  any college algebra courses such as
                                                 problems are a focus.                            MA111 or MA112 may be used to fulfill the
MA096 Pre-Algebra (3)*                             Prerequisites: MA097 with “C” or better;       prerequisite.
  A foundation level course to provide           exit level high school Regents mathematics;
students with essential mathematical skills      or placement test.                               MA220 Statistics II (3)
for college programs which require basic                                                             This course continues the study of
algebra skills. Topics include basic             MA112 College Algebra with                       statistics and takes up normal distribution,
operations with decimals, fractions and          Trigonometry (4)                                 linear regression, sampling techniques and
integers, percent applications, proportions,        This pre-calculus course is designed to       hypothesis testing, as well as analysis of
algebraic expressions, an introduction to        develop mathematics and skills so that           variance and non-parametric statistics.
solving linear equations, graphing linear        students are adequately prepared for                Prerequisite: MA120
equations and the metric system. (Fall,          calculus and other college-level science
Spring and Summer Semesters)                     courses. Algebra topics covered include:         MA230 Calculus II (4)
*Institutional credit only.                      radicals, quadratic functions, logarithmic,        This course includes the transcendental
*Placement is based on Accuplacer scores.        exponential and their inverse functions, and     functions; methods of integration with
*Students must receive a grade of “C” (2.0)      systems of linear equations. Trigonometry        applications to volumes, polar coordinates,
  or higher to pass this course.                 topics include right triangle trigonometry,      vectors and parametric equations, and
Fulfills program prerequisite for High School    trigonometric ratios and identities. Graphing    infinite series.
Algebra.                                         is emphasized in both algebra and                  Prerequisite: MA130
                                                 trigonometry topics.
MA097 Introduction to Algebra (3)*                  Prerequisite: MA097 with “C” or better*,      MA455 Quantitative Research
   This course provides a study of solving       two years of high school level mathematics       Methods (3)
first degree equations and inequalities.         under the Regents curriculum, or an                This hands-on research methods course
Other topics include: graphing linear            algebra course that covers solving linear        introduces students to a variety of
equations and inequalities, solving word         and quadratic equation, systems of linear        quantitative     methods     to    investigate
problems, scientific notation, and adding,       equations up to two variables; or placement      research questions. Students will collect
subtracting, multiplying and dividing            test.                                            data, and using statistics software, students
monomials and polynomials. (Fall, Spring         *Students would be well advised to achieve       will analyze and interpret data and then
and Summer Semesters)                            a grade of “B” or better in the prerequisite     present the findings in formal reports.
   Prerequisite: High School Algebra or          mathematics course in order to achieve           Through the experience of investigation,
    MA096                                        success in this course.                          students will develop quantitative research,
*Institutional credit only.
                                                                                                  statistical analysis, and report-writing skills.
*Placement is based on Accuplacer scores.        MA120 Statistics I (3)                           (Spring Semester)
*Students must receive a grade of “C” (2.0)        An introduction to Statistics with modern        Prerequisites: MA111 or MA112 and
  or higher to pass this course.                 applications to Sociology, Business,             MA120 or Instructor permission
Fulfills second math prerequisite.               Economics, Ecology, Health Science and
                                                 Psychology. Topics include         descriptive
MA107 Logical Reasoning and                      statistics, central tendency, percentile rank,
Decision Making (3)                              Z-Scores, probability, probability
  This course introduces students to both        distribution, correlation and regression
informal and formal logic; and students will     analysis. (Fall and Spring Semesters)
use the developed logic to evaluate
                                                                                                                  Course Descriptions        87


                                                 MU114 Class Piano and Basic                      with the opportunity to accurately calculate,
          MEDICAL                                Musicianship (3)                                 prepare, and administer oral, topical and
                                                   Beginning and intermediate level music         injectable medications. Critical thinking
         ASSISTANT                               theory and piano performance. Topics             situations and clinical application will be
                                                 include: sight reading, ear training,            emphasized throughout the course. (Fall
                                                 technical aspects of piano playing,              and Spring Semesters – Day and Evening)
MAS134 Orientation to Medical                                                                       Ten classroom hours and fifteen
                                                 improvisation and application of theory to
Assisting (2)                                    performance.                                     laboratory hours.
  This course is designed as a                                                                      This course must be taken concurrently
comprehensive overview of the profession                                                          with NU112 or PN104.
of Medical Assisting. Learning opportunities
                                                 MU299 Independent Study (3)
are provided for the student to develop            The study by a qualified student of a more
                                                 advanced phase of music under the                NU115 Medication Essentials II (1)
skills in the three areas of competencies for                                                       The theory component of this course will
Medical Assisting-Transdisciplinary, Clinical    supervision of a member of the music
                                                 faculty. Plans must be approved by the           focus on the pharmacological principles that
and Administrative. (Fall Semester)                                                               the professional nurse applies in the
                                                 Director of Liberal Arts. (Offered as needed)
                                                                                                  administration       of    medications    and
MAS233 Diagnostic and Clinical                                                                    intravenous fluids. The nursing process will
Laboratory Procedures (3)
  This course introduces the student to the
                                                             NURSING                              be used as a framework to identify nursing
                                                                                                  responsibilities related to major drug
theory and laboratory practice of diagnostic                                                      classifications, intravenous therapy and the
testing and techniques and clinical lab skills   NU110 Health Assessment and                      use of intermittent infusion devices and
necessary for the Medical Assistant.             Promotion (1)                                    pumps. The campus laboratory component
Patient preparation for diagnostic testing         This course is designed to assist students     will provide students with the opportunity to
will be emphasized. (Spring Semester)            in acquiring knowledge of basic physical         accurately      calculate,    prepare     and
                                                 and psychosocial skills related to nursing       administer medications via intravenous
MAS234 Medical Assistant – Clinical              practice and health promotion. Emphasis          route. Critical care and pediatric medication
Procedures (3)                                   will be on normal assessment findings and        calculation will also be presented. (Fall and
  This course provides the theory and            recognizing deviations from normal. The          Spring Semesters – Day and Evening)
laboratory practice of clinical procedures       campus laboratory provides the opportunity         Twelve classroom hours and nine
performed in a health care setting by a          for instruction and practice of related          laboratory hours.
medical assistant. Theory includes study of      nursing techniques. (Fall and Spring               Prerequisite: Minimum grade of “C” in
vital signs, aseptic techniques, assisting       Semesters – Day and Evening)                     NU114 (“C-“ is not acceptable).          This
with minor office surgery, general physical        Ten classroom hours and fifteen                course must be taken concurrently with
exams, and a basic knowledge of possible         laboratory hours.                                NU122 or PN106.
medical emergencies. The role of providing         NU110 must be taken concurrently with
empathy and support for the patient is           NU112.                                           NU116 Professional Issues I (1)
emphasized. (Fall Semester)                                                                         An overview of the historical development
                                                 NU112 Nursing Concepts (5)                       of nursing and nursing education will be
MAS235 Medical Assistant Clinical                  This course will focus on the nurse‟s role     presented. Emphasis will be placed on the
                                                 in health assessment, health maintenance         nurse‟s role in the delivery of health care
Seminar and Externship (4)                                                                        and the ethical and legal responsibilities
  A supervised clinical experience in an         and health promotion across the life span.
                                                 Students are introduced to basic principles,     relevant to the nurse in today‟s society.
appropriate medical setting provides the
                                                 skills, and concepts of nursing practice.        Lecture, discussion, case studies and oral
student with an opportunity to apply clinical
                                                 This course uses Nursing Process within          presentations will be utilized to promote
and     administrative    procedures     and
                                                 the framework of Orem‟s Theory. A                student learning. (Fall and Spring
competencies. One hour weekly seminars
                                                 structured campus laboratory setting             Semesters – Day and Evening)
will be scheduled to review clinical
                                                 assists students in learning technical skills.     Seven and one half classroom hours.
competencies, the clinical experience and
                                                 Students will begin to integrate the role of       This course must be taken concurrently
current health and legal issues as it applies
                                                 Associate Degree Nurse as provider of            with NU112.
to the medial assistant. (Spring Semester)
  Prerequisites:    MAS233 and MAS234            care, manager of care, and member within
taken within the last academic year. A           the discipline of nursing through classroom,     NU122 Health Restoration I (6)
grade point average of 2.0 with a grade of       laboratory and hospital and community               In this course the Nursing Process will be
“C” in all program requirements.                 experiences. (Fall and Spring Semesters –        used within the framework of Orem‟s
                                                 Day and Evening)                                 Theory to identify nursing care needs of
                                                   Three      classroom    hours    and    six    patient experiencing acute and chronic
               MUSIC                             clinical/laboratory/weeks
                                                    NU110, NU114, and NU116 must be
                                                                                                  cardiovascular, respiratory, gastrointestinal,
                                                                                                  fluid and electrolyte and acid-base health
                                                 taken concurrently with NU112. PSY101,           deviations and diabetes. Assessment skills,
MU100 Music Survey Course (1)                    BIO131/BIO131L and GS100 must be                 basic concepts and health promotion will be
  A survey of the fundamentals and               taken prior to or concurrently with NU112.       incorporated.       On-campus       laboratory
development of the art of music in Western       BIO130/ BIO130L must be taken prior to           experiences will provide instruction and
Civilization. Emphasis will be given to how      NU112.                                           practice of advanced clinical skills. Clinical
music relates, influences, enriches and                                                           experience will be provided in an acute care
dignifies our lives. Includes a segment on       NU114 Medication Essentials I (1)                hospital setting. (Fall and Spring Semesters
the healing aspects of music.                      The theory component of this course will       – Day and Evening)
                                                 focus on pharmacological principles that the        Three classroom hours, one seminar
MU101 Music Appreciation (3)                     professional    nurse   applies     in   the     hour, two laboratory hours and six clinical
  Introduces the student to the elements         administration of medications. The nursing       hours / week.
and principles of music, and the lives,          process will be used as a framework to              Prerequisites: Minimum grades of “C” in
works, and historical settings of significant    identify nursing responsibilities related to     NU110, NU112, NU114, NU116, and
composers of the past. A segment on the          medication administration. The campus            BIO131/BIO131L (“C-“ is not acceptable).
healing aspects of music is also included.       laboratory component will provide students          NU115 and NU124 must be taken
                                                                                                  concurrently with NU122. BIO223/BIO223L
88 Course Descriptions


and PSY102 must be taken prior to or               NU212 Introduction to Perioperative              in health promotion, health maintenance
concurrently with NU122.                                                                            and health restoration will be emphasized.
                                                   Nursing (4)
                                                     This elective course provides theoretical      Supervised clinical experiences, lecture,
NU124 Maternal Newborn Nursing                     and clinical experiences to introduce the        discussion,    research     and  computer
(2)                                                student as well as the graduate nurse to the     assignments will be utilized to promote
  Classroom         theory    and     clinical     role and function of the perioperative nurse.    student learning. (Fall and Spring
experiences will provide a foundation for          The emphasis is on the role and                  Semesters – Day and Evening)
nursing care of childbearing women through         responsibilities of the nurse caring for the       Classes begin early August for fall
pregnancy, labor and birth, the post-partum        surgical client in the pre-, intra- and          semester and first week in January for the
period and newborn stage. The nurse‟s role         immediate-post operative phases. Course          spring semester.
in health promotion, health maintenance            content includes: aseptic technique, nursing       One and one half (1½) classroom
and health restoration will be emphasized.         process, assessment of the surgical client,      hours/week and twenty-three clinical hours
Independent and supervised clinical                and an introduction to instruments and           per semester.
experiences, lecture, discussion, seminars,        equipment used in surgery. The inter-              Prerequisites: Minimum grade of “C” in
simulation lab and computer assignments            relationship     of    perioperative    care,    NU115, NU122, NU124, BIO223/BIO223L
will be utilized to promote student learning.      positioning, incisions and sutures, wound        and PSY102. (“C-“ is not acceptable)
(Fall and Spring Semesters – Day and               healing, and postoperative care will be
Evening)                                           considered. Ethical and legal aspects of         NU220 Mental Health Nursing (2)
  Classes begin early August for fall              perioperative nursing will be discussed.            This course utilizes the nursing process
semester and first week in January for the           Prerequisite: Minimum grade of “C” in          within Orem‟s framework in providing care
spring semester.                                   NU122 (“C-“ is not acceptable)                   to patients experiencing psychosocial
  One and one half (1½) classroom                                                                   problems. The focus will be on health
hours/week and twenty-three clinical hours         NU214 Health Restoration II (5)                  promotion, health maintenance, and health
per semester.                                        In this course, the Nursing Process will be    restoration. Roles of the Associate Degree
  Prerequisites: Minimum grades of “C” in          used within the framework of Orem‟s              Nurse as provider and manager of care and
NU110, NU112, NU114, NU116 and                     Theory to identify nursing care needs of         member within the discipline of nursing as
BIO131/BIO131L (“C-“ is not acceptable).           patients experiencing acute and chronic          they relate to mental health will be explored
                                                   endocrine, hematological, musculoskeletal,       and applied. Lectures, seminars, and
NU198 PN-RN Transition Course (4)                  respiratory,     shock,      sensory      and    selected clinical experiences in hospital and
   This course is designed to assist the LPN       immunological health deviations. Concepts        community settings will be utilized as
to transition into Trocaire College ADN            related to cancer will also be introduced.       learning modalities. (Fall and Spring
curriculum.     It will familiarize the LPN          Clinical experiences will be provided in       Semesters – Day and Evening) Classes
transition student with the Trocaire College       acute care hospital settings. (Fall and          begin early August for fall semester and
Nursing program philosophy, objectives,            Spring Semesters – Day and Evening)              first week in January for spring semester.
outcomes,       policies    and      organizing      Three classroom hours and six clinical            One and one half (1½) classroom
framework.        The course focuses on            hours/week.                                      hours/week and twenty-three clinical
validating skills and reinforcing knowledge          Prerequisites: Minimum grade of “C” in         hours/semester.
for which advanced placement will be               NU115, NU122, NU124, PSY102, and                    Prerequisite: Minimum grade of “C” in
granted. The roles of the ADN graduate             BIO223/BIO223L (“C-“ is not acceptable)          NU214 (“C-“ is not acceptable).
including provider of care, manager of care,
and member of the discipline of nursing will       NU216 Professional Issues II (0)                 NU222 Health Restoration III (7)
be contrasted with those of the LPN.                 This is the second course presented on           In this course, the Nursing Process will be
Encompassed within these roles are the             contemporary professional issues. The            used within the framework of Orem‟s
ADN core competencies of professional              student will be provided with the                Theory to provide students with learning
behaviors,       communication,         nursing    opportunities to explore current nursing         activities for patients experiencing acute
process, clinical decision-making, caring          issues. Emphasis will be placed on the role      and complex health deviations. Topics
interventions, teaching and learning,              of the nurse as manager of care and              related      to     acute     cardiovascular,
collaboration      and     managing        care.   member within the discipline of nursing. An      neurological, and renal health deviations,
Information from NU110, NU112, NU116               overview of leadership and management            burns, women‟s health, and disaster
and NU122 is presented in a condensed              theories, the role of the nurse in quality       preparedness will be presented. Students
format. Emphasis is placed on the role of          improvement and workplace issues will be         are      expected     to    function    more
the RN in the care of clients with selected        addressed. Students will be assisted in the      independently, using previous knowledge
fluid and electrolyte, respiratory, cardiac,       transition from student to graduate role:        and experience in assuming the role of
gastrointestinal and endocrine conditions.         preparation for the professional licensure,      educator, manager of care and provider of
The use of critical thinking in the nursing        exploration of employment and further            care for clients in a variety of clinical and
process to develop nursing care plans and          educational       opportunities.      Lecture    community settings. (Fall and Spring
teaching learning plans will be addressed.         discussion and computer assignments will         Semesters – Day and Evening)
Laboratory experiences will include a              be utilized to promote student learning. (Fall     Three classroom hours and twelve clinical
review of assessment skills as well as IV          and Spring Semesters – Day and Evening)          hours/week.
therapy skills. (Summer Session)                     Classes begin in early August for the fall       Prerequisite: Minimum grade of “C” in
   Prerequisite: Must be Trocaire Practical        semester; and the first week of January for      NU214 (“C-“ is not acceptable).
Nursing graduate, LPN Licensure, work at           the spring semester.                               NU216 must be taken concurrently with
least 3 months as an LPN. Admission must             Seven and one half classroom hours.            NU222.
be within two years of Practical Nursing             Prerequisites: Minimum grade of “C” in
graduation or applicant will need to take          NU116 and NU214 (“C-“ is not acceptable)         NU300 Comprehensive Health
first      semester      nursing      challenge      This course must be taken concurrently         Assessments for Nursing Practice
examination.                                       with NU222.
   All first and second semester liberal art                                                        (4)
courses must be successfully completed                                                                Focuses on developing and utilizing
with a minimum grade of “C” or better.             NU217 Pediatric Nursing (2)                      comprehensive assessments of families
                                                     Classroom       theory    and      clinical    and communities. Plans intervention
                                                   experiences will provide a foundation for        strategies relative to the needs, problems,
                                                   nursing of children and their families from      and level of wellness of the population unit.
                                                   birth through adolescence. The nurse‟s role      Emphasizes systematic and comprehensive
                                                                                                                    Course Descriptions 89


health assessments as a database for              impacts professional nursing practice will       professional perspectives and patient
identifying nursing diagnoses and nursing         be addressed.                                    preferences to improve patient care.
intervention plans. Combines lecture and                                                           Differences     between      pedagogy     and
on-campus         simulation     laboratory       NU402 Community Health Nursing:                  andragogy will be explored. Content
experiences to develop advanced skills in         Individual and Family (3)                        derived from clinical situations encountered.
assessment of physical, cognitive, spiritual,        Examines the nurse‟s role in delivery of      Student share clinical reports and raised
socioeconomic, genetic and environmental          primary health/community based services          critical questions regarding practice issues.
domain.                                           focusing on health promotion, disease
                                                  prevention and management of episodic            NU486 Professional Nursing
NU304 Introduction to Nursing Care                illnesses. Addresses health risks of age         Syntheses/Clinical Capstone (4)
Informatics (2)                                   groups across the lifespan within the              This course will allow students to
  Teaches     the   use    of   information       context of family, culture, and socio-           demonstrate integration of baccalaureate
technology to access, retrieve, organize          economic          level.      Epidemiological    nursing knowledge and practice in
and evaluate information related to               considerations apply to community settings;      professional      systems      and    settings.
evidence based on nursing practice. Using         public health mandates will be considered.       Students will be provided opportunities for
a problem based approach, students will           Healthy People goals and other national          synthesis and evaluation of professional
use information technology resources to           initiatives provide direction for developing     nursing role behaviors essential to care of
examine health related problems, obtain           nursing strategies. (24 clinical hours)          clients experiencing complex care needs in
and organize pertinent information and                                                             a variety of settings. Emphasizes critical
professionally communicate findings.              NU450 Leadership and Management                  thinking,     communication,       leadership,
                                                  for Professional Practice (3)                    management and evaluation. Provides the
NU308 Research Procedures in                        Focuses on the role of the professional        student     with    a    clinical   immersion
Nursing Practice (3)                              nurse as a leader in today‟s health care         experience in a practice setting of their
   Emphasis is on accessing, analyzing and        environment. Students will identify various      choice, with a professional nurse preceptor.
critiquing research in scientific literature to   leadership styles and compare and contrast       (Fifteen class hours and 135 clinical hours)
determine implications for practice. Applies      leadership and management behaviors.
the principles of quantitative and qualitative    Class       discussions      will    include
research to patient care and synthesizing         organizational structure and behavior, work             PHILOSOPHY
findings for evidence based on Nursing            place issues important to the nurse
practice. Discusses specific elements of the      manager, delegation and change theory.
                                                                                                   PH103 Introduction to Philosophy
research      process      including problem      Motivational      and    decision   making
identification, literature review, variables,     strategies, conflict management principles,      (3)
research design, sampling concepts, data          and quality care for positive patient              This course is an introduction into the
collection, data analysis and interpretation.     outcomes and patient safety will be              basic issues of philosophy: Being, God,
Critical analysis of research and the             addressed.                                       Knowledge, Meaning, Self, Reality, Evil and
development of a research proposal will be                                                         Death as they are found and presented in
included.                                                                                          the history of Western Philosophy. (Fall,
                                                  NU470 Pharmacology for the                       Spring and Summer Semesters)
                                                  Registered Nurse (3)
NU310 Family Nursing Care Across                    This course correlates knowledge of
a Lifespan (3)                                                                                     PH107 Logical Reasoning and
                                                  human physiology, pathophysiology, and
  This course focuses on the family as a          pharmacology as it relates the RN‟s role in      Decision Making (3)
basic unit of society and promotion of family     the administration of drug therapies,              This course introduces students to both
health across a lifespan. The role of the         assessment of responses and the                  informal and formal logic; and students will
professional nurse as teacher, counselor,         education of patients across the lifespan.       use the developed logic to evaluate
and advocate will be emphasized in health         Using a simple to complex approach, key          decisions for given situations. Topics
promotion as well as dealing with the family      content areas are presented to help              include: informal logical games, logical
unit challenged by acute, episodic illness /      conceptualize the important components           fallacies, truth tables, logical equivalence,
injury or chronic conditions / disabilities.      related to nursing pharmacology. The basic       sentential logic with proofs, categorical
Based on Orem‟s Self-Care Model and the           concepts of pharmacology, such as drug           logic, probability, expected value, and
nursing process, the student will develop         testing and approval, pharmacokinetics and       decision making.
the skills to provide family-centered,            pharmacodynamics, therapeutic and toxic          (This course is cross listed in Math MA107
outcome oriented nursing care to care for         effects, and challenges related to drug          – credit will not be granted for both PH107
the needs of diverse families. Major              therapy provide the foundation from which        and MA107)
theories related to family nursing will be        drug therapy associated with specific body         Prerequisite: Exit level high school
explored. Topics include: variables affecting     systems is addressed. Discussion of the          Regents mathematics or equivalent;
families, family assessment, cultural             major drug groups focuses on therapeutic         successful completion of MA096; and/or
diversity, anticipatory guidance,                 actions and indications, pharmacokinetics,       placement test.
multigenerational families and family as          contraindications and cautions, adverse
care giver. The impact of adding,                 effects, clinically important drug-drug          PH201 Ethics (3)
separating and dealing with the death of          interactions and nursing considerations            A study of the main ethical systems found
family members will be included.                  which emphasize the nursing process and          in Western Philosophy. Investigation of
                                                  focus on patient care teaching. Prototypes       particular ethical concepts such as morality
NU318 Nursing Theory and Practice                 of the major drug groups are emphasized.         and the moral ideal, good and evil, right and
Issues (3)                                        Lifespan considerations, evidence for best       obligation, conscience, moral responsibility
                                                  practice, patient safety, and crucial thinking   and value, and how these, along with moral
  Students will explore selected nursing
                                                  are integrated throughout the course.            principle(s), are used to guide the moral life.
theorists and the concepts of person, health
and environment as a basis for
implementing and evaluating nursing care.         NU484 Clinical Seminar (2)                       PH204 Business Ethics (3)
Issues     and    trends   that    influence        Preceptor guided seminar in an area of           This course is designed to examine many
professional nursing practice will be             student choice with an emphasis on the           of the philosophies presently operative in
discussed. How the practice of nursing has        application of baccalaureate level nursing       the business world and society. Special
adapted to change throughout the years            knowledge. Integrates evidence-based             attention is given to such issues as
and how today‟s health care delivery              practice, clinical judgment, inter-              corporate responsibility, morality in
90 Course Descriptions


advertising, conflicts of interest, preferential   business and related fields for the diversity        PHY111 Physics I (3)
hiring, personal morality vs. loyalty to           of religious and moral views they will                 An introduction to the concepts and laws
employer, and capitalism vs. socialism.            encounter in the modern workplace in                 of physics. Topics include: classical
                                                   general and health care institutions in              mechanics, energy, momentum, rotational
PH205 Ethics in Health Care (3)                    particular.                                          motion and heat. Three lecture hours.
  Modern medicine and health care have               Prerequisite: PH103 or permission of                 Prerequisites: High school algebra or
created new human ethical problems. This           instructor                                           MA096, and high school physics.
course will explore a number of medical                                                                   Co-requisite: PHY111L
ethical dilemmas, such as end-of-life              PH304 Social / Political Philosophy
decisions, defining the concept of death,          (3)                                                  PHY111L Physics I Laboratory (1)
ordinary versus extraordinary means of               Course content will introduce students to            Laboratory experiences are based on
treatment, assisted reproduction, informed         the philosophical approach to ethical issues         topics covered in lecture. Two laboratory
consent,      confidentiality,   truth-telling,    that arise in social, political and civic life. As   hours.
withholding treatment, and the distribution        such, it will address ethical problems at              Co-requisite: PHY111
of scarce medical resources, in the light of       both the individual and group levels.
the    principles    of    autonomy,     non-      Specifically, an overview of the major
maleficence, beneficence, and justice. One                                                              PHY112 Physics II (3)
                                                   issues and theories in social-political                A continuation of Physics I. Topics
semester of clinical experience is strongly        philosophy will be discussed as well as an
recommended. (Fall, Spring and Summer                                                                   include: electricity, magnetism, light, optics,
                                                   introduction to many of the key ethical              atomic and nuclear structure. Three lecture
Semesters)                                         thinkers in politics and civics arenas. This         hours.
                                                   course will prepare students for careers in            Prerequisite: PHY111/PHY111L
PH207 Marriage and the Family (3)                  the medical field and similar occupations for          Co-requisite: PHY112L
  This course is designed to investigate the       ethical situations they will encounter in the
inner dynamism and nature of marriage and          social and political culture of the modern
family relationships. It addresses itself to a                                                          PHY112L Physics II Laboratory (1)
                                                   work place. (Spring Semester)
variety of philosophical tenets, and the                                                                  Laboratory experiences are based on
historical development and sociological                                                                 topics covered in lecture. Two laboratory
                                                   PH350 Topics in Bioethics (3)                        hours.
ramifications of the institution.                     This course will introduce students to              Co-requisite: PHY112
                                                   various topics of the instructor‟s choosing in
PH208 Death & Dying (3)                            the areas of Bioethics. Bioethics can be
  Geared to the very heart of the question:
What is death? The course will examine the
                                                   seen as a branch of ethics, or more
                                                   specifically, a branch of applied ethics. In
                                                                                                                 PRACTICAL
phenomenon as well as the human
response to it both yesterday and today by
                                                   many       ways      bioethical      discourse
                                                   presupposes ethical discourse. For this
                                                                                                                  NURSING
great men and women and not so famous              reason students will be introduced to an
men and women of the East and West.                array of normative ethical theories and              PN104 Fundamentals of Practical
                                                   principles before embarking on a range of            Nursing (7)
PH215 Logic (3)                                    bioethical dilemma cases and topic areas.              This course is designed to familiarize
  An introductory course to the science of         The interdisciplinary nature of Bioethics            students with the historical development of
logic and the principles of deductive              also demands that students be introduced             nursing, nursing education, and the roles
reasoning, correct thinking and valid              to the latest medical and scientific                 and responsibilities of the nurse and the
argumentation. Special emphasis will be            breakthroughs in areas such as stem cell             health care team. Development throughout
placed on the traditional Aristotelian             research, cloning, regenerative medicine,            the life cycle and basic nutrition and diet
syllogism.                                         and genetic screening. The course will               therapy will be discussed. This course uses
                                                   guide students through a wide range of               the Nursing Process within the framework
PH301 Philosophy of World                          Bioethical issues which may include topics           of Orem‟s Self-Care Deficit Theory. A
                                                   like abortion, euthanasia, embryonic stem            structured campus laboratory setting
Religions (3)
                                                   cell research, cloning, scarce medical               assists students in learning and integrating
  The term „philosophy‟ comes from Greek
                                                   resources, and assisted reproduction.                technical skills. Clinical experiences will be
roots meaning „the love of wisdom‟.
                                                   Students will be expected to carry out their         provided in long-term and sub-acute health
Philosophers ask questions such as: What
                                                   own original research in the arena of                care settings. (Fall and Spring Semesters)
is the meaning of life? What is a good life?
                                                   Bioethics and will be asked to write a longer          Fourteen Clinical hours per week (half
Is there a God? What ought one to do?
                                                   argumentative style essay in order to                semester)
What is the nature of right and wrong? Is
                                                   complete the course.                                   Sixty classroom hours and thirty
there one true religion, or many? (or none?)
                                                      Prerequisite: PH205 or permission of              laboratory hours.
Should there be one ethical doctrine for
                                                   instructor                                             Prerequisites: Minimum grade of “C” in
everyone – or – should there be a diversity
of moral options? In the age of the global                                                              BIO130/BIO130L
economy and the Internet, the world‟s many
diverse cultures have greater contact and                       PHYSICS                                 PN105 Practical Nursing II (7)
interaction with one another than at any                                                                  This course focuses on the basic
other time in history. In the post 9/11 world,     PHY099 Preparatory Physics (3)*                      concepts of nursing. The Nursing Process
the dangers of cultural conflict seem greater        An introduction to the basic concepts of           is utilized within the framework of Orem‟s
than ever. Such conflict often involves the        physics with an emphasis on classical                Self-Care Deficit Theory to collect data in
clash of values and the clash of systems of        mechanics, electricity and the structure of          relation to individuals‟ ability to care for
religious belief that date back to the ancient     the atom. Course reviews simple algebra,             themselves.      Psychomotor     skills  are
and formative period times of today‟s              vectors and vector addition. Three lecture           demonstrated and practiced in the
cultures. But-is conflict inevitable? Are          hours.                                               structured campus laboratory before they
religion and ethics a source of unavoidable          Prerequisite: High school algebra.                 are applied in the clinical setting. Clinical
division or of potential unity? This course        Students placed into MA096 must complete             experiences will be provided in acute care
will introduce students to the philosophical       that course before registering for PHY099.           and sub-acute health care settings. (Fall
approach to religion and also to religious &         *Institutional credit only.                        and Spring Semesters)
ethical ideas from several global cultures. It                                                            Fourteen Clinical hours per week (half
will also prepare students in medicine,                                                                 semester)
                                                                                                                  Course Descriptions        91


  Sixty classroom       hours    and    thirty       Prerequisite: PSY101                         PSY315 Social Psychology (3)
laboratory hours.                                                                                   Social Psychology is a specialized field
                                                 PSY201 Abnormal Psychology (3)                   within Psychology that attempts to
PN106 Practical Nursing III (7)                    The course utilizes current classifications    understand and explain human thought
  This course focuses on common health           of mental disorders to explain abnormal          (mental process), perception, emotion, and
deviations which affects individuals of          behavior. Case studies and other resource        behavior through intrapersonal, inter-
various ages. The Nursing Process will           materials are applied to demonstrate the         personal, and group dynamics. Emphasis is
continue to be utilized to provide care for      complexity of determining etiology,              on social perception, social influence, social
patients along the continuum with an             diagnosis and treatment of mental illness.       relations, and applying them to western
emphasis in maternal, child adolescent and       Students will be required to participate in a    culture. Major theoretical perspectives and
family health. Assisting children and adults     number of experiential projects to focus         research findings, including multicultural
with a variety of health deviations will         self-awareness in relation to “abnormal          aspects, are applied throughout the course.
be discussed. Advanced psychomotor skills        behavior”.                                         Prerequisite: PSY101 or permission of
are practiced and evaluated in the                 Prerequisite: PSY101                           instructor
laboratory. Clinical experiences will be
provided in maternal, family, pediatric and      PSY202 Human Sexuality (3)                       PSY320 Research Methods:
community settings. (Fall and Spring               An exploration of human sexuality in           Techniques and Designs (3)
Semesters)                                       Western      society.    Through    personal       Provides students with an introduction to
  Seven Clinical hours per week                  inventory questions, group discussions,          research methods in the Behavioral
  Sixty classroom and thirty laboratory          lecture, and experiential learning activities,   Sciences. The assumptions and goals of
hours                                            students will assess their personal              the scientific method will be considered and
  Prerequisites: Minimum grade of “C” in         attitudes, values and knowledge of various       various types of research techniques and
PN104, PN105 and NU114. NU115 must               sexuality topics. Efforts to understand and      designs will be studied. Students will learn
be taken concurrently with PN106.                respect value systems that differ from           the process of writing a research proposal
                                                 personal beliefs will be stressed.               and explore the ethics of research with
PN107 Practical Nursing IV (7)                     Prerequisite: PSY101                           human and animal subjects.
  This course focuses on common health                                                              Prerequisite: PSY101 or permission of
deviations which affects the geriatric           PSY301 Health Psychology (3)                     instructor
population. The Nursing Process will                Health     Psychology examines         how
continue to be utilized to provide care for      biological, psychological, and social factors
patients in various health care settings
which include mental health, extended care,
                                                 interact with and affect the efforts people             RADIOLOGIC
                                                 make in promoting good health and
ambulatory, and community care health
settings. Leadership and management skills
                                                 preventing illness. The course explores how            TECHNOLOGY
                                                 effectively people cope with and reduce
as it relates to the LPN scope of practice       pain and the recovery, rehabilitation, and
will be discussed. Advanced psychomotor          psychological adjustment of patients with        RT101 Image Acquisition and
skills are practiced and evaluated in the        serious health problems. The course also         Evaluation I (3)
laboratory. Clinical experiences will be         focuses on the role of stress in illness and       This     course    covers      the   proper
provided in acute, long term, and                certain lifestyle factors, such as smoking       conventional and digital imaging techniques
community care health settings. (Fall and        and weight control, and specific chronic         required to produce diagnostically useful
Spring Semesters)                                illnesses such as cancer and heart disease.      radiographs. The four primary exposure
  Seven Clinical hours per week                  Students will be provided with training to       factors are explained with discussion in
  Sixty classroom hours and thirty               evaluate the scientific quality of research in   concepts of density, contrast, and
laboratory hours                                 the field of health psychology.                  geometric factors. X-ray tube construction,
  Prerequisites: Minimum grade of “C” in            Prerequisite: PSY101 or permission of         intensifying screens, film processing, beam
PN104, PN105 and NU114. NU115 must               instructor                                       limitation and grid use are also addressed.
be taken prior to or concurrently with                                                            When appropriate, students will work in the
PN107.                                                                                            RT laboratory to produce images for
                                                 PSY303 Organizational Psychology
                                                                                                  evaluation. Students will also evaluate
                                                 (3)                                              radiographs in the classroom to determine
      PSYCHOLOGY                                   Organizational      Psychology    is
                                                 specialized field within Psychology that
                                                                                           a      their technical acceptability (Fall Semester)
                                                                                                    BIO130/BIO130L must be taken prior to
                                                 attempts to understand and explain human         or concurrently with RT101.
PSY101 General Psychology (3)                    behavior in organizational settings. Often
  An introduction to the basic concepts,         referred to as I/O Psychology (Industrial
                                                                                                  RT102 Radiographic Procedures I
research methods and applications of             and Organizational) this course will
                                                 introduce the methods, practices, theories,      (2)
psychology.      The    major     theoretical                                                       The lecture component of this course
perspectives are presented through such          and research of Organizational Psychology,
                                                 which includes the social and psychological      begins with an introduction to the specific
areas as sensation, perception, intelligence,                                                     nomenclature, as well as underlying
cognition, personality, and abnormal             aspects of people in the workplace.
                                                 Organizational processes are the focus of        principles of radiographic positioning.
behavior. The course requires a research                                                          Routine and advanced positioning studies,
paper.    (Fall,   Spring   and     Summer       this course and are comprised of individual
                                                 attitudes, behaviors, emotions, health,          correlated with anatomy of the upper and
Semesters)                                                                                        lower extremities, chest, abdomen, thorax,
                                                 leadership, motivation, productivity, and
                                                 well-being. As well as group dynamics and        and the urinary and digestive systems are
PSY102 Developmental Psychology                  organizational communication, structures,        presented. (Fall Semester)
(3)                                              and culture. A real-world application of         BIO130/BIO130L must be taken prior to or
  A study of the life span approach, from        empirical    research     of   people    in      concurrently with RT102.
pre-natal development to aging and death.        organizations will be addressed.
This course emphasizes physical, cognitive,        Prerequisites: PSY101 or permission of         RT102L Applied Radiographic
intellectual, social, cultural and personality   instructor                                       Procedures I (1)
factors. Major theoretical perspectives and                                                         The College laboratory component of
research findings, including cross-cultural                                                       Radiographic  Procedures I contains
studies, are applied throughout the course.                                                       anatomy and positioning applications, as
(Fall, Spring and Summer Semesters)
92    Course Descriptions


well     as     film-critique sessions. A          RT106L Applied Radiographic                        Prerequisite: RT109 with a grade of “C”
competency-based system of evaluation is           Procedures II (1)                                or better
utilized. (Fall Semester)                             The College laboratory component of
  Two laboratory hours                             Radiographic Procedures II contains              RT202 Radiation Physics and
BIO130/BIO130L must be taken prior to or           anatomy and positioning applications of          Protection (3)
concurrently with RT102L                           the spine, thorax and skull, correlating with      This course explores the interactions
                                                   film-critique sessions. Again, a                 between radiation and matter. The electro-
RT103 Patient Care and                             competency-based system of evaluation is         magnetic spectrum and related radiation
Management I (1)                                   utilized. (Spring Semester)                      concepts are discussed. Students will learn
  This course is designed to assist the               Two laboratory hours                          about radiation detection and monitoring
student to develop both general and                   Prerequisites: RT101, RT102, RT102L,          and the appropriate units of measurement.
specific interactive skills in patient care. It    RT103, RT104 and BIO130/BIO130L with a           All aspects of radiation protection and dose
focuses on record maintenance and                  grade of “C” or better; BIO131/BIO131L           reduction for patients and occupational
administrative procedures, ethics and              must be taken prior to or concurrently with      radiation workers are explained. (Fall
medicolegal issues, patient safety and             RT106L.                                          Semester)
transfers, vital signs, emergency situations,                                                           Prerequisite: RT109 with a grade of “C”
infection control, oxygen delivery, EKG            RT107 Patient Care and                           or better
monitoring, and contrast media. (Fall              Management II (1)
Semester)                                            This    course     includes    units   on      RT203 Applied Radiologic
BIO130/BIO130L must be taken prior to or           pharmacology, drug administration, and           Pathology I (2)
concurrently with RT103                            monitoring of medical equipment.          In       This course provides the student with an
                                                   addition,      specialized      radiographic     introduction to the concepts of disease and
RT104 Clinical Education I (2)                     procedures are discussed throughout this         surveys the pathology particular to selected
  This course requires practical clinical          semester. (Spring Semester)                      body systems. Medical procedures related
application of knowledge and skills, and             Prerequisites: RTt101, RT102, RT102L,          to the disease are investigated, with
involves clinical experiences in general           RT103, RT104 and BIO130/BIO130L with a           emphasis placed on radiographic studies.
radiographic areas and contrast studies. It        grade of “C” or better; BIO131/BIO131 must       Normal anatomy/physiology is reviewed
is taken concurrently with the didactic            be taken prior to or concurrently with           and compared with radiologic pathological
components of the semester, and is                 RT107.                                           conditions. Image demonstration utilizes
provided at the College‟s clinical affiliates. A                                                    conventional formats. (Fall Semester)
competency-based system of evaluations is          RT108 Clinical Education II (2)                    Prerequisite: RT109 with a grade of “C”
utilized. (Fall Semester)                            In this semester, clinical experiences are     or better
  Sixteen clinical hours (two days)                provided in general radiographic areas and
BIO130/BIO130L must be taken prior to or           contrast studies with special emphasis on        RT205 Clinical Education III (2)
concurrently with RT104.                           radiography of the skull and spinal column.        In the second year, students continue to
                                                   It is taken concurrently with the didactic       gain general radiographic experiences, as
RT105 Image Acquisition and                        components of the semester and is                well as begin experiences with special
Evaluation II (3)                                  provided at the Colleges‟ clinical affiliates.   procedures, the emergency room, and
  This course continues instruction on             A competency-based system of evaluation          other imaging areas. These areas include
radiographic exposure principles. Students         is utilized. (Spring Semester)                   CT (computerized tomography), MRI
will review RT101 concepts, then build on            Sixteen clinical hours (two days)              (magnetic     resonance      imaging),    and
these concepts by applying mathematical              Prerequisites: RT101, RT102, RT102L,           Sonography. All experiences are offered at
formulas (algebra level) that can be utilized      RT103, RT104 and BIO130/BIO130L with a           the College‟s clinical affiliates.          A
for technique compensation. Artifacts, and         grade of “C” or better; BIO131/BIO131 must       competency-based system of evaluation
beam limitation will also be discussed.            be taken prior to or concurrently with           continues to be utilized. (Fall Semester)
Digital imaging concepts of computer               RT108.                                             Sixteen clinical hours (two days)
radiography and direct readout are                                                                    Prerequisite: RT109 with a grade of “C”
explained.     This   instruction   includes       RT109 Applied Radiologic                         or better
characteristics, exposure factors, image           Technology I (6)
capture, processing, and display. (Spring            In the first summer clinical component,        RT206 Equipment Operation and
Semester)                                          the student continues to gain experience in      Maintenance II (1)
  Prerequisites: RT101, RT102, RT102L,             general radiographic and contrast studies,         Radiologic generating equipment, image
RT103, RT104, and BIO130/BIO130L with              as well as portable and surgical                 intensification and fluoroscopic devices are
grades of “C” or better; BIO131/BIO131L            radiography. Experiences are provided at         presented in this course. Discussion on
must be taken prior to or concurrently with        the College‟s clinical affiliates.        A      computer applications, digital angiography,
RT105.                                             competency-based system of evaluation            computerized tomography and others is
                                                   continues to be utilized. (Summer)               also included. (Spring Semester)
RT106 Radiographic Procedures II                     Forty clinical hours (five days) per week        Prerequisites: RT201, RT202, RT203,
(2)                                                for a total of 8 weeks or 320 hours.             RT205 with a grade of “C” or better
  The lecture component of this course               Prerequisites: RT105, RT106, RT106L,
focuses on both routine and advanced               RT107, RT108 and BIO131/BIO131L with             RT207 Radiation Biology (2)
positioning studies, correlated with anatomy       grades of “C” or better                            This course begins with the effects of
of the spine, thorax and skull. (Spring                                                             radiation on normal cell biology. Factors
Semester)                                          RT201 Equipment Operation and                    influencing the molecular and cellular
  Prerequisites: RT101, RT102, RT102L,             Maintenance I (2)                                response are discussed. Acute and chronic
RT103, RT104 and BIO130/BIO130L with a               This course covers basic electrical and        effects of radiation on tissue, organs, and
grade of “C” or better; BIO131/BIO131L             mechanical examples as applicable to the         whole body systems are also presented
must be taken prior to or concurrently with        structure and operation of radiologic            with in-utero and genetic effects. (Spring
RT106.                                             equipment.     It includes identification of     Semester)
                                                   structure and function of x-ray generating         Prerequisites: RT201, RT202, RT203,
                                                   devices and circuitry with emphasis on the       RT205 with a grade of “C” or better
                                                   radiographic tube. (Fall Semester)
                                                                                                                Course Descriptions         93


RT208 Applied Radiologic                       and physiology, patient preparation,             display in 2D and 3D visualization formats.
Pathology II (1)                               mammography equipment, quality                   (Spring Semester)
  This course continues to survey              assurance and modifications for non-routine        Prerequisites: Acceptance into the B.S.
pathology particular to several selected       patients. (Offered as needed)                    RT program.
body systems. Emphasis is placed on              Prerequisites: All courses in the first year
radiographic studies and procedures.           of the Radiologic Technology program             RT302 Sectional Anatomy and
Normal anatomy and physiology is                                                                Imaging Applications (3)
reviewed and compared with radiologic          RT215 Capstone Course (1)                          This course will provide students with
pathological conditions. Image                   This course offers a variety of integrated     general working knowledge concerning the
demonstration      continues    to   utilize   topics, including advanced concepts of           structure and function of the human body in
conventional formats. (Spring Semester)        digital radiography and computerized             2D and 3D rendering schemes. A review of
  Prerequisites: RT201, RT202, RT203,          tomography (CT). Resume preparation and          organs, systems and gross anatomy in both
RT205 with a grade of “C” or better            career development are addressed, along          2D and 3D will be described and discussed.
                                               with     specific   ARRT(R)     examination      Detailed review of gross anatomical
RT209 Special Imaging Topics (1)               instructions. Simulated RT Registry testing      structures in relation to cross sectional
  This course is designed to provide a basic   at the end of the semester summarizes all        displays will be systematically reviewed for
overview of advanced imaging areas such        RT material. (Spring Semester)                   location, relationship to other structures and
as: Special Radiographic Procedures,             Prerequisites: RT201, RT202, RT203,            normal physiologic function.          Sectional
Portable, and Surgical Radiography.            RT205 with a grade of “C” or better              anatomy in the coronal, axial, sagittal and
Advanced      Positioning/Procedures     are                                                    oblique planes will be emphasized in
reviewed to prepare students to perform        RT300 Computed Tomography (CT)                   relationship to X-ray, gross histology and
non-routine & trauma radiographic studies.     Procedure Protocols (4)                          CT data sets. (Fall Semester)
(Spring Semester)                                This course will provide students with           Prerequisites:      RT300, RT301 and
  Prerequisites: RT201, RT202, RT203,          detailed information concerning all general      PHY111/PHY111L must be taken prior
RT205 with a grade of “C” or better            aspects of procedure protocols commonly          RT302.
                                               used in computed tomography (CT).
RT210 Clinical Education IV (2)                Topics discussed will include but not be         RT400 Pathology Correlation in
  Specialty clinical experiences continue as   limited to general patient education as it       Computed Tomography (CT) (4)
the students demonstrate applications of       relates to the preparation, orientation,           Course content is designed to introduce
knowledge and skill. This course is taken      positioning, gathering of patient history        students to currently accepted theories of
concurrently with the didactic components      information pertinent to image acquisition       disease causation as well as major types of
of the semester and is provided at the         and the overall assessment of tomographic        pathophysiologic disorders as they relate to
College‟s clinical affiliates. A competency-   image data. Procedure protocols will             normal versus abnormal anatomical
based system of evaluation continues to be     include but not be limited to contrast media     structures on CT images in each of the
utilized. (Spring Semester)                    usage, scout images, user selectable scan        major     body    systems.         Etiology,
  Sixteen clinical hours (two days)            parameters, calculated scan parameters,          pathophysiologic     responses,      clinical
  Prerequisites: RT201, RT202, RT203,          hardcopy, data reformatting and archiving        manifestations, anatomic appearance on
RT205 with a grade of “C” or better            of the images.        CT protocols will be       CT and response assessment criteria
                                               provided to assist in the differentiation of     relating to image data acquisitions and
RT211 Applied Radiologic                       specific structures in CT, recognize patient     image artifacts will be presented. (Fall
                                               symptoms and to address possible                 Semester)
Technology II (6)
                                               acquisition artifacts, patient concerns and        Prerequisites:    RT300, RT301, and
  Clinical experience involving general
                                               safety issues. Representative CT images          PHY111/PHY111L must be taken prior to
radiography, contrast studies, portable
                                               will be reviewed for quality, anatomy,           RT400.
radiography,     surgery, and    specialty
                                               physiologic content and pathology. (Spring
examinations. In addition, the student is
                                               Semester)                                        RT402 Advanced Imaging Practicum
provided review opportunities for the
                                                 Prerequisite: Acceptance into the B.S.
American Registry (R) Examination.                                                              (Clinical) (2)
                                               RT program.
(Summer)                                                                                          This course requires the practical
  Maximum of forty hours (five days) per                                                        application of skills and knowledge obtained
week for a total of eight weeks or 320         RT301 Computed Tomography (CT)                   in the classroom that will be required to
hours.                                         Physics and Instrumentation (3)                  work in a clinical environment utilizing CT.
  Prerequisites: RT206, RT207, RT208,            This course is designed to provide             Clinical experiences will be focused on the
RT209, RT210, RT212, RT215 with a grade        students with the skills necessary to            most commonly acquired CT data sets (i.e.,
of “C” or better                               understand, acquire and assess the quality       head, neck, abdomen, etc.). This course is
                                               of computed tomography (CT) as well as           to be taken concurrently with didactic
RT212 Sectional Anatomy for the                other tomographic based image data sets.         components of the program. Clinical
                                               Areas to be studied include but are not          experiences will be offered at many of
Radiographer (1)
  This course is designed to provide the
                                               limited to the historical development of CT      Trocaire‟s RT affiliated clinical sites. (Spring
                                               and the subsequent evolution of magnetic         Semester)
Radiologic Technology student with an
                                               resonance imaging (MRI). Also discussed            Prerequisites: RT300, RT301, RT302,
overview of human anatomy, viewed in
                                               are recent advances in medical imaging           RT400 and PHY111/PHY111L must be
body sections, as it relates to imaging.
                                               which continue to advance the field in           taken prior to RT402. Current certification
Anatomical structures are viewed in the
                                               structural/functional relationships such as      in CPR is required.
axial, coronal and sagittal planes.
                                               positron emission tomography (PET) and
Emphasis is placed on the head and neck,
                                               molecular imaging. Topics to be discussed        RT403 Advanced Patient Care and
thorax and abdomen. (Spring Semester)
                                               in detail include the characteristics of
  Prerequisites:     BIO130/BIO130L and                                                         Pharmacology (1)
                                               radiation,    beam      attenuation,   linear
BIO131/BIO131L                                                                                    This course provides students with the
                                               attenuation,        coefficients,     tissue
                                                                                                basic concepts of patient care, including
                                               characteristics, data acquisition, image
RT213 Mammography (3)                                                                           consideration for the physical and
                                               reconstruction,       radiographic       tube
  This is a comprehensive didactic course                                                       psychological needs of the patient and
                                               configurations, collimator design and
that will cover many areas including                                                            family. Routine and emergency patient
                                               function, image data processing and image
mammographic positioning, breast anatomy                                                        care procedures are described as well as
94    Course Descriptions

                                                  Bible. Major focus will be on the purpose of
infection control procedures utilizing            scripture and its role in divine revelation.                SPANISH
universal precautions. Topics discussed
will include the role of CT personnel in          RS103 An Introduction to Christian
providing     patients    with  the    safety                                                     SP101 Beginning Spanish (3)
                                                  Thought (3)                                       An introduction to the fundamental
guidelines, contrast media procedures and           An introductory inquiry into the Christian
a basic knowledge of acquisition issues that                                                      language skills of the Spanish language:
                                                  church as a community of faith. Major focus     basic skills in understanding, speaking,
may be pertinent.         This course also        will be on the doctrinal concepts of the
includes a systematic study of radiographic                                                       writing,   grammatical   structure  and
                                                  Nicene Creed.                                   vocabulary.
contrast agents as they are administered
and used for specific organ systems of the
                                                  RS108 Major World Religions (3)                 SP102 Intermediate Spanish (3)
body. Basic concepts of pharmacology will
                                                    An introductory survey of the major             A continuation of SP101, this course
be discussed.        The theory and basic
                                                  religions of the world. The major focus will    includes further study of grammar structure
practice of administering contrast media as
                                                  be on the basic beliefs and practices found     and vocabulary building. Emphasis on
well as general procedures for venipuncture
                                                  in Buddhism, Christianity, Hinduism, Islam,     communicating in Spanish: speaking,
used in the administration of contrast media
                                                  Judaism and Shintoism.                          writing and listening skills will be the focus
and/or intravenous medications are also
presented. Content is designed to broaden                                                         throughout the semester.
the technologist‟s knowledge of                                                                     Prerequisite: SP101 or permission of
pharmacology.        Topics include patient               SOCIOLOGY                               instructor
safety and drug regulation, sources and
bodily effects of drugs and safe dose             SOC101 Principles of Sociology (3)
preparation as well as the types of drug            A basic survey of the history and                     SURGICAL
preparations commonly used in the                 fundamental principles of sociology.
principles      of      responsible     drug      Examines several of the important                     TECHNOLOGY
administration including all major routes of      contributors to the discipline, its operative
administration and techniques for semi-           concepts, and its terminology. Also, studies
automated injection. (Spring Semester)                                                            ST100 Medical Terminology for the
                                                  human groups and interactions, social
  Prerequisites: RT300, RT301, RT302,                                                             Surgical Technologist (1)
                                                  institutions, and the role of the group in
RT400, and PHY111/PHY111L must be                                                                   This course will present the student with a
                                                  human socialization and development.
taken prior to RT403                                                                              study of medical terminology mostly relating
                                                  (Fall, Spring and Summer Semesters)
                                                                                                  to the field of surgery. Prefixes, suffixes,
RT404 Computed Tomography –                                                                       root words, combining forms, special
                                                  SOC207 Contemporary Social                      endings, pleural forms, abbreviations, and
Capstone Seminar (1)                              Problems (3)
  This course will serve as an overall                                                            symbols will be included in the content. A
                                                    This course selects, presents, and            programmed learning, word building system
review of the material presented throughout       examines a given social problem such as
the entire course of study in the B.S. RT                                                         will be used to learn word parts that are
                                                  poverty, racism, crime, drug and alcohol        used to construct and/or analyze new
program. Students should use this course          addiction, the problems of aging, etc.
to prepare for the National Accreditation                                                         terms. This will provide the student with the
Examination administered by the ARRT for                                                          opportunity to decipher unfamiliar terms
certification in computed tomography (CT).        SOC301 Sociology of Health and                  and check their spelling. Emphasis will be
Students will complete a written and/or oral      Medicine (3)                                    placed on spelling, definition, usage and
compilation of their CT and/or imaging              This course is an introduction to the field   pronunciation.     Abbreviations    will   be
science      understanding    focused    on       of medical sociology. Its main thrust is on     introduced as related terms are presented.
tomographic imaging topics obtained in the        the sociological analysis of health or          (This course is taken prior to the beginning
didactic as well as clinical environments         medical organizations and institutions.         of the first semester)
acquired throughout the course of their           Another focus will include an examination of
academic career. (Spring Semester)                the social disparities in health care with      ST101 Introduction to Surgical
  Prerequisites: RT300, RT301, RT302,             respect to epidemiology and social status or    Technology (4)
RT400, and PHY111/PHY111L must be                 age, sex, race, ethnicity, gender, and social     This course introduces the student to the
taken prior to RT404.                             class. The role of health professions in the    role of the health care team. Operating
                                                  United States will also be explored.            room organization, medical terminology,
                                                    Prerequisite: SOC101 or permission of         aseptic technique, surgical supplies, basic
          RELIGIOUS                               instructor                                      instrumentation and basic surgical routines
                                                                                                  will be emphasized. Introductory surgical
           STUDIES                                SOC311 Coping with Illness (3)
                                                    This course offers a broad overview of the
                                                                                                  regional anatomy will be discussed, as will
                                                                                                  surgical microbiology as it pertains to
                                                  sociological aspects of Coping with Illness     sterilization and disinfection. Beginning
RS100 Introduction to Religious                   in our society. Topics include attitudes        aspects of the ethical/legal aspects of
Thought (3)                                       toward and preparation for death; attitudes     patient care will be introduced. Learning
  An      introductory    course    into    the   towards serious illness in society; the         activities will take place in the classroom,
fundamental concepts associated with              understanding of and care for terminally ill    the simulated on-campus operating room, a
religious thought. The student will be            patients; funeral rituals, grief counseling;    hospital operating room and the Central
introduced to the concepts of the sacred,         suicide and euthanasia. Readings and            Service Department of the hospital. (Fall
the symbol, ritual and rites of passage,          classroom activities will be supplemented       and Spring Semesters)
faith, re-birth, mystery, myth, good, evil, the   by students‟ self-exploration and writing on      Prerequisites: Completion of the Cardio-
relationship of one to self, community and        feelings, attitudes, and beliefs about Coping   pulmonary       Resuscitation    Certification;
the Absolute.                                     with Illness.                                   BIO130/BIO130L must be taken prior to or
                                                    Prerequisite: SOC101 or permission of         concurrently with ST101. ST100 must be
RS101 Introduction to Scripture (3)               instructor                                      completed with a “C” or better prior to
  An introductory level survey of the                                                             beginning ST101.
historical development and contents of the
                                                                                                                    Course Descriptions         95


ST102 Concepts of Surgical Patient                and their use in the care of the surgical         ST203 Specialized Surgical
Care (2)                                          patient will be discussed. The ST‟s role in       Technology (5)
  This course introduces the Surgical             relation to surgical pharmacology is                This course is a continuation of ST201.
Technology student to basic concepts              examined. Legal issues related to                 This course will focus on an overview of
related to surgical patient care. The             pharmacology will be explored. This course        surgical specialties. Special consideration
patient‟s needs and rights as a consumer of       is designed to be taken concurrently with         of the pediatric and older adult will be
health care services will be examined.            ST104. (Fall and Spring Semesters)                discussed. Transplant surgery including
Principles of routine patient care, such as         Prerequisites: ST100, ST101, ST102,             kidney, heart and lung will be explored.
temperature, pulse, respiration and blood         ST103 and BIO130/BIO130L with a grade             Clinical practice takes place in hospital
pressure, etc. and principles of infection        of “C” or better                                  operating rooms, as well as other
control will be discussed. Also discussed           BIO131/BIO131L must be taken prior to           intraoperative care facilities. During this last
will be the preoperative care of the surgical     or concurrently with ST105                        semester, as the student prepares for
patient. This will include diagnostic tests                                                         professional practice, further legal, and
with a brief overview of their meaning and        ST106 Clinical Education II (2)                   employment dimensions will be discussed.
importance to the surgical patient.                 Clinical experiences are provided in a          (Fall and Spring Semesters)
Communication skills will be emphasized.          hospital operating room. The student will           Prerequisites:    ST201,       ST202      and
Emergency procedures in the operating             be primarily assigned to the scrub                BIO223/BIO223L with a grade of “C” or
room will be included. This course is taken       technologist‟s role performing and applying       better. BIO223/BIO223L must be taken
concurrently with ST101 (Fall and Spring          those skills learned in the first semester.       prior to or concurrently with ST203
Semesters)                                        This course is taken concurrently with            (evenings).
                                                  ST104. The evening students take this
ST103 Clinical Education I (2)                    course over the Spring semester and into          ST204 Clinical Education IV (2)
  This clinical laboratory experience takes       the Summer (Fall and Spring Semesters)              In this clinical course, students continue
place primarily in the simulated on-campus          Sixteen clinical hours (two days)               to gain experience in a variety of surgical
laboratory.     There     will  be   limited        Prerequisites: ST100, ST101, ST102,             settings with emphasis on more complex
experiences in the hospital operating room        ST103 and BIO130/BIO130L with a grade             and specialized procedures. This course is
setting during the course. Students are           of “C” or better                                  taken concurrently with ST203. (Fall and
taught the basic skills necessary to begin          BIO131/BIO131L must be taken prior to           Spring Semesters)
practice in the surgical setting. Mandatory       or concurrently with ST106                          Sixteen clinical hours (two days)
competencies of this course include                                                                   Prerequisites:      ST201, ST202 and
scrubbing, gowning and gloving, gowning           ST201 Advanced Surgical                           BIO223/BIO223L with a grade of “C” or
and gloving team members, back table and          Technology (5)                                    better. BIO223/BIO223L must be taken
instrument setups, simulated draping,               This course will focus on an overview of        prior to or concurrently with ST204
“opening of the abdomen”, sequence of             the surgical specialties: general surgery         (evenings).
instruments and equipment. This course            which includes gastrointestinal and biliary
must be taken concurrently with ST101.            surgical procedures, gynecology,
(Fall and Spring Semesters)                       genitourinary surgery, ear, nose and throat
  Sixteen clinical hours (two days)               surgery, and head and neck surgery.
                                                  Surgical procedures will be discussed in
ST104 Fundamentals of Surgical                    relation to supplies, instrumentation and
Technology (4)                                    equipment. Surgical pathology, intra-
  This course focuses on the scrub duties         operative patient care, the sequence of the
and expanded instrumentation. Sterilization       surgical procedures, as well as potential
and disinfection will be continued as will        complications will be presented. Clinical
further exploration of the of the ethical/legal   practice takes place in hospital operating
aspects of surgical patient care and student      rooms, as well as other intraoperative care
accountability. Assisting with circulating        facilities. (Fall and Spring Semesters)
duties and wound healing and closure                Prerequisites: BIO131/BIO131L, ST104,
concepts will be introduced. Wound closure        ST105, ST106 with a grade of “C” or better
materials and stapling devices will be              BIO223/BIO223L must be taken prior to
explored in detail. Specialty equipment           or concurrently with ST201 (days) and
such as the use of electrocautery and use         ST203 (evenings)
of LASER equipment will also be
introduced. Regional surgical anatomy will        ST202 Clinical Education III (2)
continue to be discussed. The care of the           Student      clinical   experiences       are
anesthetized patient will be included.            broadened in a hospital setting with the
Learning activities will take place in the        student expanding experience in the
classroom, in the simulated on-campus             specialty surgical areas. The student will
operating room and hospital operating             also begin to assist with circulating duties of
rooms. (Fall and Spring Semesters)                the technologist. This course is taken
  Prerequisites: ST100, ST101, ST102,             concurrently with ST201. (Fall and Spring
ST103 and BIO130/BIO130L with a grade             Semesters)
of “C” or better                                    Sixteen clinical hours (two days)
  BIO131/BIO131L must be taken prior to             Prerequisites: BIO131/BIO131L, ST104,
or concurrently with ST104.                       ST105, ST106 with a grade of “C” or better
                                                    BIO223/BIO223L must be taken prior to
ST105 Surgical Pharmacology (2)                   or concurrently with ST202 (days) and
   This is the study of drugs, medications        ST204 (evenings)
and anesthesia and their use, especially as
it applies to a patient‟s surgical experience.
Drugs used in emergency situations will be
included. Anesthetics, the types, agents,
96   Directories




Directories
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Lisa M. Kirisits, CPA, Board Chair                 Siobhan C. Smith
  Kirisits & Associates, CPAS, PLLC                  First Niagara Financial Group

Michael R. Moravec, Esq., Board Vice Chair         Jonathan T. Swiatkowski, CPA
 Phillips Lytle, LLP                                Kaleida Health

Mary K. Bennett, M.D.                              Sister Sally Walz, R.S.M.
 SUNY at Buffalo                                     Sisters of Mercy of the Americas
 Kaleida Health-Buffalo General Hospital             New York, Pennsylvania, Pacific West Community

Sister JoAnne Courneen, R.S.M.                     Maureen A. Winnert
  Sisters of Mercy of the Americas
  New York, Pennsylvania, Pacific West Community

Sister Mary Jeanne Thomas Danahy, R.S.M.           PRESIDENT EMERITUS
  Sisters of Mercy of the Americas
  New York, Pennsylvania, Pacific West Community   Sister Barbara Ciarico, R.S.M.
                                                   Sister Mary Carmina Coppola, R.S.M.*
Thomas J. Gamble, Ph.D.                            Sister Mary Paracleta Shalloe, R.S.M.*
 Mercyhurst College                                Sister Mary Vincentia Vossler, R.S.M.*

Brian A. Gould                                     BOARD CHAIR EMERITUS
 e3 Communications
                                                   Thomas E. Baker
Sharon L. Hanson                                   Richard A. DiVita, Sr.
 Time Warner Cable                                 George J. Eberl
                                                   Jeffrey R. Hughes
Paul B. Hurley, Jr., Ph.D.                         Elizabeth N. Kolber
 President, Trocaire College                       Mary Catherine Paladino
                                                   Jean C. Powers, Esq.
Michele A. Ladouceur                               Michael M. Reilly
 ElderWood Senior Care                             M. Joseph Schroeder*
                                                   Nicholas D. Trbovich, Ph.D.
Teresa A. Lawrence, Ph.D.
 Clarence Central School District                  TRUSTEE EMERITUS

Sister Diane Matje, R.S.M.                         John Burgess
  Sisters of Mercy of the Americas                 Beatrice Connelly, M.D.*
  New York, Pennsylvania, Pacific West Community   Nelson H. Cosgrove
                                                   Sister Sharon Erickson, R.S.M.
Robert S. McDow                                    Sister Elaine Franz, R.S.M.
 Sweet Home Central School District                John T. Frizzell, Esq.*
                                                   Sister Patricia Gilbert, R.S.M.
James Notaro, Ph.D.                                Sister Peggy Gorman, R.S.M.
  Clinical Support Services, Inc.                  Ellen E. Grant, Ph.D.
                                                   Mark E. Hoffman
Sister Eileen O’Connor, R.S.M.                     Sister Catherine Hunt, R.S.M.
  Sisters of Mercy of the Americas                 Linda Kaumeyer, Esq.
  New York, Pennsylvania, Pacific West Community   Michael R. Lawley
                                                   Charles J. Palisano*
William A. Paladino                                Urban J. Pauly*
 Ellicott Development Company                      Judith Nolan Powell
                                                   Anne T. Prezio
Thomas J. Quatroche, Jr., Ph.D.                    Sister Geraldine Rosinski, R.S.M.
 Erie County Medical Center                        Bernadine M. Savarino
                                                   Richard F. Sheehan, D.D.S.
Cynthia M. Rich                                    Keith M. Stolzenburg
 Evans Bank
                                                   * Deceased Member
Sister Mary Ann Schimscheiner, R.S.M.
  Sisters of Mercy of the Americas
  New York, Pennsylvania, Pacific West Community

Nancy J. Sheehan, Esq.
 Catholic Health System
                                                                                                          Directories   97


Administration
OFFICE OF THE PRESIDENT                   HEOP/Trocaire Opportunity Program      Admissions
                                          Director                               Director
President                                  Peg Babcock, M.S.                       Maria Povlock, M.S.
 Paul B. Hurley, Jr., Ph.D.               Assistant Director                     Admissions Counselors
Executive Assistant to the President       G. Roman Shchurowsky, M.A.              Gary Cole, B.A., M.S.
 Kathleen A. Hoffstetter, A.A.S.          Palisano Center for Academic Success     Jennifer Ehlinger, M.S.W.
Director of Mission and Service           Director                                 Shary Kempton, M.S.
 Sister Margaret Mary Gorman, R.S.M.,      Althea Porter, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.      Admissions Assistant
 M.A.                                     Associate Director                       Catherine Baranowski, M.S.
                                           Patrick Sullivan, B.A.                Director of Extension Services
OFFICE OF ACADEMIC AFFAIRS                Registrar                                Claudia Lesinski, B.S.
                                           Theresa Horner, B.S.                  Financial Aid
Vice President for Academic Affairs       Registrar’s Assistants                 Director
  Thomas J. Mitchell, M.A., R.N.           Nancy Maloney, A.S.                     Janet McGrath, B.S., Ed.M.
Dean for Academic Affairs (Non-Nursing     Mary Ellen Regan                      Assistant Director
Studies)                                                                           Allison Germono, B.A.
  Rev. Robert Mock, B.A., M.Div.          OFFICE OF FINANCE AND                  Financial Aid Advisor
Dean of Nursing Studies                   ADMINISTRATION                           Joanna Zadvorney, B.A., B.S.
  Marian Meyers, Ed.D.                                                           Financial Aid Technicians
Administrative Assistant                  Vice President, Finance &                Terry Adamczyk, B.S.
  Debra Steriovski, B.A.                  Administration                           Julie Smith, A.A.S.
Director of Distance Learning &             Richard Bernecki, M.B.A.             Default Manager / Financial Aid
Educational Technology                                                           Assistant / Work Study
  Jeremiah Grabowski, B.S., M.Ed.         Accounting                               David Schwab, B.P.S.
                                            Diane Eggleston, A.A.S.              Life Long Learning & Workforce
Program Directors                           Douglas Lenhardt, B.A., B.S.         Development
                                          Administrative Information Systems     Director
Computer Network Administration           Director                                 Hal Kingsley, B.A., M.A., M.B.A.
 Jeff Lesinski, M.B.A.                      Michele Peters, B.S.                 Coordinator of Veteran Services
Developmental / Transitional Studies      Research Programmer/Analyst              Brad Baumgardner, B.A.
 Althea Porter, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.           Paul Duewiger, B.S.
Diagnostic Medical Sonography and         Bookstore                              OFFICE OF HUMAN RESOURCES AND
Echocardiography                          Manager of Bookstore / College         COLLEGE SUPPORT SERVICES
 Ellen Bowman, M.B.A., R.T.(R)(M),        Purchasing / Copy Room
 RDMS, RDCS                                 Deborah Cammarata, B.S.              Executive Director of Human Resources
Dietetic Technology                       Assistant Manager Bookstore / Copy     / College Support Services
 Kathleen Border, B.S., M.Ed., RD, CDN    Room                                     Rebecca Boyle, M.B.A., S.P.H.R.
General Studies                             Charles Brant, A.A.S.                Payroll, Benefits and HR Coordinator
 Ryan Hartnett, B.A., Ph.D.               Bookstore & Imaging Associate            Linda Sansone, A.A.S.
Health Information Technology and           Brian McGinty, B.S.                  College Support Services
Medical Assistant                         Printing, Scanning and Mail Room       Director
 Nicole Miller, A.A.S., B.P.S., RHIA        Janet Healey, A.A.S.                   Philomena Gallagher, B.C.
Hospitality Management                    Facilities and Auxiliary Services      Administrative / Secretarial Support
 James E. Carlo, B.S., M.S.               Director                                 Paulann DiGioia
Human Resource Management                   Margaret Andrzejewski, B.A.            Peggy Messina, B.C.
 Rosanne Dee, B.S., M.S., S.P.H.R.        Maintenance Staff                      Senior Support Services Assistant
Massage Therapy                             Daniel Block                           Lisa Geraci
 Reba Sidell, B.S., M.A., LMT             Switchboard
Nursing                                     Mary M. Przepasniak                  OFFICE OF INSTITUTIONAL
 Carol Fanutti, M.S., Ed.D., R.N., CCS    Facilities Coordinator                 ADVANCEMENT
Practical Nursing                           Matthew DeWitt, B.S.
 Victoria Koprucki, M.S., Ed.D., CRN,     Information Technology                 Vice President of Institutional
 CMA                                      Senior Information Technology          Advancement
Radiologic Technology A.A.S and B.S.      Specialist                               John Vecchio, M.B.A.
 Nancy Augustyn, M.S. Ed., R.T.(R)          Robin Loomis, A.A.S.                 Director of Development
Surgical Technology                       Help Desk                                Joni Williams, A.O.S.
 Linda Kerwin, M.S., M.A., R.N.             Eric Macon, A.A.S.                   Director of Communications & Web
                                          Student Accounts                       Manager
Advisement                                Director                                 Kathleen Popielski, B.S.
Director of Advisement & Retention          John J. Hudack, B.B.A.               Grant Director
 Kristen Nesbitt, B.A., M.S.              Student Billing Specialist               Sandra Miller, M.A.
Advisement Coordinator                      Lisa Kraska, M.S.                    Web/Social Media Editor
 Sister Marian Mullen, R.S.M., M.S.                                                Jackie Bryant, B.S.
Advisor for Academic Probation &          OFFICE OF ENROLLMENT                   Administrative Assistant
Retention                                 MANAGEMENT AND FINANCIAL AID             Lisa Schaffer
 Sister Patricia Gilbert, R.S.M., B.A.,
  M.A.T.                                  Dean of Program Development and
Academc Advisor                           Enrollment Management
 John Hyland, B.A., M.A.                   Michael C. LaFever, Ed.D.
98   Directories


OFFICE OF PLANNING, ASSESSMENT
AND RESEARCH

Dean of Planning, Assessment &
Research
 Richard Linn, Ph.D.
Research Analyst
 Brenda Ruot, M.A.

OFFICE OF STUDENT AFFAIRS

Dean of Students
 Anthony Funigiello, M.S.
Director of Career Center
 Maureen Huber, B.A., M.Ed.
Career Counselors
 Claire Darstein, M.S.
 Sister Marie Bernarde Procknal, R.S.M.,
 M.S., M.S. Ed.
Counselor for Student Affairs
 Joyce Kaiser, B.A.
Coordinator of Campus Ministry and
Health Records/Wellness
 Sister Marie Andre Maine, R.S.M., M.S.
Rachel R. Savarino Library
Director
 Judith K. Schwartz, M.L.S.
Reference Librarians
 Mark Bialkowski, M.L.I.S.
 Lucy Bungo, M.S.I.S.
 Susan Cutrona, M.L.S.
 Keri Thomas-Whiteside, M.L.S.
 Elise Torre, M.L.S.
 Amy Vilz, M.L.S.
                                                                                                                         Directories    99



Faculty
SUSAN ADRIAN, Assistant Professor of           NANCY CHOJECKI, Associate Professor             CYNTHIA LEFFEL, Instructor of Practical
 Nursing                                        of Nursing                                      Nursing
 R.N., St. Joseph‟s Hospital School of          R.N., Buffalo General Hospital School of        R.N., B.S., State University of New York
 Nursing                                        Nursing                                         College at Brockport
 B.S., M.S., State University of New York at    B.S., M.S., State University of New York at     M.S., Western Governors University
 Buffalo                                        Buffalo
 P.N.P. Pediatric Nurse Practitioner                                                           SUSAN M. MALONEY, Professor of
                                               GERALD CLARK, Senior Mathematics                 Psychology
JOHN ANDERSON, Instructor of Nursing            Specialist, Transitional Studies                B.A., Ed.M., State University of New York
 R.N., A.A.S., Trocaire College                 B.S., State University of New York College      at Buffalo
 B.S., M.S., Daemen College                     at Buffalo                                      Ed.D.., University of Rochester
                                                M.S., Canisius College
KIMBERLY BAILEY, Associate Professor                                                           SHARON P. MANG, Associate Professor of
 of Natural Science                            MARY ANN DEB, Professor of Nursing               Nursing
 B.A., Connecticut College                      R.N., B.S., M.S., M.B.A., State University      R.N., B.S., D‟Youville College
 Ph.D., University of Maryland                  of New York at Buffalo                          M.S., State University of New York at
                                                                                                Buffalo
DONALD BALTHASAR, Assistant                    ALICE E. DUSKIEWICZ, Assistant
 Professor of Natural Science                   Professor of Nursing                           PATRICIA MATLOCK, Associate Professor
 B.S., Ph.D., State University of New York      R.N., A.A.S., Trocaire College                  of Nursing
 at Buffalo                                     B.A., Queens College                            R.N., B.S., State University of New York at
                                                B.S., Daemen College                            Buffalo
PATRICIA BATTAGLIA, Professor of                M.A., Webster College                           M.S., State University of New York at
 Nursing                                        M.S. Walden University                          Stony Brook
 R.N., B.S., M.S., D‟Youville College
                                               CAROLYN ENTY, Professor of Nursing              JENNIFER MCCORMICK, Assistant
DIANE BERRY, Professor of Natural               R.N., B.S., M.S., D‟Youville College            Professor of Sociology
 Science                                        M.S., Canisius College                          B.S., State University of New York College
 A.A., Villa Maria College                                                                      at Buffalo
 B.S., Rosary Hill College                     LINDA GRZYWNA, Professor of Nursing              M.B.A., Medaille College
 M.S., State University of New York at          R.N., A.A.S., Trocaire College                  Ph.D., State University of New York at
 Buffalo, Division of Roswell Park Memorial     B.S., M.S., State University of New York at     Buffalo
 Institute                                      Buffalo
                                                                                               RACHEL SUTO MCCORMICK, Associate
DONNETTE BLACHURA-HONG, Assistant              KIMBERLY HEEB, Professor of Surgical             Professor of Radiologic Technology
 Professor of Nursing                           Technology                                      R.T.(R), A.A.S., Trocaire College
 B.S., D‟Youville College                       R.N., B.S., M.S., State University of New       B.A., State University of New York College
 M.S.Ed., Daemen College                        York at Buffalo                                 at Buffalo
                                                Certification in Midwifery, State University    M.A., The Pennsylvania State University
JENNIFER BLICKWEDEHL, Assistant                 of New York at Stony Brook
 Professor of Natural Sciences                                                                 JEAN MARIE MCDONNELL-BENNETT,
 B.S., Westminster College                     SUSAN HORROCKS, Assistant Professor              Professor of Practical Nursing
 Ph.D., State University of New York at         of Psychology                                   R.N., B.S., M.S., State University of New
 Buffalo                                        B.A., Ed.M., C.A.S., Ph.D., State               York at Buffalo
                                                University of New York at Buffalo
MARTHA BRONSTEIN, Assistant                                                                    CHERYL A. MILLER, Professor of Nursing
 Professor of Nursing                          ROBERT KIEFFER, Associate Professor of           R.N., Buffalo General Hospital School of
 R.N., A.A.S., Trocaire College                 Philosophy                                      Nursing
 B.S., Canisius College                         B.A., Ph.D., State University of New York       B.S., Daemen College
 M.S., State University of New York at          at Buffalo                                      M.S., D‟Youville College
 Buffalo
                                               NICOLE KLEM, Instructor of Dietetic             SOLOMON NELSON, Instructor of English
DEBORAH BUCCILLI, Assistant Professor           Technology                                      B.A., LNG College
 of Practical Nursing                           B.A., Hobart & William Smith College            M.A., Loyola College
 R.N., B.S., Daemen College                     M.S., D‟Youville College                        Ph.D., Pondicherry University
 B.S.Ed., State University of New York          R.D.
 College at Buffalo                                                                            ALTHEA PORTER, Associate Professor /
 M.S. Ed, Medaille College                     SUZANNE KREUZER, Professor of                    Director of Transitional Studies
                                                Nursing                                         B.S., Canisius College
MARTHA J. CALABRESE, Professor of               R.N., E.J. Meyer Memorial Hospital              M.A., Ph.D., State University of New York
 Nursing                                        School of Nursing                               at Buffalo
 B.S., Middle Tennessee State University        B.S., M.S., State University of New York at
 R.N., B.S., D‟Youville College                 Buffalo                                        MARIA PRIOR, Assistant Professor of
 M.S., A.N.P., State University of New York                                                     Nursing
 at Buffalo                                    MARIA LALLEY, Professor of Nursing               R.N., A.A.S., Millard Fillmore
                                                R.N., B.S., Niagara University                  B.S., Daemen College
BARBARA CAMMARATA, Assistant                    M.S., Adelphi University                        M.S., State University of New York at
 Professor of Practical Nursing                 N.P., M.S., D‟Youville College                  Buffalo
 R.N., B.S., M.S., D‟Youville College
100    Directories


NANCY RENZONI, Associate Professor of          DIANE MISSERT WICKHAM, Professor of
 Nursing                                        Natural Science
 R.N., Sisters Hospital School of Nursing       B.S.Ed., M.A., State University of New
 B.S., M.S., Daemen College                     York College at Buffalo

JEFFREY ROLLAND, Assistant Professor           ESTHER WILCZYNSKI, Associate
 of Mathematics                                 Professor of Natural Science
 B.S., University of Madison                    B.Sc., Ph.D., University of Toronto
 M.S., University of Milwaukee                  Teaching Certification, Canisius College

MARY SCHNORR, Instructor of Nursing            KEVIN WISE, Instructor of Natural
 R.N., B.S., D‟Youville College                 Sciences
 B.S., University of South Carolina             B.S., Cornell University
 M.S., University of Virginia                   Ph.D., University of Connecticut

ANN SMITH, Professor / Clinical                DAVID ZIMMER, Associate Professor of
 Coordinator of Radiologic Technology           Natural Sciences
 R.T.(R), A.A.S., Trocaire College              B.A., M.A., Ph.D., State University of New
 B.S., Empire State College                     York at Buffalo
 M.S., State University of New York at
 Buffalo                                       In addition to the faculty member listed
                                               above, the College is privileged to draw
JOANNE H. SORCI, Assistant Professor of        upon the expertise of part-time adjunct
 Practical Nursing                             instructors as well as part-time
 R.N., B.S., M.S., State University of New     clinical/lab instructors.
 York at Buffalo
 A.P.R.N., B.C. Board Certified Adult
 Health Nurse Practitioner
 Certified Diabetes Educator

ROSALIE SOTTILE, Assistant Professor of
 Practical Nursing
 R.N., B.S., D‟Youville College
 M.S. Ed. State University of New York
 College at Buffalo

DEBRA STACEY, Assistant Professor of
 Nursing
 A.S., Erie Community College
 R.N., A.A.S., Trocaire College
 B.S., M.S., Roberts Wesleyan College

SHARMAN STASCHAK, Associate
 Professor of Nursing
 R.N., B.S., Niagara University
 M.S., State University of New York at
 Buffalo

M. LYNN SULLIVAN, Professor of
 Humanities
 B.A., State University College at Fredonia
 M.A., State University of New York at
 Buffalo

BRANDON SUPERNAULT, Assistant
 Professor of Hospitality Management
 A.S., Clinton Community College
 B.S., State University of New York College
 at Plattsburg
 M.S., State University of New York
 College at Buffalo

LYNN VELASQUEZ, Professor of Nursing
 R.N., A.A.S., Trocaire College
 B.S., M.S., State University of New York at
 Buffalo

CAROL WEBER, Professor of Radiologic
 Technology
 R.T.(R), A.A.S., Upstate Medical Center
 B.S., Empire State College
 M.S., State University of New York at
 Buffalo
                                                                                                            Directories    101



                  CLINICAL AFFILIATION AGREEMENT / CONTRACT MEMBER LISTING
   DIAGNOSTIC MEDICAL           EKG / CARDIAC MONITOR              MASSAGE THERAPY               Summit Park Medical Mall
        SONOGRAPHY                      TECHNICIAN              Kenmore Mercy Hospital           Wyoming County Community
Amherst Diagnostic Imaging     Buffalo General Hospital         Mercy Hospital                    Health System
Brooks Memorial Hospital       Kenmore Mercy Hospital           NY Chiropractic College Clinic
Buffalo General Hospital       Mercy Hospital                   Roswell Park Cancer Institute        PRACTICAL NURSING
Erie County Medical Center     Millard Fillmore Gates                                            Buffalo General Hospital
Kenmore Mercy Hospital          Hospital                           MEDICAL ASSISTANT             DeGraff Hospital
Lifetime Health (Univera)      Sisters of Charity Hospital      Buffalo Medical Group            Elderwood Health Care at
Mercy Diagnostic & Treatment   St. Joseph Hospital              DLC Pediatrics                    Heathwood
 Center                                                         Gastroenterology Associates      Elderwood Health Care at
Mercy Hospital                    HEALTH INFORMATION            Mercy OB/GYN Pediatrics           Lakewood
Millard Fillmore Gates                  TECHNOLOGY              WNY Healthworks                  Elderwood Health Care at
 Hospital                      Autumn View Health Care                                            Maplewood
Niagara Falls Memorial           Facility                                   NURSING              Elderwood Health Care at
 Hospital                      Beechwood Homes                  BryLin Hospitals, Inc.            Oakwood
Sisters of Charity Hospital    Bertrand Chaffee Hospital        Buffalo General Hospital         Erie County Medical Center
St. Joseph Hospital            Brooks Memorial                  Buffalo Psychiatric Center       Mercy Hospital
Western New York MRI           BryLin Hospitals, Inc.           Center for Hospice &             McGuire Group
Windsong Radiology             Buffalo General Hospital          Palliative Care                 Millard Fillmore Gates &
Wyoming County Community       Buffalo Medical Group            Community Charter School          Suburban Hospital
 Health System                 Buffalo Psychiatric Center       Deaconess Center                 Northgate Health Care Facility
                               Catholic Health System           Del-Nor Outpatient               Oakwood Health Care Center
  DIETETIC TECHNOLOGY            Tumor Registry                 Erie County Medical Center       Seneca Manor
Baker Victory Services         Center for Hospice &             Global Concepts Charter          St. Joseph Hospital
Catholic Charities of WNY        Palliative Care                 School                          VA WNY Health Care System
 WIC Program                   Deaconess Hospital               Kenmore Mercy Hospital           VA Medical Center
Cornell Cooperative            DeGraff Hospital                 Margaret Stutzman Addiction      Women & Children‟s Hospital
 Extension of Erie County      Elderwood Health Care             Treatment Center
Cornell Cooperative              Centers                        McAuley-Seton Home Care                   RADIOLOGIC
 Extension of Niagara County   Erie County Home & Infirmary     McGuire Group                       TECHNOLOGY (A.A.S.)
Concerned Ecumenical           Erie County Medical Center       Mercy Hospital                   Amherst University Medical
 Ministry Loaves & Fishes      Erie County Medical Center       Millard Fillmore Gates &          Center
 Dining Room                     Trauma Registry                 Suburban Hospital               Bertrand Chaffee Hospital
Elderwood Health Care at       Erie County Skilled Nursing      Niagara Family Health Center     Brooks Memorial Hospital
 Oakwood                         Facility                       Roswell Park Cancer Institute    Buffalo General Hospital
Food Bank of Western New       Health Care Solutions            Sheehan Memorial Hospital        Buffalo Medical Group
 York                          Inter-Community Memorial         Sisters of Charity Hospital      Buffalo Ultrasound
Gowanda Rehabilitation &         Hospital                       South Buffalo Charter School     Diagnostic Imaging
 Nursing Center                Kaleida Health System Tumor      Spectrum Human Services           Associates
Greenfield Health &              Registry                       St. Joseph Hospital              Erie County Medical Center
 Rehabilitation Center         Kenmore Mercy Hospital           Town Garden Pediatrics           Excelsior Orthopedics
McGuire Group                  Lifetime Health (Univera)        Visiting Nursing Association     Kenmore Mercy Hospital
Morrison Health Care           Maxim Management Services        Women & Children‟s Hospital      Lake Shore Hospital (TLC
 Services at Erie County       McAuley-Seton Home Care          Wyoming County Community          Health Networks)
 Medical Center                McGuire Group                     Health System                   Lifetime Health (Univera)
SAGE Dining Services, Inc.     Medina Memorial Hospital                                          Lockport Memorial Hospital
Sodexo Health Care Services    Mercy Hospital                    RN REFRESHER COURSE             Mercy Ambulatory Care
 at Kaleida Health Systems     Millard Fillmore Gates &         Buffalo General Hospital          Center
Southeast Works                  Suburban Hospital              DeGraff Memorial Hospital        Mercy Diagnostic & Treatment
Vive                           Niagara Falls Memorial           Erie County Medical Center        Center
Wegmans Food Markets, Inc.       Hospital                       Mercy Hospital                   Mercy Hospital
YMCA Buffalo Niagara           Oakwood Health Care Center       Millard Fillmore Gates &         Millard Fillmore (Gates Circle)
                               Odd Fellow & Rebekah              Suburban Hospital                Hospital
   ECHOCARDIOGRAPHY              Rehabilitation & Health Care   St. Joseph Hospital              MRI Associates of Buffalo,
Buffalo Cardiology &             Center                                                           P.C.
 Pulmonary Associates          Physician Practice               PERI-OPERATIVE NURSING           Northtowns Imaging
Buffalo General Hospital         Management                     Buffalo General Hospital         Physician‟s Imaging Center
Buffalo Medical Group          Roswell Park Cancer Institute    Mercy Hospital                   Roswell Park Cancer Institute
Erie County Medical Center     Sheehan Memorial Hospital        Millard Fillmore Gates &         Sisters of Charity Hospital
Mercy Hospital                 Sisters of Charity Hospital       Suburban Hospital               Southtowns Radiology
Millard Fillmore Gates         St. Joseph Hospital              Sisters of Charity Hospital      St. Joseph Hospital
 Hospital                      VA WNY Health Care System        St. Joseph Hospital              University MRI & Orthopedics
Mt. St. Mary‟s Hospital        The Waters of Aurora Park                                          at Erie County Medical
Pediatric Cardiology           The Waters of Eden                       PHLEBOTOMY                Center
 Associates                    The Waters of Orchard Park       Kenmore Mercy Hospital           University Orhopaedics
Sisters of Charity Hospital    WNY Children‟s Psychiatric       Lakeshore Hospital               United Memorial Medical
Unity Health Systems – Park      Center                         Lockport Memorial Hospital        Center / Jerome Center
 Ridge Hospital                WNY D.D.S.O.                     Mercy Hospital                   VA Medical Center
University of Rochester        Women & Children‟s Hospital      Quest Diagnostics                Windsong Radiology
 Medical Center                                                 Roswell Park Cancer Institute    WNY MRI Center
Women & Children‟s Hospital                                     Sisters of Charity Hospital      Women & Children‟s Hospital
                                                                St. Joseph Hospital
102   Directories



 SURGICAL TECHNOLOGY
Buffalo General Hospital
Erie County Medical Center
Kenmore Mercy Hospital
Mercy Hospital
Millard Fillmore Gates &
 Suburban Hospital
Roswell Park Cancer Institute
Sisters of Charity Hospital
St. Joseph Hospital
Women & Children‟s Hospital
 of Buffalo
                                                                                                                     Directories    103


                                              Molly McGurrin, Outpatient Ancillary                             LIBRARY
ADVISORY COUNCILS                              Coder, Catholic Health Systems                Kathleen M. DeLaney, Archivisit,
                                              Cynthia Mykins, RHIA, CPC, Director             Andrew L. Bouwhuis Library, Canisius
                                               Health Information Management,                 College
           COMPUTER NETWORK                    Beechwood Homes                               Sr. Anna Falbo, CSSF, Library Director,
             ADMINISTRATION                   Marilyn Owczarczak, RHIT, Medical               Villa Maria College
Charles Border, Associate Director,            Transcriptionist, Buffalo Medical Group       Randolph Gadikian, Director, Daniel A.
 School of Informatics, Rochester Institute   Alice Pfonner, RHIT, CCS, CCS-P, Coding         Reed Library, SUNY Fredonia
 of Technology                                 Specialist, VA Western New York Health        Cindy Hepfer, Head EPM Dept. CTS
Christopher N. Brown, Vice President,          Care                                           Electronic Periodicals Mgmt. Dept.
 Team Leader-Network Computing                Lori Phelan, CCS-P, Supervisor, Physician      David Schoen, Director of Libraries,
 Systems, M&T Bank                             Practice Management                            Niagara University
Ernest Bussick, Information Technology        Becky Pittler, RHIA, Health Information        Elise Torre, MLS, Information Services
 Coordinator, Maryvale School District         Manager, Odd Fellow & Rebekah Rehab            Consultant
Peter Capelli, Director, Networking &          & Health Care Center
 Technical Services Catholic Health           Michelle Prince, RHIT, CTR, Cancer                       MASSAGE THERAPY
 System                                        Registrar, Catholic Health Systems            Mary Bennett, M.D.
William J. Fischer, Support Specialist,       Cheryl Quarantello, RHIA, Health               David Kurrs, M.D., Women‟s Wellness
  HSBC Bank                                    Information Manager, Sisters of Charity        Center WNY
Dr. David Lee, Adjunct, Trocaire College       Hospital                                      Gloria Lucker, O.T.
 and Jamestown Community College              Jan Stevens, RHIA, Health Information          Janet McPherson, R.N., L.M.T.
Drew McNichol, Technology Director,            Manager, Mercy Hospital
 HEALTHeLINK                                  Wendy Stokosa, RHIA, CTR, Coordinator,                   MEDICAL ASSISTANT
John Messina, IT Director, Retired, Trico      Tumor Registry, Kaleida Health System         Joanne Sorci, Nurse Practitioner,
 Products                                     Gale Syty, RHIA, Director, Health               Associate Professor of Practical Nursing,
James Peck, Adjunct, Trocaire College          Information, WNY DDSO                          Trocaire College
Jeff Poblocki, Applied Technology             Raymond Weaver, Coding Specialist,
 Administrator, The Gow School                 St. Joseph Hospital                                             NURSING
Justin Przepasniak, Region 5 GIS                                                             Lou Ann Brown, V.P. & Site Chief Nursing
 Coordinator, NYS Department of                      HOSPITALITY MANAGEMENT                   Officer, Women & Children‟s Hospital
 Transportation                               Mark Jerge, General Manager, Salvatore‟s       Diane Ceravolo, R.N., Director of Nursing
Harold Reeverts, Exec. Director of             Grand Hotel                                    Practice, Millard Fillmore Hospital
 Institutional Research President of          Dan Kutis, Corporate Recruiter,                Mary E. Dillon, R.N., M.S., Vice President
 Administrator‟s Association, Retired, ECC     The Hamister Group                             of Patient Care Services, Sisters of
Jeffrey Ross, Solutions Specialist, Copier    Andrew Lawson, General Manager,                 Charity Hospital
 Fax Business Technologies                     Sodexho Food Service, M&T Bank                Susan Fallis, R.N., Director of Nursing,
David Sutton, Service Desk Analyst,           Bill Lovelock, Teacher, Lafayette High          Buffalo Psychiatric Center
 Inergex Incorporated                          School                                        Mary Beth Farrugio, R.N., VP & CNO,
Chris Wielgus, Borrower Services              Kevin Mulcahy, Ph.D., Chair, Hospitality &      Millard Fillmore Suburban Hospital
 Supervisor, Erie County Public Library       Tourism Dept., Buffalo State College           Victoria Koprucki, Ed.D., Director of
Robert Wolfe, Systems Administrator,          Gary Praetzel, Ph.D., Dean, Niagara             Practical Nursing program, Trocaire
 Cognigen Corporation                          University School of Hospitality & Tourism     College
                                               Management                                    Mary Ann Long, R.N., Director of Patient
        DIETETIC TECHNOLOGY                   Russell Salvatore, Owner, Salvatore‟s           Care Services, Roswell Park Cancer Inst.
Ursula J. Davis                                Grand Hotel & Russell‟s Restaurant            Beth Maloney, R.N., School Nurse, South
Nicole Gsell, MS, RD, Autumn View Health      Paul Stenzel, Professor, Culinary Arts, Erie    Buffalo Charter School
 Care Facility                                 Community College, North                      Elizabeth Owens, R.N., Director of Nursing
Lisa Neuhaus, RD, CDCN, CNSD,                 Krista VanWagner, Owner, Curly‟s Bar &          Education, Roswell Park Cancer Institute
 Kenmore Mercy Hospital                        Grill                                         Mary Lou Rusin, R.N., Ed.D., Chair,
Julie Nowak, Dietetic Technology Student                                                      Nursing Department, Daemen College
Candi Possinger, MS, RD, CDN, CDE,               HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT                   Mary Schinner, R.N., M.S., Dean
 State University of New York at Buffalo      Rebecca Boyle, Executive Director of            Emeritus, Trocaire College
Jen Reardon, MS, RD, Cornell University        Human Resources & College Support             Karen Szymanski, R.N., Assistant Director
 Cooperative Extension                         Services, Trocaire College                     of Nursing, Erie County Medical Center
Christine Rivera, RD, Food Bank of            Pat Crotty, Principal, PXC & Associates        Dawn Walters, R.N., M.S., Assistant
 Western New York                             Larry Drake, past V.P. of HR, Graphic           Director of Nursing for Medical/Surgical
Evemarie Schlehr, RD, CDN, Father Baker        Controls                                       Services, Erie County Medical Center
 Manor Acute and Long Term Care               Suzanne Elliott, V.P. of HR, Power Drives,
Megan Whelan, MS, RD, D‟Youville               Inc.                                                          PERKINS IV
 College                                      Hal Kingsley, Director of Workforce                    Executive Advisory Council
                                               Development, Trocaire College                 Mark Bryndle, Student, Trocaire College
 HEALTH INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY                Nancy Lynch, SPHR, Lynch-Pin HR                Frank Ciccia, MBA, MS.Ed., Chief
Becky Aiken, Tumor Registrar, Kaleida         Dave Merrell, CFO, Northwest Office             Learning Officer, Center for Hospice &
 Health System                                 Providers                                      Palliative Care
Sharon Corbett, RHIA, Lead Coder, Health      Jan Reicis, Principal, Reicis and              David Clabeaux, RT, CEO, Buffalo
 Information Management, Sisters of            Associates                                     Neurosurgery Group
 Charity Hospital                             Renee Terreri, HR Director, Cameron            Ann Enger, Executive Director, South
Patricia Fisher, RHIT, Coder, Millard          Compression                                    Buffalo Chamber of Commerce
 Fillmore Gates Hospital                      Kris Weller, HR Manager, Independent           Marie Kaczmarek, Director of Planning,
Maureen Lamour, RHIA, Health                   Health                                         Buffalo & Erie County Workforce
 Information Manager, Sheehan Memorial        Jodi Wiechec, HR Team leader, Perry‟s           Investment Board
 Hospital                                      Ice Cream                                     Jane Lapi, B.S., M.S., ESL Teacher,
Mary Beth McCarthy, RHIA, CIC, Coding                                                         Buffalo School District Literacy Center
 Supervisor, Catholic Health Systems
104    Directories


Kathy Nyquist, Administrator, Beechwood
 Residence & Nursing Home
Elizabeth Owens, M.S., R.N., Director of
 Training, Roswell Park Cancer Institute
Susan Ott, Ph.D., CFP®, Director, McNair
 Scholarship Program, SUNY Buffalo
Michael Sullivan, M.D.
David Witczak, Account Manager, Cisco
 Systems

          PRACTICAL NURSING
Georgeann Dudeck, former Director of
 Practical Nursing, Erie I BOCES
Carol Fanutti, Ed.D., Director of Nursing,
 Trocaire College
Ann Giangrosso, Human Resource
 Coordinator, The McGuire Group
Kathryn Kuchenbeisser
Elizabeth McNamara, M.S.N., Regional
 Director, Tissue & Transplant
Michael Murphy, Executive Director,
 Skilled Nursing Operations, Elderwood
 Senior Care

  RADIOLOGIC TECHNOLOGY (A.A.S.)
Michael Budzynski, R.T.(R), WNY MRI
 Center
David Clabeaux, R.T.(R), CEO, Buffalo
 Neurosurgery Group
Lisa Foss, R.T.(R), Medical Imaging
 Supervisor, United Memorial Medical
 Center
Maureen Tabaczynski, R.T.(R), Vascular
 Technologist

        SURGICAL TECHNOLOGY
Michael Catanzaro, President, North
 American Health Care Association
Lisa Dlugosz, ST Student, President of
 Student Surgical Technology Association
Caitlin Gavin, CST, Buffalo General
 Hospital
Kim Heeb, CST, R.N., MSN, WHNP, CNM,
 Clinical Coordinator, Trocaire College
Rachael Ismert, ST Student Teaching
 Assistant Trocaire College
Cheryl Jaczewski, R.N., B.S., CNOR,
 Surgical Advisor Educator, St. Joseph
 Hospital
Sharon Kimaid, R.N., CNOR, Systems
Director, Perioperative Services, Mercy
Hospital
Dr. Richard Linn, Dean of Planning &
 Research, Trocaire College
Dr. Alexander Mandych, Southtowns Ear,
 Nose & Throat
Laurie Mangold, CST, Roswell Park
 Cancer Institute
Charlotte Natwora, R.N., Assistant
 Director SPD, St. Joseph Hospital
Lindsay Nedimyer, CST, Women &
 Children‟s Hospital of Buffalo
                                                                                                                                                                 105




Index
A                                          Surgical Technology……………..….94-95         Graduation Requirements………………..39         Student Aid Disbursement Policy……….19
Academic Advisement………………..33-34          Course Disclosure Policy……………..….34        Grievance Policy…………………………..39            Student Life……………………………30-32
Academic Amnesty……………………….34              Course Limitation……………………..…..34                                                     Students with Special Needs…….………..7
Academic Bankruptcy………………..…..34          Course Prerequisite Enrollment……..….34     H                                         Support Services………………….……….36
Academic Calendar………………………..4             Course Waiver / Substitutions…..…..34-35   Health Records and Immunizations……..31
Academic Dismissal/Reinstatement……37      Credit By Examination………………...…40          Health Services……………………………31              T
Academic Integrity…………………….….33           Crime Statistics………………………..….32            History, College……………………………..5            Testing and Basic Academic Skills…..…39
Academic Policies & Procedures…...33-42   Cross Registration Policy…………..…...37      Hours of Operation………………………….8            Transcripts…………………………………41
Academic Standards………………….….37            Cultural Life……………………………….31               Housing, Off-Campus………………….….31           Transfer Credit…………..……………13, 41
Academic Standing /                       Cumulative Average…………………..….38                                                      Transitional Studies………………….……15
 Academic Probation………………….....37                                                    I                                         Trocaire at a Glance……………………….2
Academic Warnings………………….…..37            D                                          Incomplete Policy……………………….…38            Trocaire Opportunity Program…………..24
Academic Year……………………………37                Dean’s List…………………………..…….41               Independent Study……………………..…38            Tuition and Fees…………………………..18
Accreditation……………………………….5               Degrees and Programs of Study…...43-73     Institutional Aid…………………………24-25          Tuition Liability Policy…………………….19
Administration………………………....97-98           Computer Network Administration..…..45    Insurance…………………………………...19               Tutoring………………………..…………….7
Admissions………………………..…….9-15               Computer Network Administration
Advanced Placement……………….……39                 Certificate………………………….…46              L                                         V
Advanced Standing………………………13               Diagnostic Medical Sonography………47        Laboratory Facilities………..………………6         Veterans Education Benefits………….…23
Advisory Councils………………….103-104           Dietetic Technology…………………....48          Leave of Absence………………………....35
Alumni Association……………….………32             Echocardiography………………………49               Library……………………………………..7-8                W
American Opportunity Credit………..…..22      General Studies…………………..…50-51            Life Long Learning…….……………...…..16        Withdrawal Policies……………………….42
Application Procedure…………………….9            Health Information Technology……52-53      Lifetime Learning Tax Credit……………..22     Workforce Development………………….17
Articulation Agreements…………………14           Hospitality Management…………...54-55        Location………………………………….…..8                Work Study ………………………………..22
Attendance………………………………..34                 Hospitality Management
Audit Policy……………………………….38                   Certificate…………………………….55              M
                                           Human Resource Management…...56-57        Matriculation………………………..….13-14
B                                          Human Resource Management                 Mission Statement………………………….5
Board of Trustees…………………………96                 Certificate………………………...…..56
Business Office Holds……………………20            Massage Therapy…………………..…..58             N
                                           Massage Therapy Certificate…….……59        New York State Aid Programs……….23-24
C                                          Medical Assistant……………………....60           Nondiscrimination Policy…………………...3
Campus Ministry…………………..……..31             Nursing (AAS)……………………….61-63              Nursing, Advanced Placement…….…40-41
Career Center………………………...30-31             Nursing (BS)…………………………64-65
Classification of Students………..……...37     Practical Nursing………………….….…66            O
Clinical Affiliations…………………101-102        Radiologic Technology (AAS)……..67-68      Orientation………………………………...30
Consumer Information……………………5              Radiologic Technology (BS)…….…69-70
Counseling………………………………..30                 Surgical Technology……………..…71-73          P
Course Cancellation……………….…….34           Directed Study……………………………39                Palisano Center for
Course Challenge…………………….39-40            Dual Admissions…………………………14                 Academic Success…………………..……7
Course Descriptions……………….…74-95                                                     Payment (financial) Arrangements……...18
 Art…………………………………………74                    E                                          Pell Grant……………….………………….22
 Biology………………………………..74-75               Early Admissions…………………….…...14            Phi Theta Kappa…………………………..39
 Business………………………….…..75-76              Earned College Credit for                  Philosophy, College………………………...5
 Chemistry……………………………..….76                High School Diploma……………..….14-15         Placement Testing……………………….7, 9
 Computer Network Administration…76-77    Employment Placement Summary………30          President’s Message……………………….1
 Diagnostic Medical Sonography……77-78     Evaluation of Student Work……………....37      Prior Learning Credit………………….39-41
 Dietetic Technology………………….78-79         Expenses…………………………………...21                 Program Change Policy………………….35
 Echocardiography…………………...79-80                                                     Program Pursuit…………………….....26-29
 Economics…………………………..……80                F                                          Programs of Study………………...…..43-73
 English………………………..…...….80-81            Facilities………………………….…….…6,8               Program Requirements…………….....10-12
 General Education……………...……81-82         Faculty………………………………..99-100
 Health Information Technology…….82-83    Family Educational Rights &                Q
 History…………………………………….83                  Privacy (FERPA)……………....…3, 35-36         Quality Point Average…………………....38
 Hospitality Management…………….83-84        Federal Aid Programs………………..22-23
 Human Resource Management………..85         Federal Aid to Native Americans…….…23      R
 Massage Therapy………………..….85-86           Federal Direct Loan Programs……...22-23     Refunds……………………………………..19
 Mathematics………………………..……86               Federal Supplemental Educational           Registration Policy…………………...……35
 Medical Assistant…………………..……87            Opportunity Grant (FSEOG)……….….22         Repeat Course Policy……………………..35
 Music…………………………….…….…87                  Financial Aid…………………………..21-29             Retention……………………………….…..41
 Nursing…………………………..…...87-89             Foreign Student Admissions……..……..13       Russell J. Salvatore School of
 Philosophy……………………..……..89-90                                                        Hospitality and Business……………..…..8
 Physics…………………………..……….90                G
 Practical Nursing………………….…90-91          General Education Requirements…..43-44     S
 Psychology………………………..……..91              General Information………………….….5-8           Satisfactory Academic Progress…..…26-29
 Radiologic Technology…………...…91-94       Grade Notification………………….…….35            Scholarships/Awards……………………...25
 Religious Studies………………..………94           Grade Point Average…………………….38             Scholastic Honors ………………….……..41
 Sociology………………………………...94               Grading System……………………….….38               Sexual Assault Policy…………………..…32
 Spanish…………………………………..94                 Graduation Honors……………………….39              Sexual Harassment Statement……………3

				
DOCUMENT INFO
Shared By:
Categories:
Tags:
Stats:
views:149
posted:11/17/2011
language:English
pages:106